Single and Double Skin Glazed of Ce Buildings

Single and Double Skin Glazed Ofce Buildings
Analyses of Energy Use and Indoor Climate
Harris Poirazis
Division of Energy and Building Design Department of Architecture and Built Environment Lund University Faculty of Engineering LTH, 2008
Report EBD-T--08/8
Lund University
Lund University, with eight faculties and a number of research centres and specialized institutes, is the largest establishment for research and higher education in Scandinavia. The main part of the University is situated in the small city of Lund which has about 103 700 inhabitants. A number of departments for research and education are, however, located in Malm. Lund University was founded in 1666 and has today a total staff of 5 500 employees and 40 000 students attending 140 degree programmes and 1 600 subject courses offered by 66 departments.
Division of Energy and Building Design

Reducing environmental effects of construction and facility management is a central aim of society. Minimising the energy use is an important aspect of this aim. The recently established division of Energy and Building Design belongs to the department of Architecture and Built Environment at the Lund University, Faculty of Engineering LTH in Sweden. The division has a focus on research in the elds of energy use, passive and active solar design, daylight utilisation and shading of buildings. Effects and requirements of occupants on thermal and visual comfort are an essential part of this work. Energy and Building Design also develops guidelines and methods for the planning process.
xxxxx

Analyses of Energy Use and Indoor Climate
Harris Poirazis
Doctoral Dissertation 1
Keywords
Glazed ofce buildings, single skin faades, double skin faades, building simulations, building performance, energy use, indoor climate, thermal environment, thermal comfort.
copyright Harris Poirazis and Division of Energy and Building Design. Lund University, Lund Institute of Technology, Lund 2008. The English language corrected by L. J. Gruber BSc(Eng) MICE MIStructE. Layout: Hans Follin, LTH, Lund. Cover photo: Harris Poirazis Printed by KFS AB, Lund 2008 Report No EBD-T--08/8 Single and Double Skin Glazed Ofce Buildings. Analyses of Energy Use and Indoor Climate. Department of Architecture and Built Environment, Division of Energy and Building Design, Lund University, Lund ISSN 1651-8136 ISBN 978-91-85147-23-6 Lund University, Lund Institute of Technology Department of Architecture and Built Environment Division of Energy and Building Design P.O. Box 118 SE-221 00 LUND Sweden
Telephone: Telefax: E-mail: Home page:
+46 46 - 222 73 52 +46 46 - 222 47 19 ebd@ebd.lth.se www.ebd.lth.se
xxxxx
To Usoa Ive only gone this far because you tied my shoe laces
Abstract
Abstract
The energy efciency and thermal performance of highly glazed ofce buildings are often questioned. However, nowadays glazed buildings are increasingly being built around the world, because (a) there is a growing tendency among architects to use large areas of glass in the faade, often with the aim of contributing to a better view of the outside and access to daylight, (b) users often like the idea of increased glass area, relating it to a better view of the outside and a more pleasant indoor environment and (c) many companies prefer the distinctive image of themselves (e.g. transparency or openness) that a glazed ofce building can provide. Due to insufcient knowledge concerning function, energy use as well as indoor environment of glazed ofce buildings for Scandinavian conditions, a project was initiated in order to gain knowledge of their possibilities and limitations. The aim of this thesis is to clarify and quantify how highly glazed faades affect the energy use and thermal comfort of ofce buildings. Another aim was to validate or identify the needed improvement of building energy simulation tools, in order to ensure the precision of the simulations. Finally, suggestions have been given for determining how the design can be improved with regard to energy efciency and thermal comfort. The rst part of this project involved establishing a reference building with different single skin glazed alternatives, choosing simulation tools and carrying out simulations for the determined alternatives. As the reference building, a moderately glazed ofce building representative of the late nineties was chosen. Using this building as a starting point, the window area to external wall area ratio was increased gradually, in order to meet a fully glazed ofce building. Results were obtained through varying the buildings orientation, the interior layout (open plan and cell type ofces) and the type of glazing and solar shading devices. The different building alternatives were compared with different indoor environment classications and a sensitivity analysis was presented regarding the occupants comfort and the energy used for operating the building. In the second part of the project parametric studies were carried out regarding the performance of various double skin faade cavity alterna5
tives, in order to gain knowledge of the possibilities and limitations of the systems performance. Simulations on a zone and a building level were then carried out, in order to achieve optimal integration of the system. The simulations included different glazing and shading devices for both standard double faades and airow window modes. The results showed that highly glazed buildings tend to perform poorly unless designed carefully, resulting in increased energy use and poorer thermal environment. For Swedish climatic conditions during winter months, windows with low thermal transmittance are essential, in order to improve the buildings energy performance and thermal comfort, especially for highly glazed buildings. Low g and especially geffective values have a positive effect in lowering the cooling demand; externally placed shading or double skin facades can have this effect. Hybrid ventilated double faades can reduce the heating demand and improve the quality of thermal environment. Airow windows with low E inner pane result in a radical improvement of the indoor climate, reaching the thermal comfort levels of an ofce building with a conventional faade. In general, double skin faades result in improved energy and thermal performance of the building mainly when applied on the south faade, but their impact is limited, since the cooling demand is rather limited for Scandinavian climatic conditions. Parameters such as the impact of temperature control set points, plan type and orientation on energy use and thermal comfort were also studied. Achieving improved building performance, when using fully glazed faades, can be a great challenge. Individual building design that takes into consideration the type of faade including the size and type of glazing, the position of shading devices, the temperature set points, the building occupancy and plan type can denitely lead to improved building performance. If this is established, even in highly glazed cases, the building performance may reach reasonable levels as to energy use and indoor climate. However, a building with low energy demand cannot be achieved by a highly glazed building in a Scandinavian climate.
Contents
Contents
Keywords Abstract Contents Acknowledgements How to read this thesis 1

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7
2 5 7 13 15 19 19 20 21 22 22 23 25 31 31 32 34 34 35 35 36 43 45 46 47 48 49 49 49 50 52
Introduction
General Energy efciency in the building sector Energy efcient building design The Glazed Ofce Building project Aim of the thesis Limitations of the thesis Denitions and symbols
2
2.1 2.2 2.3
2.3.1 2.3.2
2.3.2.1 2.3.2.2 2.3.2.3 2.3.2.4
Background
General The performance and quality of a building as a system Building Environment
Design Criteria Indoor Environment
Thermal Comfort Conditions of thermal comfort Thermal comfort and productivity Other indoor climate parameters that inuence the occupants health and productivity
2.3.3 2.3.4 2.3.5
Architectural quality Environmental performance Costs
2.4
2.4.1
2.4.1.1 2.4.1.2 2.4.1.3
Building technology
Glass in buildings
General Basic physics of the glass Thermal functions of the glass

2.4.2
2.4.2.1 2.4.2.2
Single skin faades

Glazing Shading devices
2.4.3
2.4.3.1 2.4.3.2 2.4.3.3 2.4.3.4
Double skin faades

General Classication of double skin faades Technical description of the cavity Advantages and disadvantages of double skin faades
54 54 55 57 57 57 58 58 63 63 63 64 65 66 68 70 70
70
3
3.1
3.1.1 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5
State of the art

Glazed ofce buildings in Nordic climates
General Layout of typical ofce buildings Ofce buildings in Sweden Energy performance of Swedish ofce buildings Glazed ofce buildings in Sweden
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.1.1 3.2.1.2 3.2.1.3
Double skin faades

Building physics of the double skin faade cavity
General Modelling approaches Measurements test rooms and real buildings
3.2.2
3.2.2.1 3.2.2.2 3.2.2.3
Integration of double skin faades

Contribution of double skin faades to the HVAC strategy Examples of coupling double skin faades and HVAC Control strategy
3.2.3 3.2.4
Energy performance of buildings with integrated double skin faades Typical constructions - Examples of buildings
71 75 77 78 81 85 86 89 91 92 96 96 97 99 99 100 102 104 104 110 113 113 113 114 114
3.3
3.3.1 3.3.2
3.3.2.1 3.3.2.2
Building simulation software

Building energy simulation tools Software for DSF modelling
Faade simulation software Building simulation software
4
4.1
4.1.1 4.1.2
Methods
Generation of building alternatives
Reference building (30% window to external wall area ratio) Single skin alternatives (60% and 100% window to external wall area ratios) 4.1.3 Double skin alternatives (100% window to external wall area ratio) 4.1.3.1 Pilot study on component level using WIS 3
4.1.3.2 4.1.3.3 Study on a zone level using IDA ICE 3.0 Study on a building level using IDA ICE 3.0
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.1.1 4.2.1.2
Description of the studied parameters

Single skin alternatives (30%, 60% and 100% glazed alternatives)
IDA ICE 3.0 output (zone level) IDA ICE 3.0 output (building level)
Contents
4.2.2
4.2.2.1 4.2.2.2 4.2.2.3
Double skin alternatives

WIS 3 simulations (component level) IDA ICE 3.0 Simulations (zone level) IDA ICE 3.0 Simulations (building level)
116 116 119 119 119 119 120 121 124 124 125 126 129 129 129 130 134 138 140 141 145 146 146 146 147 149 149 150 150 150 152 155 157 157 157 157 159 159 160 160 161 163
4.3
4.3.1
4.3.1.1 4.3.1.2
Description of the simulation tools

Simulations using WIS 3
Temperatures at the centre of each layer Temperatures at different heights of the cavity
4.3.2
4.3.2.1 4.3.2.2 4.3.2.3
Simulations using IDA ICE 3.0

General description Description of double faade model Validation of IDA ICE 3.0 Double Faade model (IEA SHC Task 34/ECBCS Annex 43)
5
5.1
5.1.1. 5.1.2. 5.1.3 5.1.4 5.1.5 5.1.6 5.1.7 5.1.8
5.1.8.1 5.1.8.2 5.1.8.3 5.1.8.4
Description of the building model

Description of the reference building
Geometry of the building Ofce layouts Description of building elements Special modications for the simulated model Control set points for indoor air temperature Occupancy Lights HVAC
Heating and cooling Ventilation Equivalent heat recovery efciency Use of electricity
5.1.9
Electrical equipment
5.2
5.2.1
Description of single skin glazed alternatives

Description of 60% glazed building
5.2.1.1 Faade construction 5.2.1.2 Window properties
5.2.2
5.3
5.3.1
5.3.1.1 5.3.1.2
Description of double skin glazed alternatives

WIS 3.0 simulations
Geometry of the standard double faade box Geometry of the airow window
5.3.2
5.3.2.1 5.3.2.3 5.3.2.4 5.3.2.5
IDA ICE 3.0 Input (zone level)

Ofce description (IDA ICE 3.0 - zone level) Geometry of the multi storey high faade Properties of the inner and outer skin Shading devices
5.4
Assumptions made during the calculations
6
6.1
6.1.1
6.1.1.1 6.1.1.2 6.1.1.3
Results and discussion

Reference building
Energy use
Impact of oor plan type Impact of orientation Impact of control set points
165 166 166 166 169 169 170 170 174 181 182 186 190 199 199 200 202 209 209 210 224 224 226 233 233 234 241 252 265 266 270 274 277 282 291 295 297 300
6.1.2
6.1.2.1 6.1.2.2
Indoor climate on a building level

Weighted average mean air temperatures Perception of thermal comfort
6.1.3
6.1.3.1 6.1.3.2 6.1.3.3
Indoor climate on a zone level

Mean air temperatures and potential overheating problem Directed operative temperatures Perception of thermal comfort
6.2
6.2.1
6.2.1.1 6.2.1.2
Single skin glazed alternatives (60% and 100% window to external wall area ratios)
Energy use
Impact of oor plan type and orientation Impact of windows and shading devices for the 60% and 100% glazed alternatives
6.2.2
6.2.2.1 6.2.2.2

Weighted average mean air temperatures Impact of window and shading type on the perception of thermal comfort for the 60% and 100% glazed alternatives
6.2.3
6.2.3.1 6.2.3.2

Directed operative temperatures Perception of thermal comfort
6.3
6.3.1
6.3.1.1 6.3.1.2 6.3.1.3
Double skin faades

Simulations on a component level (pilot study using WIS 3)
Pre study: reducing the number of standard double faade alternatives Parametric study: inuence of cavity geometry on system performance Performance of the glazing alternatives
6.3.2
6.3.2.1 6.3.2.2. 6.3.2.3 6.3.2.4 6.3.2.5 6.3.2.6.
Parametric studies on a zone level (IDA ICE 3.0)

Standard double faade mode (naturally ventilated cavity) Standard double faade mode (mechanically ventilated cavity) Standard double faade mode (hybrid ventilated cavity) Airow window mode Impact of the ventilated faade concept Impact of shading device type
6.3.3
6.3.3.1 6.3.3.2
Parametric studies on a building level (IDA ICE 3.0)

Energy use Thermal comfort
6.4
6.4.1 6.4.2 6.4.3
Comparison of single and double skin faade building alternatives 302

Impact of glazing size on energy use and thermal comfort of single skin buildings Impact of glazing type on energy use and thermal comfort Comparison of buildings with single and double skin faades
302 304 306
10
Contents
6.4.4 Comparison of best performing alternatives
308 311 312 312 312 315 315 316 317 320
7
7.1
7.1.1 7.1.2 7.1.3 7.1.4 7.1.5 7.1.6 7.1.7
Conclusions
Energy use and thermal comfort for highly glazed ofce buildings located in Scandinavia
Plan type Control set points Orientation Glazing area Glazing and solar shading type Double skin faades Best performing alternatives
7.2
7.2.1
Methods for determining energy and indoor climate performance 321 322 Lessons learnt from the simulation work Improving the energy and indoor climate performance of highly glazed buildings: general recommendations and further studies
7.3
323 327 327 327 328 330 330 330 331 332 333 334 334 337 347 357 359 365 377 381 385 387 389
8
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4
8.4.1 8.4.2 8.4.3 8.4.4 8.4.5 8.4.6
Summary
Introduction Background Methods Discussion and conclusions
Glazing area Glazing and solar shading type Double skin facades Other parameters that inuence the building performance Best performing alternatives Determination of energy and indoor climate performance
8.5
General recommendations for improvements of highly glazed ofce buildings
References Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Appendix D Appendix E Appendix F Appendix G Appendix H Appendix I
11
Appendix J Appendix K Appendix L Appendix M
391 393 397 403
12
Acknowledgements
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank my supervisors Maria Wall and ke Blomsterberg for their guidance and the useful advice that they gave me during the research work and for the compilation of this report. I would also like to thank my colleagues at the Division of Energy and Building Design; especially Gunilla Kellgren for being so kind and helpful, Bengt Hellstrm for all the advice on technical issues, and Johan Nilsson for his support and friendship during the past years and Henrik Davidsson for just introducing the "Constanza" concept to me. The contribution and support of Per Sahlin and Mika Vuolle proved to be substantial for meeting the (reasonably delayed) deadlines. Special thanks to Jean Rosenfeld for believing in me and being the main driving force for starting a PhD. Along the way several people and organizations contributed to this work; I thank all of you. Finally, I would like to thank all the experts who, by making available their theses, reports and articles, have provided easy access to knowledge. I would like to express my greatest gratitude to my parents Kaiti and Stathis for their support during all the years of my study. Last but denitely not least, I wish to thank Usoa for always believing in me and for supporting my choices without considering any cost. The project was funded by the Swedish Energy Agency and SBUF (Development Fund of the Swedish Construction Industry), and supported by Skanska and WSP.
Lund, December 2007 Harris Poirazis
13
14
How to read this thesis
When writing this thesis, a main aim was to provide enough background knowledge so that a new reader, less knowledgeable in this eld, can read it. Since the ndings of this thesis are primarily addressed to architects, HVAC engineers, glazing/faade experts and consultants in the building industry, a common language had to be established. Thus, the rst three chapters were quite extensive covering different aspects of the eld. In the rst (Introduction) chapter a brief description is given of what energy efcient design means and why energy savings in the building sector are important. Then, the contribution of the Glazed Ofce Building project to the eld is briey explained and the main aims and limitations of this thesis (as a part of the whole project) are described. Finally, denitions and symbols used during the thesis are briey explained. The main aim of the second (Background) chapter is to provide a theoretical background regarding different aspects of the building system and their impact on building performance. The building is described as a system consisting of the building environment and the building technology. The parameters that the building environment and the building technology comprise are described briey in a top down organization. Emphasis is given to the aspects studied further in this thesis (such as conditions of thermal comfort and other indoor climate parameters that inuence the occupants health and productivity), while other parameters, such as architectural quality, environmental performance and costs are described briey. The third chapter (State of the art) aims to inform the reader about the research already carried out in the eld, focusing mainly on three topics: (a) glazed ofce buildings in Nordic climates, (b) double skin faades and (c) building simulation software. In the rst part a description of typical (glazed) ofce buildings in Sweden with regard to energy performance is provided. The second part deals with building physics of the double skin faade component (such as modelling approaches of the cavity) and integration techniques of double skin faades in buildings. Finally a description 15
of the available building simulation software is given focusing on those that can handle double skin faade systems. A brief reference regarding the validation of these tools is also provided. In the fourth chapter (Methods) the generated building alternatives are described. The necessary reasoning concerning the alternatives selected for the parametric study is provided for better understanding. The (output) parameters of the simulated single and double skin faade alternatives are briey discussed. Finally, the tools used for the parametric studies are briey described and a reference to their validation is provided. The fth chapter (Description of the building model) aims to describe the input as inserted in the two software tools used (IDA ICE 3.0 and WIS 3). The input concerns physical parameters of the building, properties of the building materials, occupancy, control set points, schedules and HVAC characteristics for the 30%, 60% and 100% glazed alternatives studied. Information regarding the construction of the double skin faade cavities, both on a component and on a building level, is also provided focusing mainly on geometrical characteristics. In the sixth chapter (Results and discussion) the results of 30%, 60% and 100% single skin glazed alternatives and 100% double skin glazed alternatives are extensively studied. The results mainly focus on energy use and thermal comfort issues. A comparison between different building alternatives takes place, in order to investigate the inuence of differently varied parameters on the building performance. The parametric study of the single skin building alternatives is focused mainly on parameters such as control set points, ofce layout, glazing type, etc, while for the double skin faade building alternatives the glazing type and the ventilation mode are the two main issues of interest. Prior to the double skin building alternatives, a pilot study on a double skin cavity (on a component level) took place, in order to lter the simulated alternatives and reduce their number. The results of this pilot study focus on investigating the crucial (mainly geometrical) parameters that inuence the cavitys performance. Better understanding of the possibilities and limitations of the cavity conguration result in an understanding as to what can be achieved on a building level. Simulations on a building level follow considering "standard" double faade mode alternatives ((a) naturally ventilated, (b) mechanically ventilated and (c) hybrid ventilated) and airow windows. Optimization of the integration is the main aim of this step. Discussion concurrently with the results is carried out regarding the performance of the simulated building alternatives. Single and double skin alternatives are compared with regard to energy use and thermal comfort. A Conclusions (seventh) chapter follows providing the reader with the main conclusions from the simulations. Suggestions in order to improve the building performance regarding energy use and thermal comfort are 16
provided. The main aim of the conclusion chapter is not only to understand the buildings response when design parameters vary but also to quantify its performance for ofce buildings located in Scandinavia. Eighth chapter: Summary
17
18
Introduction
Introduction
This PhD thesis is an important part of the Glazed Ofce Building project, a ve years project initiated in 2003, with the aim to gain knowledge concerning the possibilities and limitations of glazed ofce buildings exposed to Swedish climatic conditions, mainly with regard to energy use and indoor climate. Both single and double skin glazed ofce buildings are examined, starting with a reference building (typical ofce building of the 90s), in Scandinavia.
1.1
General
The energy efciency and thermal performance of highly glazed ofce buildings are often questioned. However, nowadays more and more glazed buildings are built for the following reasons: there is a growing tendency among architects to use large areas of glass in the facade often with the aim of contributing to a better view of the outside and access to daylight users often also like the idea of increased glass area, relating it to better view and a more pleasant indoor environment. However, users do not often take into account the risk of visual and thermal discomfort that can occur due to this construction type companies who want to create a distinctive image for themselves (e.g. transparency or openness) often like the idea of being located in a glazed ofce building Deciding how to build with a fully glazed faade can be a complicated issue. The energy efciency and provision of an acceptable indoor climate are issues that should be considered. Other parameters to be taken into consideration during the decision and design process are visual comfort, building aesthetics, sociological and psychological determinants (such as visual and acoustical privacy), life cycle cost, etc. By prioritizing at an early 19
stage the goals to be achieved, the design team can improve the building performance and full the design requirements. This thesis aims to compare the performance (as to energy use and indoor climate issues) of conventional and highly glazed faades. Through extensive parametric studies the impact of design parameters on building performance is studied. Optimizing energy and indoor climate performance of single skin highly glazed buildings is the rst goal to be achieved. The proper integration of double skin faade systems is also investigated with the aim of further improvements. When large proportions of glazing are used in the faade, it is essential to know from the early design stage what is to be achieved and how to achieve it. Clear goals and sufcient knowledge of the calculation tools that should be used for predicting building performance are essential for a successful building design.
1.2
Energy efciency in the building sector
Energy use in the building sector accounts for a large proportion of the total energy use in most countries around the world. Particularly for the EU, the building sector accounts for more than 40% of the energy use and is expanding (directive 2002/91/EC). Consequently, the building sector has a major energy-saving potential. According to the Energy Efciency Action Plan (2006) the largest cost effective savings potential lies in the residential and commercial building sector. The full saving potential is estimated around 27% and 30% respectively. In order to achieve this, the Buildings Directive was introduced in 2002 with the aim to reduce energy use by implementing energy conservation measures in the building sector. It states that (almost all) buildings sold or rented within the EU shall have an energy performance certicate not older than 10 years. Moreover, public authority buildings and buildings frequently visited by the public should set an example by taking environmental and energy considerations into account and therefore should be subject to energy certication on a regular basis (i.e. every 10 years). According to the directive 2002/91/EC, the energy performance of buildings should be calculated on the basis of a methodology, which may be differentiated at regional level, taking into account climatic and local conditions as well as indoor climate environment and cost effectiveness. Some of the factors which determine building performance are thermal insulation, the heating and air-conditioning installations, the application of renewable energy sources and the design of the building. More specically, according to the 2002/91/EC directive, the energy performance of a 20
Introduction
building is described as the amount of energy actually consumed or estimated to meet the different needs associated with a standardised use of the building, which may include, inter alia, heating, hot water heating, cooling, ventilation and lighting. This amount shall be reected in one or more numeric indicators which have been calculated, taking into account insulation, technical and installation characteristics, design and positioning in relation to climatic aspects, solar exposure and inuence of neighbouring structures, own-energy generation and other factors, including indoor climate, that inuence the energy demand.
1.3
Energy efcient building design
At this point it is crucial to clarify the fundamental elements of a successful low energy building design. In order to achieve that, it is essential to understand what a low energy building is. As Nilsson, (2003) described, reducing energy use is not enough to cover the concept of energy efciency, since the rst can be achieved just by switching off the heating and cooling systems, the lighting and the ventilation. This, however, should not be the case in practice. Thus, in order to describe the concept of energy efcient building design, it is essential to understand what overall building performance is. If the building is considered as a system with input (such as location, climate, use, etc) and output (building performance), breaking it down into the parts it consists of can help us understand the interactions and their inuence on the building performance. In this way energy conservation improvements can be suggested without compromising performance. The analysis of the parts that constitute the building performance is carried out in Chapter 2. Another issue to be claried when low energy building design is discussed is what low means. Since this expression can often be quite unclear, a reference building has to be chosen for reasons of comparison. For example, if the topic is energy conservation in buildings, then residential, commercial and ofce buildings can be compared. If the topic is energy conservation in ofce buildings, improvements should be suggested after taking into consideration the specic building use; a parameter that can be studied in this case is whether it is energy efcient to use large areas of glazing in the external faade. If the topic is energy conservation in highly glazed ofce buildings (e.g. due to an architectural concept), then the use of large glazed areas in the external faade of the building is a requirement and the comparison should be limited to highly glazed ofce buildings. In this case comparison improvements can be suggested (e.g.) by adding
21
a second skin to the building envelope. From the above it is clear that energy efciency is a relative and not an absolute measure.
1.4
The Glazed Ofce Building project
The research project Glazed ofce buildings energy use and indoor climate was initiated and funded in 2003 in order to gain knowledge of the possibilities and limitations of glazed ofce buildings exposed to the Swedish climate, with regard to: energy use indoor environment (thermal and visual comfort, indoor air quality, acoustics, etc) environmental performance architectural quality and life cycle cost Included in the Glazed Ofce Buildings project are: further development of calculation methods and analysis tools improvement of analysis methodology calculation of life cycle costs development of advice and guidelines for design/construction of glazed ofce buildings in a Swedish climate strengthening and development of competence concerning resource efcient advanced buildings in Sweden A detailed description of the organization and the main goals of the project can be found in the Introductory report for the Glazed Ofce Buildings project (Poirazis, 2005a).
1.5
Aim of the thesis
The aim of the research presented in this thesis is to: determine how the energy and indoor climate performance can be analysed clarify and quantify how highly glazed faades affect energy use and thermal comfort
22
Introduction
determine how the design can be improved with regard to energy efciency and thermal comfort In order to achieve this, a large number of building alternatives, both with single and double skin faades, were simulated on an ofce room and a building level. The rst part of this project involved establishing a reference building with different single skin glazed alternatives, choosing simulation tools and carrying out simulations for the determined alternatives. As the reference building, a moderately glazed ofce building representative of the late nineties was chosen. Using this building as a starting point, the window area to external wall area ratio was increased gradually, in order to meet a fully glazed ofce building. Results were obtained through varying the buildings orientation, the interior layout (open plan and cell type ofces) and the type of glazing and solar shading devices. The different building alternatives were compared with different indoor environment classications and a sensitivity analysis was presented regarding the occupants comfort and the energy used for operating the building. In the second part of the project parametric studies were carried out regarding the performance of various double skin faade cavity alternatives, in order to gain knowledge of the possibilities and limitations of the systems performance. Once these results were obtained, simulations on a building level were carried out, in order to achieve optimum integration of the system. A comparison of single and double skin alternatives followed, with the main focus on energy saving potential and indoor thermal quality issues. Within the main goals of this thesis, validation and improvement of building energy simulation software was also carried out, in order to ensure the precision of the simulations. More than anything, however, this thesis aims at increasing the knowledge of how to conserve energy in highly glazed ofce buildings without compromising the quality of the indoor environment.
1.6
Limitations of the thesis
The present report deals mostly with energy use and indoor thermal environment calculations for a virtual reference ofce building, with different faade alternatives, in Nordic climates. More specically, it deals with energy use for heating, cooling, lighting, ofce equipment, pumps and fans, and the server rooms (including their cooling). In terms of indoor thermal environment, importance has been given to the mean air temperatures, 23
the directed operative temperatures and the perception of thermal comfort (PMV and PPD values). Daylight was taken into consideration only in order to keep a minimum and maximum illuminance level intensity at the working surface; when the illuminance exceeds these levels, articial light was considered. A detailed separate study analyzing daylight and visual comfort was carried out within the Glazed Ofce Buildings project (Blow-Hbe, 2007). Investment cost and LCC analysis were also carried out separately (Sjodin, 2007). Different ofce building alternatives i.e. different faade alternatives for ofce buildings were simulated and analyzed for this report. A virtual reference building was created, a building representative of ofce buildings built during the ninties in Sweden. The faade of this building was changed for different glazed faade alternatives. All the building elements were chosen based on commercially available products. Some of the building design parameters were assumed to remain the same during the simulations and some were changed. The parameters that were kept the same were: the shape of the building the roof, ground oor, interior wall and intermediate oor construction external obstructions to the building inltration and exltration of the building envelope Parameters that varied during the simulations were: building orientation ofce layout (cell type and open plan type) internal loads (number of occupants and equipment) occupancy proportion of the glazed faade area (30%, 60% and 100% glazing) glazing and frame type shading devices (type and position) thermal transmittance of the faade elements heat recovery efciency specic fan power control set points (temperature, lighting) HVAC installations
24
Introduction
1.7
Denitions and symbols
Building Envelope: The total area of the boundary surfaces of a building through which heat, light, air and moisture are transferred between the internal spaces and the outside environment (Limb, 1992). Comfort zone: The range of indoor conditions considered acceptable by a certain proportion (e.g. usually more than 80%) of the people working or living in the space (Limb, 1992). Daylight Factor (DF): The ratio of indoor illuminance at a given point to the simultaneous outdoors illuminance on an unobstructed horizontal surface. Degree Day: The number of degrees of temperature difference on any one day between a given base temperature and the 24 hour mean outside air temperature for the particular location. The average number of degree days for a given period (i.e. during the heating season) is the sum of these degree days divided by the given period (Limb, 1992). Draught: Excessive air movement in an occupied enclosure causing discomfort (Limb, 1992). Energy Conservation: The deliberate design of a building or process to reduce its energy use or to increase its energy efciency (Limb, 1992). Exhaust Air: The air removed from a space and not reused therein (Limb, 1992). Glare (discomfort): The sensation of annoyance caused by high or nonuniform distributions of brightness in the eld of view. Glare (disability): Caused when intraocular light scatter occurs within the eye, the contrast in the retinal image is reduced (typically at low light levels), and vision is partly or totally impeded (e.g., when the eye is confronted by headlights from oncoming automobiles). Heating: The transfer of energy to a space or to the air by the existence of a temperature gradient between the source and the space of air. The process may take different forms, i.e. conduction, convection or radiation. The process is the opposite of cooling (Limb, 1992).
25
Heat Recovery Efciency (or Heat Recovery Effectiveness): The proportion of heat recovered from otherwise waste heat passing through a heat recovery system. Normally it is expressed as a percentage (Limb, 1992). Humidity, absolute (dv): The ratio of the mass of water vapour to the total volume of the sample. Humidity, relative (): The ratio of the mole fraction of water vapour in a given moist air sample to the mole fraction in an air sample saturated at the same temperature and pressure. Indoor Climate (or Indoor Environment): The synthesis of day to day values of physical variables in a building e.g. temperature, humidity, air movement and air quality, etc, which affect the health and/or the comfort of occupants (Limb, 1992). Illuminance (E): Expresses the amount of luminous ux that arrives at a surface and is measured in lux. Illuminance and luminance distribution: A measure of the light variation from a point to another point across a plane or a surface. Luminance: Expresses the light reected off a surface and is measured in lumens per square meter per steradian or in candelas per square meter (cd/m). In a way the luminance is directly related to the perceived brightness of a surface in a given direction. Luminous Efcacy: Refers to the ratio of total luminous ux emitted by a lamp to the energy used. It is expressed in lumens per watt (lm/W). According to Erhorn and Stoffel (1996),
n=
desired surface illuminance floor area of considered space (lm/W) total power of lighting system
Mechanical Ventilation: Ventilation by means of one or more fans (Limb, 1992). Multizone: A building or part of a building that comprises a number of zones or cells (Limb, 1992). Natural Ventilation: The movement of outdoor air into a space through intentionally provided openings such as windows and doors, or through non powered ventilators or by inltration (Limb, 1992).
26
Introduction
Occupancy: The time during which people are in a building, usually expressed in hours per day (Limb, 1992). Occupant Behaviour: The pattern of activity of occupants in a building, including the number of occupants, their distribution, activities and time spent within the building, the way they interact with building facilities, such as ventilation systems, window openings, etc (Limb, 1992). Outdoor Air: The air taken from the external surroundings and therefore not previously circulated through the system (Limb, 1992). PMV (Predicted Mean Vote): An index of thermal sensation since it expresses the correlation between indoor environment parameters and peoples sensation of thermal comfort (ISO Standard 7730, 1984). It is a function of activity, clothing, air temperature, mean radiant temperature, relative air velocity and humidity. The scale for PMV varies from -3 (cold) to +3 (warm) (see also Section 2.3.2.2). PPD (Predicted Percentage Dissatised): The PPD of a large group of people is an indication of the number of persons who will be inclined to complain about the thermal conditions (ISO Standard 7730, 1984). It is expressed as a percentage (see also Section 2.3.2.2). Radiation: The transmission of heat through space by propagation of infra red energy; the passage of heat from one object to another without necessarily warming the space in between (Limb, 1992). Single Zone: A building or a part of a building comprising one zone of uniform pressure (Limb, 1992). Solar transmittance (Tsol): The ratio of the irradiation transmitted through the window system to the irradiation impinging on the window system. Solar (total) transmittance (or solar factor) (g) The sum of the (primary) solar transmittance () and the ratio of the part of the solar irradiation absorbed by the window system that is transferred to the room, to the irradiation impinging on the window system. Supply Air: Air delivered to a space and for the purpose of ventilation, heating, cooling humidication or dehumidication (Limb, 1992). Temperature, Ambient: The temperature of the air within a room or zone (Limb, 1992).
27
Temperature, Dry Bulb: The air temperature indicated by a dry temperature sensing element (such as the bulb of a mercury in glass thermometer) shielded from the effects of radiation (Limb, 1992). Temperature, Effective (eff): The temperature of a still, saturated atmosphere that would produce the same effect as the atmosphere in question. Temperature, Environmental: The temperature of the air outside a room or zone (Limb, 1992). Temperature, Operative (op): The operative temperature empirically combines the dry bulb and the mean radiant temperatures. The operative temperature is the temperature at which a person emits the same heat output as before, but when air temperature (a) = radiant temperature (r) = operative temperature (op). op does not have the same value for all the parts of the room (when the weighting method is used) (Peterson, 1991). Temperature, Directed Operative: It is calculated in the same way as the operative temperature, the only difference being that the weighting is done only for the point where the occupant is placed and towards the surface of interest as shown in Figure 2.6, Subsection 2.3.2.2. Temperature, Radiant (or Surface) (r): Radiant or surface temperature is the temperature of an exposed surface in the environment. The temperatures of individual surfaces are usually combined into a mean radiant temperature. Temperature, Resultant: It is similar to the effective temperature but it includes humidity effects. Temperature, Wet Bulb: The air temperature indicated by a sensing element kept wet (usually by a wick), the indicated temperature thus being related to the rate of evaporation from the wetted bulb. This wet bulb temperature is used by psychrometers to measure relative humidity (Limb, 1992). Thermal Comfort: A condition of satisfaction expressed by occupants within a building regarding their thermal environment. Since the thermal comfort condition is a subjective feeling of satisfaction, building designers attempt to satisfy as many of the occupants as possible (usually 80% or more) (Limb, 1992).
28
Introduction
Thermal Transmittance (U-value, expressed in W/m2K): The heat ow transmitted through a unit area of a given structure, divided by the difference between the effective ambient temperature on either side of the structure, under steady conditions (Limb, 1992). The U-value is only dened for dark conditions (excluding solar radiation).
29
30
Background
Background
The main aim of this chapter is to provide a theoretical background regarding different aspects of the building system and their impact on building performance. A description of the building systems structure is briey given and the parts of the system are described. Emphasis is given to the aspects studied further in this thesis (such as conditions of thermal comfort and other indoor climate parameters that inuence the occupants health and productivity), while other parameters, such as architectural quality, environmental performance and costs are briey described. It has to be noted that the information provided regarding the latter aspects is mainly intended for new readers less knowledgeable in this eld. It is essential to clarify that the high complexity of these issues does not allow a comprehensive description within a few pages; however, an effort has been made with the aim to bring out the properties of the parts that make up the building system and inuence its performance.
2.1
General
Well dened requirements for the design of a building can be a key to a successful design. As Nilsson (2003) describes, a good building performance is often based on general criteria related to aesthetic attractiveness, satisfactory operation (a building that fulls its purpose as far as users are concerned) and durability. However, in practice the requirements taken into account during the design process should be dened in greater detail. Ensuring that everybody involved in the design process is aware of the consequences of the requirements is the rst step to a successful building design. Nilsson (2003) describes the requirements as performance and quality ones. Performance requirements are the ones that must be fullled; otherwise the building can not be used for its intended purpose. Acceptable thermal climate, air and lighting quality, restrictions on disturbances (such as draughts, noise, glare, etc) and operational reliability are considered as performance requirements. Quality requirements, on the other hand, 31
ensure improved overall performance, so that the building will become a good building. Examples of these requirements are energy efciency, an aesthetically attractive design, efcient use of space, minimised life cycle cost, generality and exibility, durability and ease of maintenance. This distinction between performance and quality requirements is made, in order to clarify which parameters can be compromised to a certain extent during the design process. A detailed description of the requirements and their impact on the building performance can be found in the Introductory Report for the Glazed Ofce Building Project, (Poirazis, 2005a). Below follows a summary of this report.
2.2
The performance and quality of a building as a system
Before discussing how this thesis deals with improving some of the quality requirements, especially energy efciency and thermal comfort, it is essential to describe the main components that constitute the buildings performance. In this way a common language between the author and the reader can be established, facilitating a precise understanding of the interaction between quality (such as energy efciency) and performance (such as indoor environment) requirements, the aim of which is to improve the buildings overall performance. Initially, the building can be considered as a: Sub system of the environment that it is located in; during its whole life the building has impacts related mainly to environmental and energy use issues. Hyper system (a larger system, a system that contains other ones) inuencing the comfort and productivity of the occupants. In Figure 2.1 a scheme of the building as a system is presented. The performance and quality requirements included in the building environment interact with each other and inuence its performance. The interaction of building technology with building environment during an early design stage aims to improve the building performance. A successful holistic approach during the design stage of an ofce building requires consideration of the performance of individual parts that constitute the building system. Moreover, successful optimization of the building's performance requires a deep understanding of the interactions between these parts, as shown in Figure 2.1. 32
Background
Building E nvironment
Environmental performance
Energy performance Costs
I nput
Indoor environment
Architectural quality
Building T echnology
Integration of passive systems
Integration of active systems
Figure 2.1
The building system.
The design team should take into account the design constraints at an early stage of the decision making process, in order to achieve an overall approach and more accurate predictions. Thereby, unpleasant surprises resulting in an increase in the buildings life cycle cost and/or impairment of its performance as to energy use and indoor climate can be avoided. These constraints (stated as input in Figure 2.1) are: Climate (solar radiation, outdoor temperature, etc) Site and obstructions of the building (latitude, local daylight availability, atmospheric conditions, exterior obstructions, ground reectance, etc) Use of the building (operating hours, occupant density, schedule and activity, etc) Building and Design Regulations It is obvious that optimum building design (maximization of the output) can not be achieved, since the overall goodness can be dened in different ways depending both on the design constraints and on the way that the design team prioritises its goals and needs (Andersen, 2000). In sustainable
33
O utput
building design the integration of solar technologies is a delicate matter. Optimal performance of passive or active solar systems can not be achieved unless their integration is considered at an early design stage. Their efciency is highly dependent on the systems input (such as the location and use of the building) and is directly inuenced by the buildings shape and orientation. Their integration has impacts on the life cycle cost, on the environmental prole, and it can be crucial for the quality of the indoor environment. Validated building simulation software can ensure proper integration, when considered at an early stage. From the above it is clear that building technology can interact with the building environment in improving the overall performance. The main aspects studied in this thesis are the energy performance and the indoor environment. The continuous lines drawn in Figure 2.1 emphasise the interactions that were studied for the Glazed Ofce Buildings project as it will be described later.
2.3
2.3.1
Building Environment
Design Criteria
The main goal of the Glazed Ofce Buildings project was to study different types of ofce buildings, in order to determine if energy efciency can be achieved without compromising performance requirements such as the indoor environment, while maintaining reasonable LCC (investment, operating and maintenance cost), low environmental impacts and good architectural quality (see Section 2.3.3). In Figure 2.2 the (top-down) hierarchy for the Glazed Ofce Buildings project is presented. The objectives at the top are quite abstract but they become more specic as one follows the hierarchy down. The bold characters emphasize the aspects studied in this thesis.
E nergy E fficient O ffice Building
I ndoor E nvironment
Environmental Performance
Architectural Quality
Costs
Integration of Solar Technologies
Figure 2.2
Design criteria of an energy efcient ofce building.
34
Background
2.3.2
Indoor Environment
According to Wouters (2000), early building design is the most important step in achieving an acceptable indoor environment. The energy use of the technical installations constitutes an important part of the building performance. Thus, energy efciency can be considered an important part of the building design. However, low energy use design can not be the only target, since other parameters also contribute to the improved overall performance.
2.3.2.1 Thermal Comfort

Achieving an acceptable indoor environment with respect to energy use is one of the most difcult tasks when an ofce building is designed, especially if it is highly glazed. The main components that dene the indoor environment are shown in Figure 2.3. These components affect the occupants productivity and consequently the total economic value of the building (see Subsection 2.3.5).
I ndoor E nvironment
Acoustics
T hermal C omfort
Visual Comfort
Psychosocial Comfort
Indoor Air Quality
Productivity
Figure 2.3
Criteria of indoor environment.
As far as this thesis is concerned, thermal comfort is the main component studied (the other parameters are investigated separately within the Glazed ofce buildings project). Thermal comfort can be divided into primary and secondary factors that inuence the quality of the thermal environment, as shown in Figure 2.4 (ASHRAE Fundamentals, 2005).
35

T hermal C omfort
Primary Factors
Secondary Factors
Figure 2.4
Main aspects of thermal comfort.
2.3.2.2 Conditions of thermal comfort

As outlined above, the factors inuencing thermal comfort are divided into primary and secondary ones. The primary factors are shown in Figure 2.5:
Primary Factors
T emperature and radiation (dry bulb, mean radiant)
O perative and resultant temperatures
Relative humidity
Air speed and turbulence
Clothing
Perception of thermal comfort
Figure 2.5
Primary factors of thermal comfort.
Temperature and radiation (dry bulb, mean radiant): The thermal sensation is dominated by the surrounding temperature. However, the standard dry bulb temperature is not always a sufcient indicator for establishing a good indoor thermal environment, since it does not take into account the inuence of radiant energy. The mean radiant temperature, however, is a more appropriate thermal comfort indicator, since it is a measure of the average radiation exchange between the occupant and the surrounding surfaces. Operative and resultant temperatures: The operative and mean resultant temperatures empirically combine the dry bulb and the mean radiant temperatures. The operative temperature is the temperature at which a person emits the same heat output as before, but when air temperature (a) = radiant temperature (r) = operative temperature (op) (Peterson, 1991). The op does not have the same value for all the parts of the room (when the weighting method is used).
36
Background
Near cold surfaces, the operative temperature drops since the temperatures are low and the angle factors large (the closer the measuring point is to a surface, the larger is the angle factor). The more the occupant moves away from the surface, the more the angle factor decreases and thus the smaller the effect of the cold surface becomes. Since all the surfaces of a room are weighted, the walls can have a larger effect than a cold window (although the wall temperatures can be very close to the mean air temperature). Thus, the operative temperature gives a measure of a room as a whole but it is not a sufcient indicator for showing the impact of a cold surface on the occupants comfort. For this reason, the directed operative temperature is preferred. This is calculated in the same way, the only difference being that weighting is performed only for the point where the occupant is placed and towards the surface of interest as shown in Figure 2.6. The operative temperature, however, can be used when persons are moving inside the space (i.e. open plan ofce type).
Directed operative temperature
Operative temperature
Figure 2.6
Operative and directed operative temperature.
Relative humidity: Relative humidity is the ratio of the moisture content at a certain temperature to the maximum possible moisture content at that temperature (until condensation starts). Generally, humidity affects the heat loss by evaporation, which is most important at high temperatures and high metabolic rates (ASHRAE Fundamentals, 2005). However, questionnaires have shown that even in the comfort zones the relative humidity has a large impact on the perception of the thermal environment. High relative humidity means that the moisture content of clothing increases which alters their insulating properties. Usually the relative humidity in an ofce space varies between 30% and 60%. Air velocity and turbulence: the sensation of thermal comfort is inuenced by air velocity and the scale of turbulence. Often the increased velocity can be an advantage in an ofce space, when the temperatures
37
are higher than within the comfort range. A typical way to increase the air velocity is to use circulation fans in the rooms. However, at other times, draughts cause discomfort due to localised cooling. Clothing: clothing provides thermal insulation. Thus, it has an important inuence on acceptable temperature. The choice of clothing can alter comfort preferences by as much as 2 to 3K. The unit that expresses the clothing insulation is clo; (1clo = 0.155 m2KW-1). According to ASRAE Fundamentals (2001), because people change their clothing for the seasonal weather, ASHRAE Standard 55 species summer and winter comfort zones appropriate for clothing insulation levels of 0.5 and 0.9 clo respectively. Perception of thermal comfort: It is important to clarify that the conditions of thermal comfort are not easy to dene, since thermal comfort is a very subjective value. Thus, a thermal environment that is acceptable to some people may be totally unacceptable to others. According to Andresen (2000), it is not only that people are differently dressed and have different metabolic rates, but their assessment of comfort is also inuenced by their psychosocial environment, which can not easily be taken into account by any calculation method. The most commonly used calculation methods are the ASHRAE standard 55 (ASHRAE, 1992) and the ISO Standard 7730 (ISO, 1984). In order to describe this factor it is necessary to explain the concepts of Predicted Mean Vote (PMV) index and Predicted Percent Dissatised (PPD). Both ASHRAE and ISO standards are based on the concepts of PMV and PPD developed by Fanger (1970). o The PMV index is a measure of thermal sensation, since it expresses the correlation between indoor environment parameters and peoples sensation of thermal comfort. It is a function of activity, clothing, air temperature, mean radiant temperature, relative air velocity and humidity. As it is described in ASHRAE fundamentals, (2001) The PMV index predicts the mean response of a large group of people according to the ASHRAE thermal sensation scale. The ASHRAE sensation scale is presented below: +3 = hot +2 = warm +1 = slightly warm 0 = neutral -1 = slightly cool -2 = cool -3 = cold 38
Background
The Predicted Percentage Dissatised (PPD) of a large group of people is an indication of the number of persons who will be inclined to complain about the thermal conditions. After estimating the PMV, the predicted percent dissatised (PPD) with a condition can also be estimated. Those persons not scoring +1, -1 or 0 are deemed to be dissatised. From this part, the predicted percentage dissatised (PPD) of occupants could be determined. Liddament (1996) writes that the immediate conclusion of this work was that it was not possible to dene a set of thermal conditions that would satisfy everyone. Even when the average of the predicted mean vote was zero, i.e. a neutral thermal environment, 5% of the test occupants were dissatised. Accepting that no single environment is judged satisfactory by everybody, the standards specify a comfort zone based on 90% acceptance or 10% dissatised occupants. Thus, the upper limit for operative temperature in summer is 26C, given 50% relative humidity, sedentary activity, 0.5 clo and a mean air velocity of less than 0.15 m/s. Based on the PMV index, the PPD index can be calculated. The PPD index predicts the percentage of the occupants who will judge their thermal comfort unsatisfactory (corresponding to a vote below 2 or above +2). PPD as a function of PMV is shown in Figure 2.7:
Figure 2.7
PPD as a function of PMV (Source: Low energy Building Design, Pedersen, (2001)).
Andresen (2000) claims that the PMV model is interpreted as a constant set-point for a given clothing, metabolic rate and air velocity. It does not consider any effects due to adaptation, cultural differences,
39
climate and seasons, age, sex or psychosocial attributes. According to the author, recent research casts doubt upon the application of steady-state heat exchange equations to what in practice is a variable environment (Clements-Croome, 1997). People are not passive recipients of the environment, but take adaptive measures to secure thermal comfort. They may modify their clothing or activity, modify the lighting or solar heat gains, or modify the ventilation rate through opening of doors and windows. This suggests that a more adaptable method of comfort judgment is needed. Other parameters such as state of health, level of physical activity, gender, working environment and individual preferences can also inuence the perception of thermal comfort. Although the secondary factors of thermal comfort, apart from asymmetric thermal radiation (directed operative temperature), are not studied in the present thesis, a brief description follows.
Secondary Factors
Nonuniformity of the environment
Age
Gender
Adaptation
Seasonal and Circadian Rhythms
Asymmetric thermal radiation Draught
Vertical air temperature difference
Warm and cold floors
Figure 2.8
Secondary factors of thermal comfort.
As shown in Figure 2.8, the secondary parameters that inuence the thermal environment are as follows
40
Background
Non-uniformity of the environment The non-uniform conditions that lead to local discomfort are probably the most important of the above secondary factors. According to ASHRAE Fundamentals (2001), a person may feel thermally neutral as a whole but still feel uncomfortable if one or more parts of the body are too warm or too cold. A number of reasons can lead to a non-uniform environment. Some of these are: o o o o a cold window a hot surface draught a temporal variation of these
In buildings, asymmetric or non-uniform thermal radiation can be caused usually by poor and large windows, non-insulated walls, or improperly sized heating panels on the wall or ceiling, etc. In ofce buildings the most common reasons for discomfort due to asymmetric thermal radiation or draught are large and/or poor windows (during the heating and cooling periods) and improperly sized, installed or operated ceiling cooling systems. Draught is an undesired local cooling of the human body caused by air movement. ASHRAE Fundamentals (2001) describe draught as one of the most annoying factors in ofces. Draught makes the occupants demand higher air temperatures in the room or stop the ventilation systems. This can often lead to temperatures above the comfort levels. Vertical air temperature difference: In most of the ofces (or generally spaces in buildings) the air temperature is not completely uniform but increases with height above the oor. When the gradient is sufciently large, local warm or cold discomfort can occur at the head and/or the feet, although the body as a whole is thermally neutral. Warm and cold oors: According to ASHRAE Fundamentals (2001), due to the direct contact between the feet and the oor, local discomfort of the feet can often be caused by a too-high or too-low oor temperature. Also, the oor temperature has a signicant inuence on the mean radiant temperature in a room. Often, when the oor is too cold, the occupants feel cold discomfort in their feet and as a result they increase the temperature level in the room. During the heating period, this can be a reason for the increase in energy use. A radiant system, which radiates heat from the oor, can solve this problem. A diagram of how the PPD increases due to the cold/warm ceiling and walls is shown in Figure 2.9:
41
Figure 2.9
Inuence of ceiling and wall temperature on the PPD (ASHRAE Fundamentals, 2001)
Age Since metabolism decreases with age, young and old people do not always have the same preferences when it comes to thermal comfort. Often older people prefer higher ambient temperatures. However, previous research showed that sometimes the thermal environment in an ofce can satisfy both ages. The need for higher ambient temperature for older people in their homes can be explained by the lower level of activity. Gender Both men and women can be satised with the same thermal conditions. In ASHRAE Fundamentals (2001) it is mentioned that the temperature of womens skin and evaporative loss are slightly lower than those of men and this balances the lower metabolism of women. Experiments proved that people can not adapt to preferring warmer or colder climates. According to ASHRAE Fundamentals (2001) it is therefore likely that the same comfort conditions can be applied throughout the world. However in determining the preferred ambient temperature from the comfort equations, a clo value that corresponds to the local clothing habits should be used. Thus, adaptation does not really inuence
42
Background
the preference of the occupants regarding the ambient temperature. However, people used to living or working in warm climates can more easily stand higher temperatures while maintaining the same levels of performance than people from colder climates. Seasonal and circadian rhythms According to ASHRAE Fundamentals (2001) there is no difference between indoor thermal conditions of comfort during the winter and the summer. However, the preference of an occupant for thermal comfort may change during the day since the body has a lower temperature rhythm during the early morning hours and a higher one late in the afternoon.
2.3.2.3 Thermal comfort and productivity

Although a lot of attempts have been made to correlate productivity with indoor climate factors, no detailed studies have been made so far that can predict accurately the interaction between these two parameters. The occupants efciency is a really complicated matter, since many different parameters can inuence it separately and together at the same time. Wyon (2000a) describes how discomfort conditions lead to reduced productivity. The author claims that a change from 18C and dry to 28C and humid can increase the proportion of dissatised from 10 to 90%. Additionally, the thermal effect is greater for clean air than for normally polluted indoor air. According to the IDA ICE 3.0 manual, Wyon (2000b), for operative temperature between 20 and 25C no work is regarded as lost. Above and below these limits experiments show an average loss of 2% in performance per degree. Hanssen (2000) claims, that the ambient temperature can give the most specic correlation between indoor climate parameters and productivity. The author, referring to previous research by Wyon (1987), describes the correlation between air temperature and the number of accidents, productivity of manual work, nger dexterity, number of breaks and mental performance. The (lower and higher) x-axes (Figure 2.10) show the activity level and the clothing (summer and winter case) insulation of the occupants. The x-axis in the middle of the diagram can be applied both for active work (1.4 met) during the summer (0.6 clo) and for sedentary work (1 met) during the winter (1 clo). As the author describes, For an ofce workplace it may be especially appropriate to examine the effect of air temperature on mental performance and manual work. 43
Figure 2.10
Correlation between air temperature and the number of accidents, productivity of manual work, nger dexterity, number of breaks, and mental performance (reference: Wyon, 1986).
It is obvious that it is not always easy to evaluate and improve the thermal conditions in order to increase the comfort and productivity of the occupants. Advanced computer simulation programs often predict operative temperatures temperature swings relative humidity and air velocity in a building with predictable occupants. However, the behaviour and adaptability of occupants in reality are far harder to predict. A quite practical approach in order to ensure acceptable indoor thermal environment could be to ensure that the air temperature and the cold draught from windows stay within acceptable limits.
44
Background
2.3.2.4 Other indoor climate parameters that inuence the occupants health and productivity
Indoor air quality According to Nathanson (1995) the quality of the indoor environment depends on the interaction between the site and the o climate o building system o potential contaminant sources (e.g. furnishings, moisture sources, work processes and activities, outdoor pollutants, etc) o buildings occupants The HVAC system is designed to provide thermal comfort, distribute outdoor air to the occupants, remove odours and contaminants, or dilute them to acceptable levels. The inuence of the indoor environment on the comfort and health of the occupants has been the focus of research for many years. However, according to Hanssen (2000) there is relatively little research examining the total effect of indoor air quality on human wellbeing, employee performance and productivity at work. Visual comfort When designing an ofce building attention should be paid to the visual comfort of the occupants. Although electricity savings through daylight utilisation may not be so impressive (compared for example with those for heating or cooling), correct distribution of light may create a more pleasant indoor environment and thus improve the mood and productivity of the occupants. In Sustainable Building Technical Manual (Public Technology Inc and US Green Building Council, 1996), it is pointed out that daylighting creates healthier and more stimulating work environments than articial lighting systems and can increase the productivity up to 15%. Daylighting provides also changes in light intensity colour and views that help support worker productivity. Surveys mention that 90% of the occupants prefer to work close to the window, having a view to the outside. The comfortable visual environment depends on vision, perception and what we want to see in different room congurations and for different activities. The absence of sensation of physiological pain, irritation or distraction is the main aim, when the visual properties of an indoor environment are optimized. Christoffersen (1995) writes in his PhD 45
thesis that visual perception is an active, information-seeking process, partly conscious and partly unconscious, involving many mechanisms in a cognitive process interpreted by the eye and the brain. When the shape and position of windows for an ofce building are designed, attention should be paid to the provision of visual comfort for the occupants, without forgetting the importance of solar shading to avoid overheating. The visual function parameters which determine good visibility and pleasant indoor environments are the: o o o o illuminance, luminance (level and ratios) and daylight factor distribution - Uniformity of light across a surface glare direction
2.3.3
Architectural quality
The architectural design (essential for achieving architectural quality) of an ofce building has great impact on both energy use during the occupation stage and provision of comfort for the occupants. The buildings shape and location, the faades orientation and the integration of passive or active solar systems are some of the parameters that inuence the performance of the building in terms of energy use. On the other hand the occupants perception of indoor environment is closely related to their sociological needs, psychological state, and individual differences inuencing directly their comfort and productivity (Poirazis, 2005a). Thus, it is clear that many parameters have to be examined at the early design stage in order to succeed architectural quality (i.e. energy efcient design and attractive working environment). In order to achieve an energy efcient design, different parameters have to be considered and combined carefully. The location and orientation of the building, the area of the buildings skin in relation to the volume of space enclosed, the type of faade (proportion of glazing, structure, etc) are crucial for the buildings performance. In highly glazed ofce buildings, the buildings skin is obviously more sensitive to the outdoor environment. High solar gains during the summer may lead to overheating problems during the summer, increasing the energy demand for cooling. Furthermore, the greater the area of building skin in relation to the volume of space enclosed, the more the building is inuenced by heat exchanges at the skin. Thus, it is a general rule that a square oor plan is thermally more efcient than a rectangular one because it contains less surface area over which to lose or gain heat. On the other hand, this building form is less efcient in terms of daylighting and passive solar heating and cooling. 46
Background
The shape and orientation of the building have also great impact upon wind driven air inltration through the envelope. Obviously more parameters than an acceptable thermal and visual environment should be considered in order to achieve an attractive working atmosphere. Parameters related with the perception of indoor environment (such as privacy, interaction levels, territoriality and crowding) may have a great impact on the occupants responses regarding mainly sociological, psychological (such as visual and acoustic privacy and aesthetic) and physiological determinants. A more detailed description is provided by the Design Guide for Interiors, (U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, 1997).
2.3.4
Environmental performance
Another quality requirement that should be taken into account in a holistic approach of a building design is the environmental performance. The impacts of buildings on the environment are diverse. Not only during the construction stage, but also during the occupation and demolition stage, the building interacts with the environment in different ways. As a physical structure, the building is composed of different elements. These elements are extracted, manufactured, assembled, maintained, demolished and nally disposed of. The total environmental impact of the materials used is the sum of the impacts caused in each of the above stages. As a living part the building has inputs (energy use, services) and outputs (CO2 emission, wastes, etc). The environmental performance of a building depends (a) the construction (sum of the performance during the manufacturing stage of the materials, the transportation stage and the erection of the building), (b) occupation/maintenance stage (according to Adalberth (2000) for modern apartment buildings the 70-90% of the total energy use (during the life cycle) is used during the occupation stage) and (c) the refurbishment and demolition stage of an ofce building (obviously less important than the ones described above). The study of a whole life cycle of a product or a process (in this case a building) from the extraction of raw materials to the disposal or reconstruction is called Life Cycle Analysis (LCA). At this point, it is necessary to set out the advantages and disadvantages of this method and to make clear the importance of its use during the design stage of a building. The main benet of the LCA is that it provides information on the environmental performance of different building concepts in a really accessible format. On the other hand, the lack of consistent and peer reviewed international level databases of Life Cycle Inventories of building related products is one of the main problems which limits the use of 47
LCA. However, an LCA limited to the period from construction until deconstruction is feasible. The holistic approach during the design stage of a building involves variables that often interact with each other. Impacts on the surrounding environment, energy needed for the construction and maintenance of the building, use of recycled building components and integration of solar technologies that improve the environmental prole of the building are some of the factors that dene the environmental performance of the building. The main reason for using an LCA is to insert it as part of the decision making process in order to optimize the efciency of the system over the life span of the building. Since a lot of parameters are involved, the complexity increases and the goals should be prioritized from the early design stage in order to make the process more clear.
2.3.5
Costs
In the existing literature three ways of calculating the cost of a building are given. Investment costs: consideration of the investment cost only Life cycle costs: Cost over the whole life of a building Total economic value: It goes further than life cycle costing, since it also includes more hidden building related costs or prots such as the productivity of the workers in the building. According to Fuller and Petersen (1996) energy conservation projects provide excellent examples for the application of LCCA. On the other hand, the total economic value is time restrictive, since it often involves very detailed calculations that require detailed input. For the ongoing Glazed Ofce Buildings project the Life Cycle Cost (LCC) has been calculated (Sjdin, 2007). The productivity of the occupants (such as lost working hours) is also calculated in a simple way taking into account thermal comfort criteria (Poirazis, 2005b). The reason for the decision to calculate the LCC is that calculation of only the investment costs for the suggested alternatives does not provide information on the energy, environmental and maintenance costs, which is crucial when it comes to energy efcient ofce buildings. The integration of solar technologies with alternative heating, ventilating, and air conditioning (HVAC) systems and strategies can provide a wide variety of models (some of which are considerably more energy efcient than others), interesting to study in a life time prospective. 48
Background
2.4
Building technology
At an early stage the building technology should be involved in the building design process (Figure 2.1) with the aim of improving the buildings performance. By integrating new technologies into the building process, the complexity of the system increases. In these cases the implications should be considered and the evaluation process should start from the beginning, considering the problem as new. As an example, in order to clarify the foregoing, a solution regarding thermal comfort problems of highly glazed buildings can also be provided by proper integration of double skin faade systems (integration of passive systems). In this way the provision of a more uniform thermal environment can be achieved (performance requirement), by controlling the cavity temperatures to avoid cold walls and temperature asymmetries. From the above it is clear that the interactions between the constituents (performance and quality requirements) of the building environment and the implications of building technology are a complicated and delicate matter. Prioritizing the main goals and the quality requirements to be fullled, deciding about the trade off values and creating a common understanding between the different sides of the design team is the rst step to an improved building performance. The complexity of the system requires continuous focus on the main goals to be achieved without in any case compromising the performance requirements. The higher risk of facing unexpected problems, when newer and more complicated technologies are integrated, should be considered and a gradual integration process should be adapted.
2.4.1
Glass in buildings
2.4.1.1 General
The main function of architectural glass is to transmit daylight. Increased glazing areas that admit daylight were achieved at the beginning of the nineteenth century, when the development of framed building structures, suspending the heavy load bearing wall, liberated the window area (Button and Pye, 1993). Glass and the steel skeleton came together as key elements in the modern architectural movement, in order to increase natural daylight, transparency, health and social well-being. For the last two centuries glass has had its own material developments, which brought new aesthetic qualities to architecture. The method of suspending glass assemblies as a curtain of glass leads to the full liberation of glass from the building structure. This liberation, however, was followed by numerous 49
performance demands of the building skin. According to Button and Pye (1993) today, the building structure is no longer of primary architectural importance; of equal design consideration and equal nancing investment are heating, lighting and air conditioning services. During the last decades there has been much research on variable transmission glass and new technologies in photochromic, thermochromic and electrochromic panes. This research is driven by the desire for energy savings and improved occupant comfort. The development of coated and body tinted glass aims to cover needs for appearance, view (in and out), daylight, passive solar gains, solar control and thermal insulation; laminated glass provides durability, re resistance, safety and explosion and bullet impact protection.
2.4.1.2 Basic physics of the glass

Radiation Electromagnetic radiation is the principal energy source, which provides both heat and light. The complete electromagnetic spectrum is delineated in Figure 2.11. The intermediate part of the spectrum, which extends from a wavelength of approximately 0.1 to 100 m and includes part of the UV and all of the visible and infrared (IR) is considered as thermal radiation and is related to heat transfer.
Thermal
Visible
X rays
Infrared
Ultraviolet
Microwave
Gamma rays
10
-5
10
-4
10
-3
10
-2
10
-1
10
10
10
10
Figure 2.11
Spectrum of electromagnetic radiation.
All bodies emit and absorb energy in the form of electromagnetic radiation. The thermal radiation emitted by a surface varies for different wavelengths. The term spectral is used in order to refer to the nature of this dependence. The spectral distribution depends on the nature and temperature of the emitting surface. To properly quantify radiation heat transfer, we must be able to treat both spectral and directional effects.
50
Background
Surface absorption, reection and transmission When the irradiation interacts with a semitransparent object (such as glass), portions of this radiation may be reected, absorbed or transmitted, as shown in Figure 2.12. From a radiation balance of a medium, it follows that: G= G,ref+ G,abs+ G,tr
Reflection (G, ref)
Irradiation (G)
Absorption (G,abs)
Transmission (G, tr)
Figure 2.12
Reection, absorption and transmission of solar radiation in glass.
Reectance occurs when the surface of a material reects an incident beam of light and it expresses the fraction of incident radiation reected by the glass. Reection can be specular, diffuse or a mixture of the two.
Specular reection (a)
If a material surface is microscopically smooth and at, such as oat glass, the incident and reected light rays make the same angle with a normal one to the reecting surface, producing specular reection.
Diffuse reection (b)
If a material has a rough surface, that is if it is not microscopically smooth, diffuse reections will occur. Each ray of light falling on a small particle of the surface will obey the basic law of reection but, because these particles are randomly oriented, the reections will be randomly distributed. A perfect diffusely reecting surface would in practice reect light equally in all directions, giving a perfect matt nish.
51
Figure 2.13
Specular and diffuse reection.
Absorptance expresses the fraction of incident radiation absorbed. In other words, absorptance is that part of the incident light which is lost in the body of the glass, increasing its temperature. Transmittance expresses the fraction of incident radiation directly transmitted through the glass. Transmittance is that part of the incident light remaining after reection and absorption. Transmitted light is subject to modication by refraction, diffusion and colouring.
2.4.1.3. Thermal functions of the glass

Glass and thermal comfort Windows inuence occupant comfort by: heat gain or heat loss through the glass, which either raises or lowers the room air temperature. radiation exchange between the glass and occupant. increased convection close to window, thus increased cold down draught during winter. The glass surface temperature inuences the thermal comfort of an occupant close to the window, due to the heat loss produced by long wave radiation exchange between the occupant and the window. During winter, the glass temperature is often lower than the other room surfaces, producing a loss of heat from the occupants body surface by long wave radiation and contribution to cold discomfort. During summer, the glass temperature can be higher than that of the other surfaces. The long wave radiation in combination with any shortwave solar radiation received through the
52
Background
glass is absorbed by the occupant and contributes to a sensation of hot discomfort. Heat loss Heat loss is quantied through the U value (thermal transmittance) measured in W/m2K. Thermal transmittance is the rate of loss of heat per square metre under steady state conditions for a temperature difference of one degree (Kelvin or Celsius) between the inner and outer environments separated by the glazing. Heat loss can be also quantied by the thermal resistance (R=1/U). According to Button and Pye (1993) there are three stages of heat loss through glass products: between the internal glass surface and the room surfaces through the glass product between the outdoor environment and the outer glass surface Heat loss to the internal glass surface: Heat is lost to the internal glass surface from the room, whenever the glass surface is at a lower temperature than the internal air temperature and the room surface temperature, through: exchange of long wave radiation between the glass surface and the room surfaces. convection/conduction from the room air moving over the surface of the glass. Usually, the heat loss by radiation exchange is the greater heat loss (unless the glass surface has a low emissivity coating). Heat loss through the glass product: Generally, glass is a very poor insulating material. However, due to technological developments there are a number of ways to decrease heat loss through glazing as described in Subsection 2.4.2.1. Heat loss from the outer glass surface: The nal stage of heat loss is from the outer glass surface. As with the inner glass surface, heat transfer occurs by long wave radiation exchange and by convection-conduction. The balance and magnitude of heat transfer depend on the temperature of the surrounding outside surfaces and the sky temperatures. With clear skies, sky temperatures can be extremely low; this effect is demonstrated by the formation of dew and frost on surfaces exposed to clear skies due to their cooling below ambient air temperature.
53
2.4.2
Single skin faades
Nowadays, there is a growing interest in using highly glazed facades in commercial buildings. The trend of covering large portions of the faade or even the entire faade by glass has its origin in Europe and is expanding to other regions. As with many other architectural trends, understanding and improving the building performance of highly glazed buildings is very important. Prior simulation studies have shown that it should be technically possible to produce an allglass faade with sufcient energy and indoor climate performance although it is not a simple challenge (Lee, et al., 2002). This Subsection gives a brief background to the problems often met and the solutions given, in order to improve the buildings performance. When glazed faades are designed, several devices are often implemented, in order to keep the heat losses low and to avoid undesired heat gains through solar radiation (during summer). According to Compagno (2002) the two main criteria when designing a fully glazed faade are the number of glazing skins incorporated in the design (single or multiple skin faades) and the positioning of shading devices.
2.4.2.1 Glazing
In energy efcient design the proper selection of glazing elements is probably the most complex task. Glazing and window design are two areas in which great technical developments have occurred over the last years. In order to achieve good window design, it is essential to nd the balance between demands which are often conicting such as passive heating and cooling functions, e.g. allow solar gains but avoid excessive solar heat, provide sufcient daylight without causing glare, allow controllable ventilation into the building but keep out the noise, allow visual contact with the surroundings but ensure acceptable privacy levels (A Green Vitruvious, 1999). This Subchapter focuses on the thermal insulation that glazing can provide and suggests a number of ways to decrease heat loss through it. Single glazing provides relatively little resistance to loss of heat, since the glass is a poor insulator. To decrease the thermal transmittance, a second pane of glass separated from the rst pane by an air space can be added. This layer of enclosed air provides extra thermal resistance to long wave radiation exchange. The incorporation of an air space provides several opportunities for increasing the thermal resistance of glazing: increasing the width of the air space: by increasing the width of the air space, extra resistance is provided. There is a limit due to convec54
Background
tion within the air space, which occurs at about 15mm width, after which little extra thermal benet is obtained. Adding a third pane of glass to give a second air space provides further improvement. Incorporating low emissivity coatings: The use of a low emissivity (low E) coating on the glass makes it possible to reduce the long wave radiation exchange between the panes. The higher insulating effect (lower U value) provided by a Low E coating in a double glazed unit is due to the high reectance of long wavelength radiation. In cold climates the higher temperature of the inner glass surface of double glazed units using Low E coating diminishes the effect of long wave radiation, which causes discomfort near the window. Using gases of lower conductivity: Sealed Low E double glazed units may contain gases with lower thermal conductivity than air such as argon, providing further decrease in U value. Evacuating the air space: the air space may be fully or partially evacuated. The properties of glass, such as solar shading and emissivity inuence the transmission through the glass (Carlsson, 2005). Drastic changes can be obtained by applying a coating on the glass. Coatings can inuence the range of transmitted radiation and its absolute level. The coatings can be reective and selective. Efcient solar shading can be obtained by reective coatings. Increased reection results in reduced total transmission. Currently, the total solar energy transmittance (g value) for a sealed double glazed unit can be varied between 0.2 and 0.7 with a daylight transmittance between 0.3 and 0.8 W/m2K. Lower U values can be obtained with coatings of low emissivity. The emissivity can be reduced from 0.87 to 0.04. The infrared radiation can be reduced to 20 %, without lowering daylight transmittance below 0.75. This type of coating is selective, as it allows transmittance of the main part of daylight, but has a high reectivity of the infrared radiation. Currently the U value (middle of the glass) for a sealed double glazed unit can be varied between 2.8 and 1.1 W/m2K. In modern ofce buildings sealed double glazed units are preferably used, often with a reective coating.
2.4.2.2 Shading devices

In order to achieve a certain level of solar transmittance through the single skin faade, solar control glass is often used. However, since the properties of this glass are xed, they restrict useful solar gains during cold months and they can reduce daylight levels. Thus, by providing additional adjust55
able shading devices the building performance can be further improved. Some of these devices are: exterior shading devices: The main advantage of these devices is that the heat resulting from the radiation from the device itself remains out of the building, keeping the cooling load levels lower during summer months. The main disadvantage, however, is that they are exposed to the effects of weather, often resulting in high maintenance and cleaning costs. If the exterior shading is movable, then the low solar transmittance effect could be limited to the summer months, when cooling is needed; if they are xed, they have similar effect as the solar control glass. interior shading devices: This type of shading device is less effective, since the radiation absorbed by the devices stays in the room raising the cooling demand. However, the cleaning and maintenance of these devices is much simpler than with exterior ones. Additionally, internal shading can provide the clean faade look, which is quite often required by architects. intermediate shading devices: Shading devices placed in between the panes of glass are less common in ofce buildings. Costs associated with cleaning are lower than with the exterior ones but maintenance may be more expensive, mostly when the electric motors are also incorporated inside the cavity (Compagno, 2002). The increase in temperature between the panes due to absorption by the shading should be considered in order to avoid cracking of the glass due to the dramatic temperature increase. A comprehensive study of several aspects related to solar shading devices has been carried out within the Solar Shading project at the Division of Energy and Building Design, Department of Architecture and Built Environment, Lund University. The project included the following tasks: determination of the primary and total solar energy transmittance (g value) of shading devices through measurements; development of an advanced computer program (Derob-LTH) and a user-friendly design tool (ParaSol) to predict the impact of shading devices on energy use in buildings; parametric studies as a basis for the development of design guidelines aimed at architects, engineers and consultants; measurement of the daylight transmittance and interior illuminance/luminance conditions in rooms equipped with shading devices. 56
Background
2.4.3
Double skin faades
2.4.3.1 General
The double skin faade is a system consisting of two glass skins (single or double) placed in such a way that air ows in the intermediate cavity. The distance between the skins usually varies from 0.2 m up to 2 m. For protection and heat extraction reasons the solar shading devices are placed inside the cavity. The ventilation of the cavity can be natural, fan supported or mechanical; the origin and destination of the air can also vary depending on the location, the use and HVAC strategy of the building. The advantages of double skin faades compared with single skin facades are improved acoustic insulation, protection of shading devices and provision of natural ventilation in the ofce spaces. However, energy reduction and provision of an improved indoor thermal environment can also be achieved, when these are designed and integrated properly. Due to the additional skin, a thermal buffer zone is formed which reduces the heat losses and enables passive solar gains. During the heating period, the solar preheated air can be introduced inside the building providing natural ventilation with a good indoor climate retained. On the other hand, during the summer overheating problems are often referred to when the faade is poorly ventilated (Poirazis, 2004). Different congurations can result in different ways of using the faade, proving the exibility of the system and its adaptability to different climates and locations. A detailed description of this system can be found in the Literature review for Double skin faades for ofce buildings by Poirazis (2004).
2.4.3.2 Classication of double skin faades

The most common way to categorize the system is according to the type (geometry) of the cavity, as described below. Multi storey: In this case no horizontal or vertical partitioning exists between the two skins. The air cavity ventilation is provided via large openings at the bottom and top of the cavity. Corridor: The cavity is partitioned horizontally for acoustical, re security or ventilation reasons. Box window: In this case horizontal and vertical partitioning divides the faade into smaller and independent boxes. Shaft box: In this case a set of box window elements are placed in the faade. These elements are connected via vertical shafts situated in the faade. These shafts ensure an increased stack effect. 57
2.4.3.3 Technical description of the cavity

The most common types of glass panes used for double skin faades are described below. The internal skin is often a thermal insulating double glazed unit (when the air enters the cavity from outdoors). The panes are usually toughened or unhardened oat glass. The gaps between the panes are lled with air, argon or krypton. The external skin is often a toughened (tempered) single pane of glass. Sometimes it can be a laminated glass instead. Lee et al. (2002) claim that the most common exterior layer is a heatstrengthened safety glass or laminated safety glass. The second interior faade layer consists of xed or operable, double or single pane, casement or hopper windows. Low emittance coatings on the interior glass faade reduce radiative heat gains to the interior. Oesterle et al. (2001) suggest that for a higher degree of transparency, int glass (glass with high refraction and low dispersion) can be used as the exterior layer. Since the number of layers and the thickness of the panes are greater than in single skin construction, it is really important to maintain a clear faade, if transparency is the goal. The main disadvantage in this case is the higher construction costs, since int glass is more expensive than the normal glass. The shading devices are usually horizontal louvres placed inside the cavity for protection. In the existing literature, there is no extended description concerning the material and the geometry of the shading devices used for double skin facades. However, it is mentioned that in large scale projects it is useful to investigate the material and positioning of the glass and shading devices inside the cavity. It is also worth considering proper combination of these two elements in order to succeed in attaining the desired indoor operative temperatures.
2.4.3.4 Advantages and disadvantages of double skin faades

The advantages and disadvantages outlined in the existing literature of the double skin faade system are briey described below: Advantages Lower construction cost compared with solutions that can be provided by the use of electrochromic, thermochromic or photochromic glass (the properties of which change according to climatic or environmental conditions). 58
Background
Acoustic insulation: In the view of some authors sound insulation can be one of the most important reasons to use a double skin faade. Reduced internal noise levels inside an ofce building can be achieved by reducing both the transmission from room to room (internal noise pollution) and the transmission from outdoor sources i.e. heavy trafc (external noise pollution). The type of double skin faade and the number of openings can be really critical for sound insulation concerning the internal and the external noise pollution. Thermal insulation: During the winter, the external additional skin provides improved insulation by increasing the external heat transfer resistance. The reduced air ow and the increased temperature of the air inside the cavity lower the heat transfer rate on the surface of the glass, which leads to reduction of heat losses. During the summer, the warm air inside the cavity can be extracted by mechanical, fan supported or natural ventilation. Certain faade types can cause overheating problems. However, a completely openable outer layer can solve the overheating problem during the summer months, but will certainly increase the construction cost. Night time ventilation: During the hot summer days, when the external temperature is higher than 26C, the interior spaces may easily become overheated. In this case, it may be energy saving to pre-cool the ofces during the night using natural ventilation. In this case, the indoor temperatures will be lower during the early morning hours, providing thermal comfort and improved air quality for the occupants. Energy savings and reduced environmental impacts: In principle, double skin faades can save energy when properly designed. Often, when the conventional insulation of the exterior wall is poor, the savings that can be obtained with the additional skin may seem impressive. Better protection of the shading or lighting devices: Since the shading or lighting devices are placed inside the intermediate cavity of the double skin faades, they are protected from both the wind and rain. Reduction of the wind pressure effects: The double skin faades around high rise buildings can serve to reduce the effects of wind pressure. Transparency Architectural design: In almost all the literature, reference is made to the desire of architects to use bigger proportions of glazed surfaces.
59
Natural ventilation: One of the main advantages of the double skin faade systems is that they can allow natural (or fan supported) ventilation. Different types can be applied in different climates, orientations, locations and building types in order to provide fresh air before and during the working hours. The selection of double skin faade type can be crucial for temperatures, air velocity, and the quality of the introduced air inside the building. If designed well, the natural ventilation can lead to a reduction in energy use during the occupation stage and improve the comfort of the occupants. Thermal comfort temperatures of the internal wall: Since the air inside the double skin faade cavity is warmer than the outdoor air during the heating period, the interior part of the faade can maintain temperatures that are closer to the thermal comfort levels (compared with single skin facades). On the other hand, during the summer it is really important that the system is well designed, so efcient heat extraction ensures that the temperatures inside the cavity do not increase dramatically, leading to high oprative temperatures. Fire escape: Claessens and De Hedre mention that the glazed space of a double skin faade may be used as a re escape. Disadvantages Higher construction costs compared with a conventional faade. For example, the additional skin increases the weight of the construction, which increases the cost. Additional maintenance and operating costs: When the double skin and the single skin type of faade are compared, it is easily seen that the double skin type has higher cost regarding construction, cleaning, operating, inspection, servicing, and maintenance. Fire protection: It is not yet very clear whether or not the double skin faades can be positive regarding the re protection of a building. However, some authors refer to possible problems caused by the room to room transmission of smoke in case of re. Reduction of rentable ofce space: The width of the intermediate cavity of a double skin faade can vary from 20 cm to several metres. This results in the loss of useful space. Often the width of the cavity inuences the properties inside it (i.e. the deeper the cavity, the less heat is transmitted by convection when the cavity is closed) and sometimes the deeper the cavity, the greater the improvement in thermal comfort conditions next to the 60
Background
external walls. Thus, it is quite important to nd the optimum depth of the faade, to be narrow enough so as not to lose space, and deep enough so as to make it possible to use the space close to the faade. Overheating problems: If the double skin faade system is not properly designed, the temperature of the air in the cavity may increase, overheating the interior space. Increased air ow velocity inside the cavity, mostly in multi storey types. The possibility of important pressure differences between ofces is mentioned in the case of natural ventilation via the cavity. Daylight: The double skin faades are similar to other types of glazed facades (i.e. single skin faade). However, Oesterle et al., (2001) describe that double faades reduce the quantity of light entering the rooms as a result of the additional external skin. Acoustic insulation: It is possible that sound transmission problems (room to room or oor to oor) may arise if the faade is not designed properly.
61
62
State of the art
State of the art
3.1
Glazed ofce buildings in Nordic climates
Subchapter 3.1 is based on personal communication with ke Blomsterberg at the Division of Energy and Building design, Department of Architecture and Built Environment, Lund University.
3.1.1
General
The ofce buildings as known today are likely to retain their validity in the foreseeable future. Although there has been, and still is, a dramatic development of the infrastructure for communications (mobile phones, laptops, e-mails, etc.), the change in ofce practice is far less dramatic (Kleibrink, 2002). Nowadays, the exchange of information between and within organizations is very often achieved by e-mail and the activities are increasingly dominated by discussions and ow of information at all levels. High interaction levels may however lead to reduced occupant productivity, due to acoustic disturbance. The increase in teamwork and communication, however, can lead to activities and persons disturbing each other, especially if the spatial organisation is not appropriate. The plan of an ofce environment establishes the privacy (both acoustic and visual) level at which the ofce functions. Therefore, it is still necessary to perform concentrated individual work in undisturbed surroundings. Modern ofce work is characterized by quick changes between these two types of activity, so the challenge today is to provide for a combination of individual work and teamwork, while also providing for exibility for unforeseen developments. Moreover, in new constructions the conventional envelope of ofce buildings tends to be replaced by a highly glazed one that can lead to a pleasant visual indoor environment. The recent trend of transparent buildings is often initiated by architects, in order to provide more daylight and view to the occupants. Depending on the task of the occupants this can increase their productivity (as stated in the Sustainable Building 63
Technical Manual in 1996, productivity can increase by up to 15% when daylight is provided instead of articial lighting). In some cases, however, the occupants can often feel distracted or even annoyed when they can be seen from outside.
3.1.2

Layout of typical ofce buildings
There are at least four different concepts of ofce layout: unit or cell-type ofce open-plan and group ofce combination ofce the so-called business club
The cell-type ofce is the most traditional form, where single or double rooms are located along articially lighted corridors. A single person ofce is very good for concentrated work, but does not promote informal communication between colleagues. Typical sizes for a single room are: width 1.35 m by depth 4.20 m, width 2.7 m by 4.20 m, width 3 m by depth 3.6 m or width 3 m by depth 5 m. The corridor can be 2 m wide. The open-plan and group ofce with hundreds of persons working was designed to encourage communication. Often, many of these ofces have after some time been divided by head height cupboards and plants into almost cell-type ofces. What some people perceive as a disadvantage is the lack of individual control of indoor climate and lighting. For routine processing work requiring a high degree of informal communication this type of ofce can be preferable. The combination ofce, developed in Scandinavia at the end of the seventies, combines the advantages of the cell-type ofces and open-plan ofces, while avoiding the disadvantages. The workplaces are located in cell-type spaces along the faade and are separated from the indirectly lit internal zones by room high glazed walls. Every workplace has access to discussion areas, direct visual contact with the outside world and the means to control the climate individually. The common space in the middle serves a number of employees and offers communal services like meeting areas, copiers, printers, facilities for coffee breaks. The glazed wall provides sound attenuation for the workplaces, while allowing visual contact with colleagues. The size of the individual workplaces/rooms is similar to the cell-type ones mentioned above. The common space can be 4.8 m deep. An ofce should meet the following four criteria: Flexibility: workplaces should be standardized, but should also be adaptable to individual needs. 64
State of the art
Functional efciency: the working space should meet physiological requirements, ergonomic standards and statutory requirements, in order to support optimal working conditions. Contact quality: the working spaces should contribute to the transparency of the activities, carried out in the ofce and encourage communication and synergetic effects between employees and departments Corporate culture: the message conveyed by the working spaces should promote the employees identication with the company and its products and communicate company values internally and externally. Typical depths for ofce buildings are 12 to 13 metres for a cell-type ofce 13. 5 to 15.5 metres for a combination ofce
3.1.3
Ofce buildings in Sweden
Ofce buildings account for a signicant proportion of the oor area in non-industrial buildings in Sweden. The total oor area in ofce buildings is approximately 30 million m2 (usable area to let) (SCB, 2001). The completed oor area is almost evenly distributed over the decades, but with less construction during the last decade (as shown in Table 3.1).
Floor area, millions m2, broken down by year of completion (SCB, 2001).
-1940 1941-1960 1961-1970 7,1 4,6 4,9 1971-1980 1981-1991 1991- 5,4 5,4 2,8 Sum 30,2
Table 3.1
Year Floor area
Most (65%) of the existing ofce buildings are rather small, between 200 and 1000 m2. Many ofce buildings are between 1000 and 5000 m2 and some are bigger than 20 000 m2 (see Table 3.2).
Table 3.2
Number of ofce buildings within a certain range of oor area, m2 (SCB, 2001).
200-999 1000-4999 5000-19999 20000- Sum 11 505 4 719 1 415 170 17 809
Floor area (m2) Number of buildings
65
Most ofce buildings are equipped with a heating system. However, mechanical cooling systems are also becoming rather common in ofce buildings. Most of the buildings are equipped with a mechanical ventilation system, usually a system with mechanical supply and exhaust air. The newer ones often have heat recovery on the ventilation. The energy source for heating ofce buildings can be oil furnace, district heating, electricity, local district heating, gas or biomass. The most common source is district heating (71%), as shown in Table 3.3.
Table 3.3
Area of ofce buildings by type of heating (SCB, 2001).

Oil District Electric Local furnace heating district heating Gas Oil + el Biomass Other Sum
Heated area 2,4 million, m2 Heated 7 area, %
23,4 71
2 6
0,2 1
0,6 2
0,4 1
0 0
4,1 12
33,1 100
3.1.4
Energy performance of Swedish ofce buildings
The majority of the ofce buildings are heated by district heating. Among these buildings, those built between 1961 and 1970 have the highest use of district heating energy, 144 kWh/m2a (see Table 3.4). Most of the heating is space heating, hot service water accounts for 2 7% of the heating (Nilson, 1996).
Table 3.4
Use of district heating in Swedish ofce buildings, broken down by year of completion (SCB, 2001).
-1940 1941-1960 1961-1970 1971-1980 1981-1991 1991- Average 137 133 144 112 91 116 122
Year of completion Use of district heating kWh/m2a
If cooling is included, then the buildings constructed between 1961 and 1970 have the highest energy use, 156 kWh/m2a (see Table 3.5).
66
State of the art
Table 3.5
Average energy use for space heating, district cooling and electricity for cooling in Swedish ofce buildings (SCB, 2001).
-1940 1941-1960 1961-1970 1971-1980 1981-1991 1991- Average 146 143 156 127 114 127 135
Year of completion Use of district heating kWh/m2a
An analysis of energy use for heating and use of electricity in premises showed that the heating energy use has been reduced, while the total use of electricity has increased, during the last decades (Energiboken, 1995). The reduction in heating energy use is due to the improved thermal insulation (lower thermal transmittance) and introduction of heat recovery on the exhaust air ow, required by the building regulations. New premises have a lower total use of energy than older ones, but a higher share of use of electricity (see Figure 3.1). In new ofce buildings, i.e. those built after 1980, the use of electricity often accounts for 70% of the use of energy (Nilson, 1996). The previous building regulations, before 2006, did not have any real requirement for the use of electricity or the total energy use.
280 260 240 220 200
1970
Heating (kWh/am)
180 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 0 10 20 30 40 50
1980
1990
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
Electricity (kWh/am)
Typical office buildings
Refurbished office buildings
New office buildings
Figure 3.1
Relation between use of energy for space heating and use of electricity in Swedish ofce buildings, as a function of year of completion (Energiboken, 1995).
67
The reduction in heating demand has in many cases taken place at the expense of an increased use of electricity. Redistribution between these two energy sources has taken place both in new construction and refurbishment. There are several reasons for this, e.g. poor knowledge as to the actual use of electricity in buildings. increased use of ofce appliances (PCs, printers, servers, copiers, etc) the building regulations have focused on heating demand no life cycle perspective is applied
There is quite a variation in the energy use of ofce buildings as shown in Table 3.6.
Table 3.6
Energy use in ofce buildings (REPAB, 2003).

Electricity Electricity Electricity Total (fans, (lighting, cooling electricity pumps etc.) PC etc.) 10 18 30 35 50 80 15 30 50 60 98 160 Total energy use 140 223 365
kWh/m2year District (non-residential heating area) Low Normal High 80 125 205
There is clearly an energy saving potential, especially with regard to use of electricity for ventilation, cooling, lighting. Targets have to be specied for the use of electricity for fans, pumps, lighting etc and for the cooling demand. The users have to buy energy efcient appliances (e.g. PCs). Important savings can be achieved by adapting the operation of the HVAC system to the actual activity in the building and optimising the operation of the building with regard to ventilation, heating and cooling. The users can contribute by improving their behaviour with regard to the use of lighting, PCs etc.
3.1.5
Glazed ofce buildings in Sweden
Especially during the nineties, highly glazed ofce buildings were built in Scandinavia, some of them with single and others with double skin faades. This has been made possible by technical development regarding the construction and physical properties of glass. During the last years architects have developed an interest in applying the technology of double skin faades in Scandinavia. Buildings with double skin faades built in Sweden are described in several literature sources. A report on requirements and methods for double skin faades has been
68
State of the art
produced by Carlson in 2003. A literature review on double skin faades for ofce buildings has also been written by Poirazis (2004a), describing the main aspects of the system and presenting buildings from Scandinavia, Finland, Germany, United Kingdom, Belgium, etc. Buildings described from Sweden are the Kista Science Tower, The Nokia House Kista, Arlanda airport, the ABB Business centre and the GlasshusEtt. Before describing further the properties of double skin faades, it is useful to understand why ofce buildings with fully glazed faades are being built. Architecturally an airy, transparent and light building is created, with more access to daylight than in a more traditional ofce building (Svensson, 2000). Furthermore, the main argument for constructing double skin glazed faades is that a decision has been made in the rst place to build a glazed building because of the transparent appearance (Svensson, 2001). The individual arguments, compared with a single skin glazed faade, are noise reduction, natural light, possibility to open windows, protected solar shading, burglary protection, night ventilation, preheated supply air, additional heat during winter and removal of solar energy via the double skin sustainable construction. This type of building enables ventilation to be adapted to the different seasons and often some kind of hybrid ventilation. It is also claimed that ofce buildings with double skin faades can result in a reasonable energy use and a reasonable indoor climate. There is a lack of knowledge in the building trade in Sweden concerning the design of highly glazed buildings and the calculation of energy use, thermal comfort and the inuence of different technical solutions on these buildings. When highly glazed ofce buildings are designed, exact copies of buildings located in other climates should be avoided. Adaptation to Swedish requirements for energy use and indoor climate, as well as adjustment to Swedish climate and Swedish engineering (building and HVAC), is necessary. The complexity of building and HVAC systems requires a comprehensive view. Energy, comfort and costs must be analysed for Swedish conditions. The low outdoor temperatures and solar gains during winter in Sweden can result in low temperatures of the inner layer and hence thermal discomfort (draughts, a non-uniform indoor climate, etc). The low altitudes of the sun during the winter can cause visual discomfort due to glare problems, mostly close to the faade. For deep buildings the daylight level can be low in the core of the building, although the faade is fully glazed.
69
3.2
Double skin faades
The main aim of this Subsection is to provide necessary background information from previous research carried out in the eld of double skin faades. Since the evaluation of the methods used (in order to determine the performance of double skin faades) is a part of this thesis, approaches and methods used for modelling and measuring the cavities are briey described as found in the existing literature. Moreover, a description of previous research regarding proper building integration of double skin faades is provided, with the emphasis on different HVAC strategies and the contribution of double skin faades for an optimized performance. Background information regarding energy simulations of double faades that were carried out on a building level is also provided. Finally, examples of buildings and typical constructions used are given.
3.2.1
Building physics of the double skin faade cavity
In the following subchapters a brief description is given of the modelling approaches and the measurement methods used (as described in the literature). Although it is not the main aim of the thesis to develop a model for predicting the performance of the double skin faade cavity, a basic understanding of the physical model (air ows, temperatures etc.) and the methods used was required in order to evaluate the results, when validating the simulation tools used. Detailed description of the modelling methods can be found in the chapter Double Skin Faade Modelling Approaches of the report Double Skin Faades; A literature review (Poirazis, 2006).
3.2.1.1 General
Accurate prediction of the airow rates in a ventilated cavity is essential for successful modelling of the double skin faade cavity. Before describing each of the air ow simulation methods that different authors have used, it is essential to briey describe the two possible ways of ventilating the double skin faade cavity. As Shiou Li (2001) describes double skin faades can be both naturally and mechanically ventilated. Although, according to the author, natural ventilation can provide an environmentally friendly atmosphere, it is not without risk. Unless the ventilation is designed properly the solar heat gain within the faade cavity will not be removed efciently and will increase the cavity temperature. For the naturally ventilated cavi70
State of the art
ties the air is brought into the cavity and exhausted by two means: wind pressure and/or the stack effect. According to the author the wind effect is dominant all the year round. As the author mentions, natural ventilation systems in urban environments may also experience signicant problems of noise transmission and pollution and may result in uncomfortable indoor environments in extreme weather conditions. The mechanically ventilated double skin faades often use an underoor or overhead ventilation system in the building to supply or exhaust the cavity air to ensure good distribution of the fresh air. In this case the air is forced into the cavity by mechanical means. This air rises and removes heat from the cavity and continues upwards to be expelled or re-circulated. The mechanically assisted ventilation systems allow the building to be sealed, thereby providing more protection from trafc noise than naturally ventilated systems. In areas with severe weather conditions or poor air quality, the mechanically assisted ventilation system can keep conditions in the buffer zone nearly constant to reduce the inuence of the outdoor air to the indoor environment. If the airow in the DSF cavity is mechanically driven, the amount of air passing the cavity is known; in the case of a naturally ventilated cavity, however, it is necessary that the ow is calculated. In addition, the airow in the cavity can be limited to maintain the necessary airow rate in the room. Knowledge of air temperature in the double faade cavity is essential if one wants to maintain a comfortable indoor environment, especially when the cavity air is directly used for ventilation indoors. The air temperature and the airow in the cavity are interrelated parameters and one can not be estimated properly without the other. Knowledge of the ow regime is also essential for prediction of the air temperature and air ow.
3.2.1.2 Modelling approaches

This part is based on the DSF Modelling Approaches subchapter of the Literature review written by Poirazis (2006). Nowadays, building simulation software and developed mathematical models vary over a wide range of complexity. The simplest model is described by a few equations and the most complex one is the CFD model solving the conservation equations for mass, momentum and thermal energy. According to Champagne (2002), in the HVAC eld there is a need to validate a proposed design to ensure proper performance. The two methods typically used are experimental or numerical. According to the author the experimental values are very reliable, when performed in a 71
controlled environment; however, there are several major drawbacks to this approach since, for instance, it is expensive and time consuming. Numerical approaches such as computational uid dynamics (CFD) are informative and when applicable can also save time and money. At the same time, Hensen (2002) categorizes building simulation approaches by level of resolution into macroscopic and microscopic. According to the author the macroscopic approaches deal with entire building systems, indoor and outdoor conditions over some periods, while microscopic approaches use much smaller spatial and time scales. The building simulation software is normally related to the macroscopic approaches, while the CFD has the microscopic technique which is usually restricted to the steady state condition. The macroscopic (network) method is more suitable for the time series considerations. Another direction is taken by Djunaedy, et al. (2002), which categorizes the main air ow modelling levels of resolution and complexity as: Building Energy Balance (BEB) models that basically rely on airow guesstimates. Zonal Airow Network (AFN) models that are based on (macroscopic) zone mass balance and inter-zone ow pressure relationships; typically for a whole building. CFD that is based on energy, mass and momentum conservation in all (minuscule) cells that make up the ow domain; typically a single building zone. Hensen, et al. (2002), explain that although airow is obviously an important issue for building performance assessment, the development of its treatment in modelling methods often lags behind the treatment applied to the other important issues, such as energy ow paths. Nowadays emphasis has been given to airow simulations which mostly focus on the following two approaches: Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) based on conservation equations for mass, momentum and thermal energy for all nodes of a two- or three-dimensional grid inside or around the object under investigation. The CFD approach is applicable to any thermo uid phenomenon; however, in building physics applications, there are several problematic issues, such as the amount of necessary computing power, the nature of the ow elds and the occupant-dependent boundary conditions. This has often led to CFD applications being restricted to steady-state cases or very short simulation periods. The network method, in which a building is treated as a network of nodes representing rooms, parts of rooms and system components, 72
State of the art
with inter-nodal connections. According to the authors, the assumption is made that for each type of connection there exists an unambiguous relationship between the ow through the component and the pressure difference across it. Conservation of mass for the ows into and out of each node leads to a set of simultaneous, nonlinear equations, which can be integrated over time to characterize the ow domain. The position of Park, et al. (2003), Gertis (1999), Hensen, et al. (2002), and the work of many other researchers indicates that it is very difcult to nd a simple model that would describe the DSF performance appropriately. As explained in Hensen, et al. (2002) predicting the performance of a double skin faade can be quite difcult, since highly transient parameters such as cavity temperature, ambient temperature, wind velocity and direction, transmitted and absorbed solar radiation and angles of incidence govern the main driving forces. Manz and Frank (2005), point out that the thermal design of buildings with the DSF type of envelope remains a challenging task. As yet, there is no software tool that can accommodate all the following three modelling levels: optics of layer sequence, thermodynamics and uid dynamics of DSF and building energy system. The complexity of the prediction task is the main reason for the long lasting research and application of simplifying techniques. The iterative approach of the network method became the reason to distinguish the three main issues in the DSF modelling: Optical element responsible for the optical properties of the DSF materials Heat transfer element responsible for the heat transfer processes in the DSF Flow element responsible for the motion of the uid in the DSF In various network methods these elements are dened differently in terms of nomenclature. In some methods they even stay undened. The elements (the physical processes behind them) inuence each other and, as has been argued, together they govern the main heat and mass transfer processes in the DSF. Several researchers (Saelens, Faggembauu, van Paassen, Di Maio, Manz and others) suggested the separation of the ow element and the heat transfer element in the predictions, which makes for better accuracy of wind inuence predictions and advanced calculations of the convective and radiative heat transfer (Saelens, 2002). Saelens (2002), performed an investigation of an accuracy change with stepwise enhancement of the network model. The diagram, depicted in 73
Figure 3.2, represents the stepwise change in the network models starting from the simplest case (a) a single zone model.
Figure 3.2
Diagram of the different models with raised shading device, (Saelens, 2002).
According to the author: SZ (single zone) model: the cavity is represented by a single node. Radiation and convection in the cavity are combined. The heat transfer through the cavity surfaces is described by a single U-factor. The solar radiation is inserted in the air node and the cavity surface temperatures are not calculated. (SZRC) model: the previous model is somewhat improved, since the radiation and convection in the cavity are treated separately. The absorbed solar energy is inserted in the cavity layers and is a function of the angle of incidence. (AL) model: A further improvement consists of accounting for the temperature gradient along the height of the cavity. In order to allow an analytical solution, a temperature prole is chosen with a linear temperature gradient. (AE) model: An exponential temperature gradient is assumed as a further improvement for the analytical model. (NUM) model: A numerical model is developed, which is based on a cell centred nite volume method. As an improvement over the other models, the radiation heat transfer in the cavity is treated more correctly and shadowing is taken into account.
The CFD code is able to perform many tasks that the network modelling will never achieve. However, some of the CFD features are too sophisticated and unnecessary for the design stage (e.g. the grid distribution of the velocity, temperature, dissipation of energy etc., obtained when the CFD modelling is performed) and, as mentioned above, the CFD modelling is often restricted to steady state simulations. According to the authors, whose
74
State of the art
works are mentioned in this section, there is a steadily growing experience in CFD modelling in general and in CFD modelling of DSF, but still there are a number of issues which are considered to be problematic in practice (Hensen, et al., 2002; van Dijk and Oversloot, 2003; Ding, et al., 2004; Jaro, et al., 2002; Chen, 1997): amount of necessary computer power complex ow elds uneven boundary conditions necessity to validate the results and the difculties to achieve satisfaction with validations the need for users to have advanced knowledge
A more detailed description of developed network and CFD models that can be found in the existing literature is given in the report Double Skin Faades; A literature review report (Poirazis, 2005).
3.2.1.3 Measurements test rooms and real buildings

In this section measurements made both in test rooms and in real buildings are described. Saelens and Hens (2001) in Experimental evaluation of Airow in Naturally Ventilated Active Envelopes describe the most common measurement techniques for calculating the air ow rates in both naturally and mechanically ventilated active envelopes. The airow in ducts and cavities can be determined by measuring: the pressure difference across an orice, nozzle or venturi tube the air velocity using anemometers the air ow directly using tracer gas techniques In the same paper the airow through naturally ventilated active envelopes has been experimentally analysed. The authors proposed a method to determine the airow through the cavity by means of the pressure difference over the lower ventilation grid. From the pressure difference over the lower ventilation grid, the airow rate through the cavity was determined from the pressure characteristic of the active envelope. The method has been veried by tracer gas measurements and proved to be reliable. Saelens, referring to Onur et al. (1996) in his PhD thesis writes that for mechanically ventilated cavities, the airow rate can be determined by measuring the pressure difference across an orice placed in the exhaust duct. However, this method is less suited for naturally ventilated cavities. As Saelens describes in Experimental evaluation of Airow in Naturally 75
Ventilated Active Envelopes (2001), the driving forces are usually small and because of the high ow resistance of the orice, the ow in the cavity would be too much affected. Furthermore, it would be difcult to nd a suitable place for the orice as no exhaust duct is available. Saelens (2001) after studying reports of Park et al. (1989) and Faist (1998), described a second method to estimate the airow rate by measuring the air velocity with anemometers. The author concluded that the determination of the airow rate from velocity measurements seems obvious, but is likely to produce erroneous results, since the velocity in a naturally ventilated channel is not uniform and is inuenced by lowering or raising the shading device. Furthermore, according to the author, there is no guarantee that the resulting velocity vector is perpendicular to the reference surface. Detailed information about the velocity vectors may be obtained by placing an array of individual velocity measuring points, which may however affect the development of the airow in the cavity. Hence, determining the airow rate in naturally ventilated active envelopes from measured velocities is a less recommendable method. A third, less common method, is the use of tracer gas measurements (Ziller (1999); Busselen and Mattelaer (2000)). Tracer gas techniques such as the constant concentration, constant emission and tracer dilution method (Raatschen, 1995 and ASHRAE, 1997) make it possible to determine the airow rate in both naturally and mechanically ventilated active envelopes without interfering with the driving forces. In Modelling of air and heat transport in active envelopes, Saelens, Carmeliet and Hens (2001) compare (using measurements) ve models, of varying complexity, of a mechanically ventilated active envelope. The authors claim that radiation and convection in the cavity have to be modelled separately in order to obtain reliable results. According to the authors, for an accurate prediction of active envelope performances, the vertical temperature prole has to be implemented properly (e.g. by an exponential expression). A sensitivity study performed with the numerical model reveals that the air temperature at the inlet of the cavity, the airow rate, the distribution of the airow in the cavity and the angle of solar incidence are the governing parameters. Saelens (2002) describes in his thesis measurements carried out at the Vliet test building (two one storey high multiple-skin faades and a traditional envelope). According to the author there are two main aims of the measurements: (a) the measurement set-up is used to extend knowledge of the thermal behaviour of multiple skin faades and (b) the data is used to evaluate modelling assumptions and to derive and check relationships for modelling parameters. The author compares different models for the convective heat transfer coefcient with the measurements. Additionally, the measurements are 76
State of the art
used to evaluate the numerical model and to assess the reliability of models with different levels of complexity. Finally, the data are used to assess how the inlet temperature should be determined. Shiou Li in 2001 wrote an MSc thesis which proposes a protocol for experimentally determining the performance of a south facing double glazed envelope system. The protocol was applied to an experimental study of a south-facing, single story double glazed ventilated system. In order to achieve that, two modular full-scale double glazed window models with naturally or mechanically assisted ventilation were constructed and monitored. The main goal was to develop and apply the test protocol by monitoring and analyzing the thermal performance of double faades. By using this test protocol the author claims average cavity heat removal rate approximately 25% higher for the active system when compared to the naturally ventilated one. Also, the passive system has a higher temperature difference between the indoor glass surface and the indoor air than the active system.
3.2.2
Integration of double skin faades
The integration of the double skin faade systems in ofce buildings is crucial for thermal performance and energy use during the occupation phase. Stec & Paasen (2003) presented a paper in which they describe different HVAC strategies for different double skin faade types. According to the authors, the integration procedure of double skin faades in the building should include (a) dening the functions of the double skin faade in the building, (b) selecting the type of the double skin faade, its components, materials and dimensions of the faade that full the requirements, (c) optimizing the design of the HVAC system to couple it with the double skin faade, and (d) selecting the control strategy to supervise the whole system. The authors briey introduce the concept of different cavity depths and describe its inuence on the air temperatures inside the cavity. According to them, the dimensions of the faade together with the openings determine the ow through the faade; narrower cavities result in higher ow resistance and smaller ow through the cavity and a higher increase in air temperature in the cavity. The authors conclude that (a) in the cold period it is more suitable to use narrow cavities to limit the ow and increase the cavity temperature and (b) in the hot period the double skin faade should work as a screen for the heat gains from radiation and conduction. It is difcult to claim in general whether the narrow or deep cavities will perform better because in one case the cavity temperature and in the other case the temperature of the blinds will be higher. 77
Examples concerning the inuence of different depths on the properties of the cavity are shown in Second Skin Faade Simulation with Simulink Code by Di Maio and van Paassen in (2000). In Modelling the Air Inltrations in the Second Skin Faade in (2001) the same authors conclude that narrow cavities are more useful, because they can deliver a higher and hotter air ow compared to the air ow delivered by wide ones.
3.2.2.1 Contribution of double skin faades to the HVAC strategy

As Stec et al. (2003) describe, an HVAC system can be used in the following three ways in a double skin faade ofce building: full HVAC system (the double faade is not a part of the HVAC) which can result in high energy use. The user can select whenever he/she prefers mechanically controlled conditions inside or natural ventilation with the use of the double skin faade). limited HVAC system (the double faade contributes partly to the HVAC system or plays the major role in creating the right indoor climate). In this way the double faade can play the role of: o pre-heater for the ventilation air o ventilation duct o pre-cooler (mostly for night cooling) no HVAC. The double faade fulls all the requirements of an HVAC system. This is the ideal case that can lead to low energy use. During the heating periods the outdoor air can be inserted from the lower part of the faade and be preheated in the cavity (Figure 3.3). The exterior openings control the air ow and thus the temperatures. Then, through the central ventilation system the air can enter the building at a proper temperature. During the summer, the air can be extracted through the openings from the upper part of the faade. This strategy is usually applied to multi storey high double skin faades.
78
State of the art
Winter
AHU
Summer
Figure 3.3
Double skin faade as a central direct pre-heater of the supply air.
During the whole year, the double skin faade cavity can work only as an exhaust duct without the possibility of heat recovery for the HVAC system (Figure 3.4). It can be applied both during winter and summer to the same extent. The main aim of this conguration is to improve the insulation properties in the winter and to reduce the solar radiation heat gains during the summer. There are no limitations to individual control of window opening.
Winter/Summer
AHU
Figure 3.4
Double skin faade as an exhaust duct.
79
It is also possible to use the double skin faade as an individual supply of the preheated air (Figure 3.5). This strategy can be applied in both the multi-storey and box window types. An exhaust ventilation system improves the ow from the cavity to the room and to the exhaust duct. Extra conditioning of air is needed in every room by means of VRV system or radiators. This solution is not applicable for the summer conditions, since the air temperature inside the cavity is higher than the thermal comfort levels. Also in this case there are no limitations to individual control of window opening.
Multi-storey
Box window
Figure 3.5
Double skin faade as an individual supply of the preheated air.
Finally, the double skin faade cavity can be used as a central exhaust duct for the ventilation system (Figure 3.6). The air enters through the lower part of the cavity and from each room. The supply ventilation system stimulates the ow through the room to the cavity. Heat can be recovered by means of heat pump or heat regenerator at the top of the cavity. Because the air in the cavity is not fresh air, the windows cannot be operable.
80
State of the art
Winter
AHU
Figure 3.6
Double skin faade as a central exhaust duct for the ventilation system.
As Stec et al. (2003) describe, generally supply faades couple better with the winter systems in which their preheating properties can be used. The exhaust faade is more efcient in cooling the cavity in the summer. Problems arise when one faade needs to couple both of the periods, in which case the construction must be adjusted for summer and winter conditions.
3.2.2.2 Examples of coupling double skin faades and HVAC

In 2001, van Paassen and Stec wrote a paper Controlled Double Faades and HVAC that deals with the preheating aspects of double skin faades. The authors claim that for the winter period the most signicant parameter should be the heat recovery efciency. The main aim of the paper was to show the usability of the cavity air for ventilation purposes. According to the authors, it is possible to dene by simulation how the heat recovery efciency depends on the outside conditions, the dimension of the cavity, the area of inlet and outlet for outside air and the height of the building. For the simulations, the authors chose the following four double skin faade types: 1. Double skin faade with controlled airow through the cavities (Figure 3.7). The faade is a multi-storey faade with no opening junctions that allow the air to be extracted out. There is only one inlet for the ventilation airow at the bottom of the faade. It is controlled by an air damper such that the air supply to the cavity
81
is just enough for ventilating all the rooms above. The controlled trickle ventilator delivers the desired airow to each room (80 m3/h)
Figure 3.7
Coupling DSF and HVAC; Controlled air ow in the cavity.
2. There are no open junctions on each oor, no controlled airow in the cavity and open dampers in this system (Figure 3.8). Additionally, the upper part of the faade is open allowing the air to be extracted.
82
State of the art
Figure 3.8
Coupling DSF and HVAC; Uncontrolled air ow in the cavity.
3. There are open junctions between the outside and the cavity on each oor, which cause heat exchange between air inside the cavity and outside air. The main airow is the same as in the second system (Figure 3.9). The authors claim that this should be the best system for summer time when cooling is required, but due to the open junctions preheating of the cavity air will be much lower than in the other systems with closed junctions.
83
Figure 3.9
Coupling DSF and HVAC; Open junctions in each oor.
4. There are open junctions on each level, but the storeys are separated from each other (Figure 3.10). Consequently each storey creates its own system. The authors claim that in practice this can be the most convenient system since the same module can be used on each storey and the problems due to large temperature gradients at different levels in the cavity can be avoided (on each storey there is more or less the same temperature in the cavity).
Figure 3.10
Coupling DSF and HVAC; Each storey is separated.
84
State of the art
The conclusions drawn by the authors were that: The dimensions of the cavity, (height and width) have the greatest inuence on the heat and ow performance in the double skin faade and hence they are the most important parameters in designing the double skin faade. High-rise buildings with very narrow cavities may not ensure the airow in the cavity needed for ventilation purposes. In general, a double faade with airtight junctions and proper airow control in the cavity is an interesting pre-heater for ventilation air. In a four storey building with cavity width of 0.2 m an overall heat recovery efciency of 40% can be obtained. According to the authors this efciency can be increased to 72% if the ventilation ow inside the cavity is properly controlled. A disadvantage is the vertical temperature gradient inside the double faade. It gives lower comfort or higher cooling capacities at higher oors. Splitting the cavities of high rise buildings into separate parts by combining for example four storeys with their own inlets and outlets can be essential. If this is done for each oor the efciency can drop to 35%. In order to use the double faade for night cooling and for heat recovery, controlled dampers in the open junctions are needed. During cooling periods they should be fully open.
3.2.2.3 Control strategy

A crucial point when integrating double skin faade systems in buildings is to dene a control strategy that allows the use of solar gains during the heating period and provides acceptable thermal comfort conditions during the whole year. In the case of cavities with all year round mechanical ventilation, there is a high risk of overheating the ofces during the summer months, when the design of the double skin faade is not coupled properly with the strategy of the HVAC system. According to Stec et al. (2003) this system allows the outside conditions to inuence the indoor climate. As the authors describe, an efcient control system can manage rapidly changing outside conditions. Successful application can only be achieved when the contributions of all the devices can be synchronized by an integral control system. According to the authors, the control system of the building should take into consideration the following principles: the occupants should be able to inuence everything, even if their intervention wastes energy. 85
energy saving can be achieved when the control system takes maximum advantage of the outside conditions before it switches over to the air conditioning system. all control systems must be focused on realization of the required comfort with the lowest energy use. during the unoccupied period the control system is focused only on the energy savings, while during the occupied period it must also be focused on comfort. According to the authors, the main tasks that the control system has to full are to: (a) keep the right level of temperature inside the building, (b) supply sufcient amount of ventilation air to the building and (c) ensure the right amount of light inside the building.
3.2.3
Energy performance of buildings with integrated double skin faades
A complete study of energy performance was presented by Saelens, Carmeliet and Hens in Energy performance Assessment of Multiple Skin Faades in 2003. The authors claim that only few combinations of Multi Storey Faade modelling and building energy simulation are available. According to the authors, most of these papers are restricted to only one MSFtypology. Mller and Balowski [1983] analyse airow windows, Oesterle et al [2001] give a comprehensive survey of double skin faades and Haddad and Elmahdy [1998] discuss the behaviour of supply air windows. In the above paper the authors focus on the energy saving objectives of three Multi Storey Faade typologies used in a single ofce. The MSFmodel is coupled with TRNSYS. According to the authors, to simulate the energy demand of the ofce, a cell centred control volume model, describing the MSF, is coupled to a dynamic energy simulation program. The results of the energy simulations are compared and confronted with the objectives found in literature. The authors focus on one storey high solutions: a conventional faade with an insulated glazing unit (IGU) a naturally ventilated double skin faade (DSF) a mechanically ventilated airow window (AFW) a mechanically ventilated supply air window (SUP)
The reduction of the transmission losses, the possibility of recovering the transmission losses by the airow, the position of the shading device sheltered from climatic conditions and the ability to remove the absorbed solar heat are the most commonly mentioned energy advantages. 86
State of the art
The authors conclude that it is possible to improve the buildings energy efciency in some way by using multiple skin faades. However, most typologies are incapable of lowering both the annual heating and cooling demand. This can be achieved only by (a) combining typologies or (b) changing the system settings according to the particular situation. This implies that sophisticated control mechanisms are essential, in order to make multiple skin faades work efciently throughout the year. Furthermore, the authors conclude that the energy performance strongly depends on the way the cavity air is used. In order to correctly evaluate the energy efciency of multiple skin faades, it is imperative not only to study the transmission gains and losses but also to take into account the enthalpy change of the cavity air and to perform a whole building energy analysis. Gratia and De Herde (2004), claim that there are still relatively few buildings in which double-skin faades have actually been realized, and there is still too little experience of their behaviour in operation. For this reason the authors chose to study the natural ventilation in a multi-storey double skin faade using the TAS software. The study was made on a building level for a sunny summer day. The authors have analyzed the behaviour of the double skin faade for various conditions, with the main focus on the impact of the double skin orientation and the impact of wind orientation and degree of wind protection. Hendriksen, Srensen, Svensson and Aaqvist wrote a paper that focuses mostly on the heat loss, indoor climate and energy aspects of double skin faades. Examining four different cases of double skin faades, they provide useful information concerning daylight, climate and energy aspects. The rst case is with simple double glazing and the other three with D.S.F. as described below: Simple double glazing Double inner - single outer glazing Single inner double outer glazing Double inner - double outer glazing
According to the authors, when a single layer of glazing is added to a double low-E glazing in a double skin faade construction the reduction in heat loss expressed by the U value is modest (<20%). Introducing an extra double low-E glazing can reduce the heat loss by approximately 50%. The authors conclude that a traditional window faade offers better conditions regarding heat loss than a fully glazed or a double skin faade, due to the reduced heat loss from the non-transparent parts of a traditional faade. Saelens, Blocken, Roels and Hens presented a paper at the IBPSA 2005 Conference regarding the importance of optimizing multiple skin faades 87
in terms of energy performance. The paper aims at optimizing the energy performance of a single storey highly glazed multiple skin faade by changing the settings of the faade and the HVAC. Moreover, the authors mention that energy efciency is an important argument for choosing Multiple Skin Faades (MSFs) as faade concept. MSF-systems are presented as being superior to traditional faades during both the heating and cooling seasons (for the climate examined). They claim that two main principles can be distinguished: (a) MSFs may reduce the transmission losses in winter and the gains in summer and (b) MSFs can either expel the return air to avoid overheating or reuse the return air, in order to use the absorbed solar energy and recover some of the transmission losses. The three multiple-skin faades considered were (a) a mechanically ventilated airow window, (b) a naturally ventilated double-skin faade and (c) a mechanically ventilated supply window. Their performance is compared with the performance of a traditional cladding with exterior and interior shading devices. The considered cases are shown in Figure 3.11.
Figure 3.11
Schematic representation of the multiple skin (Saelens et al., 2005).
88
State of the art
The authors compare the base case traditional faades against the optimized MSFs and conclude that by implementing control strategies the energy efciency of all faade systems is signicantly improved. For the naturally ventilated skin faade, controlled openings are benecial and a simple openclose strategy is sufcient. The authors claim that controlling the airow rate is a successful approach to lower the cooling demand for all faade typologies. The supply window has the highest potential to benet from the optimization techniques. It is able to considerably reduce the heating demand while providing an acceptable cooling demand. The traditional faade with exterior shading device, however, still provides the best solar protection. The double skin faade is also able to efciently control the cooling demand but is limited in improving the heating demand. The airow window is capable of signicantly lowering the heating demand but still suffers from high cooling demands.
3.2.4
Typical constructions - Examples of buildings
In this part examples of buildings with double skin faades are given, in order to describe typical constructions. Examples of buildings located in Germany, Finland and Sweden are described in detail in the tables in Appendix A, while general conclusions are drawn below. The reason for choosing buildings located in Finland and Sweden is to describe typical constructions for the climate studied in this thesis. The examples in Germany can provide additional knowledge since the reasoning behind the design and integration of double skin faades seems to be more sophisticated. The main aim is to investigate (according to the existing literature) whether there are typical constructions corresponding to certain climatic conditions (countries) and to give the reason for the selection of faade in each case. The parameters this study focuses on are (a) the type of faade, (b) the ventilation strategy, (c) the geometry (mainly depth) of the ventilated cavity and (e) the glass and shading devices used. The cases mentioned in this part are described in detail in the literature review report Double Skin Faades for Ofce Buildings by Poirazis (2004). When the buildings with double skin faades in Germany are compared with the ones located in Finland and Sweden, it can be noticed that in most of the cases in Sweden and Finland the cavity is multi storey high while in Germany box window, shaft box and corridor type faades can be found. The ventilation strategy of the cavity follows the same tendency as described above. In most of the cases in buildings located in Finland and Sweden the openings close during the winter for extra insulation and open during summer for heat extraction reasons. In Germany, however, 89
the ventilation strategy of the cases studied differs. Provision of natural ventilation in the rooms during spring and autumn months is often achieved; in extreme weather conditions solutions were given so as not to compromise the (thermal) comfort of the occupants. In two of these cases it was stated that by using the preheating mode of the cavity, the building can be naturally ventilated during long periods of the year (70-75% for the Dsseldorf City Gate and 50-60% for the ARAG 2000 Tower). In other cases (e.g. GSW Headquarters) the warm air inside the cavity is returned to the central plant for heat recovery purposes. Generally, in the mentioned cases the ventilation can be natural, mechanical or even fan supported; in some cases the airow (and consequently the air temperature) inside the cavity is regulated in such a way that natural ventilation can be sufcient for long periods during the year. The depth of the cavity varies in all the cases described above. The narrowest cavities are in Galleries Lafayette and Posdamer Platz 1 (approximately 0.2m deep), both located in Germany, while the deeper one is the in the Korona building in Finland (2m). In the examples given the cavities in Finland tend to be somewhat deeper although there is not any specic reasoning for that; the opposite could be expected since deeper cavities are required in warmer climates for more efcient heat extraction. A typical construction of a double skin faade in Germany consists of a single outer and a double inner glazing unit. The outer pane of glass is in most cases an 8 or 12mm toughened pane; usually the glazing is a clear pane, while in some others (e.g. Victoria Life Insurance Buildings) a laminated solar control glass is used as an outer pane . In some of the cases studied the outer skin is openable for more efcient heat extraction. The inner skin is in almost all the cases a low E glazing unit. Similar numbers and types of panes (single outer and double inner with low E skin) are used for the cases in Sweden. In Finland, however, the cases mentioned differ. In some cases the construction is similar to that in Germany (single outer and double inner skin; e.g. Martela, Itmerentori, Nokia Ruoholahti, Nokia K2, etc). In some other cases the number of panes in the inner and outer skin is larger. For example, the faade of the Sanomatalo building consists of a triple pane inner skin (toughened 6mm inner, toughened 4 mm intermediate and solar control 6mm outer) and a double pane outer one (toughened and laminated 6+6 mm panes); the construction of the Sonera faade is similar (triple inner and double outer). The faade of the JOT Automation Group building consists of a triple inner envelope (6 mm solar control glass (outer), 4 mm clear glass (middle), 4 mm clear glass (inner)) and a single outer one (10 mm tempered, green solar protective glass pane); the construction of the Radiolinja faade is similar (triple inner and single outer). Unfortunately, values such as thermal and solar 90
State of the art
transmittance of the inner or outer skin for the faades mentioned above could not be found in the literature. In almost all the cases (regardless of country or construction) the shading devices, usually venetian blinds, are placed inside the ventilated cavity (in most cases closer to the outer skin). From the constructions studied it appears that it is hard to describe a typical double skin faade construction when performance evaluation for each building is not accessible. The faade constructions described above (and in more detail in the literature review report Double Skin Faades for Ofce Buildings by Poirazis (2004)), can however be considered a good starting point for analyzing the tendencies, when deciding the cases to be simulated in this thesis.
3.3
The use of simulation tools during the design stage can help the designer improve the overall building performance. The system building installations can be optimised with regard to indoor climate and energy use. Different alternatives can be studied, compared and optimized in terms of energy use and indoor environment at a low cost (avoiding full scale experiments), since the performance can be analysed and predicted at an early stage. The simulations can also be used to predict the energy use and indoor climate of an existing building (in the case of a refurbishment project). According to Jacobs and Henderson (2002) the building simulation software can be divided into the following categories: Practitioner Design Tools: Software used by architects, engineers, and other practitioners to automate common tasks that are part of the day-today design process (often integrated into CAD environments). Whole Building Energy Analysis Tools: Software that predict annual energy use (and often operating costs) by simulating operating conditions. These detailed hour-by-hour building simulation tools are used by some practitioners as part of the design process and for energy code compliance. Energy and Environmental Screening Tools: Software focusing on the economic and environmental impacts of using new energy-efcient technologies in buildings. Specialized Analysis Tools: Software used most often for research purposes and include technically accurate simulation models; they are often 91
developed for academic study of a building science problem. These tools focus on building or system performance details.
3.3.1
Building energy simulation tools
Over the last 50 years a great number of dynamic Building Energy Analysis tools has been developed. These tools provide the user with indicators essential for the building performance such as energy use, temperature and costs. Below, some of these tools that were considered during the early stage of the Glazed Ofce Buildings project are presented and briey described. This description is based on the report Constructing the Capabilities of Building Energy Performance Simulation Programs written by Crawley, Hand, Kummert and Grifth in 2005. BLAST: The BLAST program was developed by the USA CERL and the University of Illinois. The BLAST (Building Loads Analysis and System Thermodynamics) software is a set of programs that aims to predict the energy consumption, energy system performance and cost of buildings. The tool contains the major subprograms: (a) Space Loads Prediction, (b) Air System Simulation and (c) Central Plant. BLAST can both estimate the annual energy performance and perform peak load (design day) calculations for mechanical equipment design. BSim 4: BSim 4 was developed by the Danish Building Research Institute (SBI) in 2004. It is a user friendly tool used for energy design of buildings and moisture analysis. The tool comprises several modules: (a) tsbi 5: a combined transient thermal and transient indoor humidity and surface humidity simulation module, (b) SimView: graphic model editor and input generator, (c) SimLight: tool for daylight analysis conditions in simple zones, (d) XSun: graphical tool for analysis of direct sunlight and shadowing, (e) SimPV: a simple tool for calculating electrical yield from PV systems, (f ) NatVent: a simple tool for one zone natural ventilation and (g) SimDxf: a simple tool for importing CAD drawings. DEROB-LTH: DEROB-LTH was originally developed at the Numerical Simulation Laboratory, University of Texas, Austin, USA. Since the beginning of the 1980, the program has been further developed at Lund University, under the name DEROB-LTH. Building energy simulation tool used to explore the complex dynamic behaviour of buildings for different designs. The behaviour is expressed in terms of temperatures, heating and cooling loads and different comfort indices. The form of the building can be modelled in a exible way. The model for assessing the solar insulation of building surfaces is detailed and includes the inuence of different types 92
State of the art
of shading devices. The window model has been improved and accurately calculates the properties of a window package. The simulation uses a time step of one hour and calculates values in response to hourly values for climatic data, internal loads and airows. DEROB-LTH is very good at calculating the energy balance regarding solar energy, taking into account transmittance, absorptance, and reectance in and out from a volume (and to adjacent volumes). DOE-2.1E: DOE-2 was developed by Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory. The DOE-2.1E software has been widely used for the past 25 years to predict the hourly energy use and energy cost of buildings. The tool consists of one module for translation of input (BDL processor) and four simulation subprograms (LOADS, SYSTEMS, PLANT and ECON). The LOAD subprogram calculates the sensible and latent components of the hourly or cooling load for each constant temperature space, taking into account weather and building use patterns. The output of LOADS is the input for SYSTEMS, which handles the secondary systems (calculates the performance of fans, coils and ducts). The output of SYSTEMS is airow and coil loads. PLANT calculates the behaviour of boilers, chillers, cooling towers, etc, according to the secondary systems cooling and heating loads. Finally the ECONOMICS subprogram calculates the cost of energy. ECOTECT: ECOTECT is a highly visual and interactive building design and analysis tool, covering thermal, energy, lighting, shading, acoustics and cost aspects, developed by Square One. The main aim of the tool is to allow designers to take a holistic approach to the building design (rather than sizing a HVAC system), by providing continuous interactive and visual feedback. The software is entirely designed and written by architects and is intended mainly for use by architects. EnergyPlus (Version 1.2.2): EnergyPlus is a tool based on the most popular features and capabilities of BLAST and DOE-2.1E which aims to provide an integrated (simultaneous loads and systems) simulation for accurate energy, temperature and comfort predictions. The EnergyPlus module calculates the system response of heating and cooling systems (with variable time step) providing more accurate space temperature prediction, crucial for system and plant sizing, occupant comfort and occupant health calculations. EnergyPlus has two basic components: (a) a building systems simulation module and (b) a heat and mass balance simulation module. The building systems simulation manager handles communication between the heat balance engine and various HVAC modules and loops, such as coils, boilers, chillers, pumps, fans, and other equipment components. The heat balance module manages the surface and air heat balance modules 93
and acts as an interface between the heat balance and the building systems simulation manager. The heat and mass balance calculations are based on IBLAST (a research version of BLAST). ESP-r Version 10.1: ESP-r has been under development for more than 25 years. It follows the pattern of simulation follows description where additional technical domain solvers are invoked as the building and system description evolves. It works with third party tools such as Radiance to support higher resolution assessments as well as interacting with supply and demand matching tools. Although ESP-r has a strong research heritage (e.g. it supports simultaneous building fabric-network mass ow and CFD domains), it is being used as a consulting tool by architects, engineers and multidisciplinary practices and as the engine for other simulation environments. IDA ICE Version 3.0: IDA Indoor Climate and Energy (IDA ICE 3.0) is a building energy simulation program for the simulation of energy use for heating, cooling, lighting etc., thermal comfort and indoor air quality in buildings. The tool is a multi-zone dynamic energy simulation program, which in a detailed manner takes into account HVAC equipment, which is simulated as well. The tool is based on a general simulation platform for modular systems, IDA ICE 3.0 Simulation Environment. In IDA ICE 3.0, physical systems from several domains are described using symbolic equations, stated in either or both of the simulation languages Neutral Model Format (NMF) and Modelica. The user denes the tolerance control solution accuracy, allowing complete isolation of numerical errors from modelling approximations. IDA ICE 3.0 offers 4 types of interfaces for different user categories: Wizard level: leading the user through the steps of building a model for a specic type of study. Standard level: the user is expected to formulate a model using domain specic concepts and objects (zones, radiators, windows, etc). Advanced level interface: the user is able to browse and edit the mathematical model of the system. NMF and or Modelica programming: for developers. It can be used to provide an integrated (simultaneous loads and systems) simulation for accurate energy, temperature and comfort predictions. PowerDomus Version 1.5: PowerDomus is a whole building simulation tool for thermal comfort and energy use analysis. The tool visualizes the 94
State of the art
solar path and inter-building shading effects and provides reports with graphical results of zone temperature and relative humidity, PMV and PPD, thermal loads statistics, temperature and moisture content within userselectable walls-roofs, surface vapour uxes and daily-integrated moisture sorption-desorption capacity. PowerDomus is a user friendly software that has the aim of being used by a large number of users. Tas Version 9.0.7: Tas is a software that simulates the dynamic thermal performance of buildings and their systems using different modules. The core module is the Tas Building Designer, a dynamic building simulation tool with integrated natural and forced airow. The module has a 3D graphics based geometry input that includes a CAD link. Tas has been used for over 20 years in the UK and around the world. It has a reputation for robustness, accuracy and a comprehensive range of capabilities. Developments are regularly tested against ASHRAE, CIBSE and ISO/CEN standards. TRNSYS Version 16.0.37: TRNSYS is a software with a modular structure that was designed to solve complex energy system problems by breaking the problem down into a series of smaller components. The components can be simple (such as a pump or pipe) or more complicated (such as a multi-zone building model). These components are congured and assembled using the TRNSYS simulation studio integrated visual interface, and the building input data is entered through the visual interface TRNBuild. The simulation engine then solves the system of algebraic and differential equations that represent the whole system. The time steps usually considered by the program are 1 hour or 15 min but can also achieve 0.1sec time steps. Apart from the detailed multizone building model, the library of TRNSYS includes components commonly found in thermal and electrical energy systems (such as solar thermal and photovoltaic systems, low energy buildings and HVAC systems, renewable energy systems, etc). TRNSYS, DOE 2.1E, IDA ICE 3.0, and ESP-r were validated within IEA Task 22 (Building Energy Analysis Tools). The test cases developed for the RADTEST (Radiant Heating and Cooling Test Cases by Achermann and Zweifel, 2003) were based on the ENVELOPE BEST TEST from IEA Task 12 (Judkoff and Neymark, 1995). TRNSYS, DOE 2.1E, IDA ICE 3.0 were empirically validated by Travesi, Maxwell, Klaassen, and Holtz (2001), as described in the IEA report Empirical Validation of Iowa Energy Resource Station Building Energy Analysis Simulation Models. DOE 2.1 D, BLAST 3.0, ESP and TRNSYS have been validated by the International Energy Agency Building Energy Simulation Test (BESTEST) and Diagnostic Method (Judkoff and Neymark, 1995). 95
3.3.2
Software for DSF modelling
In this part a description is given of the available software for double skin faades based on the report Ventilated double faades written by Flamant, et al. (2004). The authors distinguish these tools into: (a) component simulation software and (b) building simulation software. The component simulation software simulate the thermal, energetic and visual behaviour and performance of the faade component while the building simulation software simulate the whole building (faade included) in order to predict the thermal dynamic behaviour of the building, indoor temperatures, energy use , etc.
3.3.2.1 Faade simulation software

WIS 3: WIS (Window Information System) is a freeware software developed to calculate the thermal and solar characteristics of window systems and components. One of the unique elements of this tool is the combination of glazing and shading devices, with the option of free or forced circulation between both. This makes the tool suited to calculate the thermal and solar performance of double skin faades. WIS performs calculation of the transfer of short wave radiation for all angles of incidence, but is unable to perform dynamic calculations. It is possible to model natural convection, caused by stack effect, but wind induced convection is not covered. The WIS algorithms are based on international standards such as the ISO Standard 15099. BISCO/TRISCO/VOLTRA: These tools were developed by Physibel and aim to model heat transfer of building elements. The unique feature of this software group is the potential to perform thermal calculations in combination with thermal bridging effect with the components. In greater detail, BISCO calculates two dimensional steady state heat transfer in objects with any shape. TRISCO performs the same kind of calculation but for three dimensional objects, while VOLTRA is an extension for time dependent boundary conditions of the steady state TRISCO. It is possible to model forced ventilation (ventilation uxes should be dened a priori), but not natural ventilation. Control system and building modelling are not considered in the tool. These three software tools can calculate both temperature distribution along the cavity and heat loss.
96
State of the art
3.3.2.2 Building simulation software

CAPSOL: CAPSOL is a user friendly tool that calculates multi zone transient heat transfer. The building and the environment are considered as a set of zones between which heat ux occurs due to conduction, convection, radiation and ventilation. Solar transmission is angular-dependent. The characteristics of shading devices have to be calculated with software (i.e. WIS) and can then be introduced into CAPSOL. The convective heat transfer coefcient is considered constant. It is possible to set up a model where the vertical thermal stratication can be taken into account. Mechanical ventilation can be modelled as one of the control options, while natural ventilation requires coupling of CAPSOL with the ventilation model (e.g. COMIS). TRNSYS: TRNSYS is briey described in subsection 3.3.1. When simulating thermal behaviour of a building, TRNSYS can manage airows, but does not calculate them. In order to do that TRNSYS must be coupled with COMIS, which has been completely integrated into TRNSYS; this can be done manually or with the commercial tool TRNFLOW. The window model in TRNSYS uses output data from the WINDOW 5 software where each glazing absorbs and reects a part of incoming solar radiation, depending on the glazing material and the incident angle. The convective heat transfer coefcient is not necessarily constant, but it varies according to ow regime in the cavity. ESP-r: ESP-r is briey described in subsection 3.3.1. The important aspect of this tool is its ability to perform modelling at different levels of resolution (one or more zones in the building can be associated with the 3D CFD domain). In the thermal, airow and lighting domains all heat and mass transfer processes are solved simultaneously at each time step of simulation. The modelling of venetian blinds in ESP-r can be complex. TAS: TAS is briey described in subsection 3.3.1. This tool calculates the thermal performance of buildings and their systems. It incorporates a module which is capable of performing dynamic building simulation with integrated forced and natural ow, arising from wind and stack effects. The internal convection heat transfer coefcient may vary from hour to hour. Transmission and absorption characteristics of transparent constructions depend on the angle of incidence. IDA ICE 3.0: IDA ICE 3.0 is an object-oriented simulation environment intended to handle a wide range of different types of simulation problems. The systems to be simulated are decomposed into subsystems that are 97
modelled using the Neutral Model Format (NMF). These models are then connected together to form a simulation model of the original system. The equation solver can solve most systems of differential-algebraic equations that can be formulated in NMF. Both steady-state and dynamic problems can be dealt with, as well as discontinuities in the solutions (Bring, A. et al., (1999). A double faade is modelled in a special function as an external window outside an internal window and a wall. The air inside the cavity of the double faade has one temperature node. The air in the double faade is connected to the environment by leak functions at the top and bottom. According to Flamant, et al., 2004, the six kinds of simulation software were analyzed, and according to the authors (each describing the software he/she used): The software TRNSYS, ESP-r and TAS are powerful transient energy simulation programs and are able to simulate a ventilated double faade, the building, the HVAC systems and strategies in a certain extent. These programs can make the coupling between thermal and airow models. Nevertheless, all these programs face similar obstacles regarding the level of resolution necessary to model some major thermodynamic ow paths in ventilated double faades. Time and experience are required in order to use properly these quite complex software. The software CAPSOL shows less functionalities than the three previous ones but this software can be recommended for specic points of interest due to its facility of use. The software WIS combines a user-friendly interface with the most advanced calculations of thermal and solar properties of window and faades. The WIS algorithms are based on international (CEN, ISO) standards, but WIS also contains advanced calculation routines for components or conditions where current standards do not apply Finally, BISCO, TRISCO and VOLTRA belong to a series of software aimed at modelling the heat transfer of building details using the energy balance technique. These programs are well adapted to calculate the interaction between the glass skins and the shading layer in combination with the thermal bridging effect of the subcomponents around the VDF (ventilated double faade) Flamant, et al. (2004) avoid giving any recommendation as to which is the most suitable tool for DSF modelling, as this depends on the objectives for setting up the model and the users experience to work with the simulation tools.
98
Methods
Methods
In this thesis a parametric study has been carried out focusing on energy use and indoor climate. Ofce buildings with 30%, 60% and 100% window to external wall area ratios have been simulated, in order to calculate the energy demand during the occupation stage. Moreover, parameters such as control set point for indoor air temperatures, building orientation, plan type, faade, window and shading device type, etc, have been varied in order to study their impact on the building in terms of energy use and thermal comfort. The single and double skin alternatives studied as well as the parameters varied are described in detail below, in Sections 4.1 and 4.2. The simulation tools used for this study, WIS 3 and IDA ICE 3.0, are described in section 4.3. WIS 3 was used for a pilot study of double skin faade components for steady state boundary conditions, and IDA ICE 3.0 for parametric studies on a building level for an entire weather year.
4.1
Generation of building alternatives
In this part, a description of the methodology of the parametric study is given. Different building alternatives were simulated, in order to study the impact of design parameters on energy use and thermal comfort performance. This study is divided into three main parts: establishment and simulation of the reference building alternatives (30% window to external wall area ratio) simulations of the highly glazed (60% and 100% window to external wall area ratios) single skin alternatives simulations of the highly glazed (100% window to external wall area ratio) double skin alternatives; (a) pilot study on a component level and (b) simulations on a zone and building level The main aim of this section is to present the generated alternatives, but also to provide the reasoning behind this selection.
99
4.1.1
Reference building (30% window to external wall area ratio)
Initially, a 30% glazed (virtual reference) ofce building was created (see Chapter 5). The building has 6 storeys and is of rectangular shape. Two plan types, three control set points and three orientations were considered. The 18 generated alternatives were compared with each other, in terms of energy use and quality of thermal environment both on building and zone level. The simulations of the reference building were carried out for different: plan types o cell o open building orientations o north-south (short faade) o east-west (short faade) o northwest-southeast (short faade) control set points for indoor air temperature: o strict (22 23C) o normal (22 24.5C) o poor (21 26C)
The faade construction of the reference building remained the same for all the simulated alternatives discussed in this section. The main focus of the parametric studies of the reference building is a sensitivity analysis regarding the plan type, orientation and control set points and later, a cross reference comparison between the glazed alternatives. The 18 reference building alternatives are shown in Figure 4.1.
100
Figure 4.1
Reference Building (SS-30%)
Cell Type
(SS-30%-Cell)
Open Plan Type

(SS-30%-Open)
North-South (SS-30%-Cell-NS)
North-South 45 (SS-30%-Cell-NS45)
East-West (SS-30%-Cell-EW)
North-South (SS-30%-Open-NS)
North-South 45 (SS-30%-Open-NS45)
East-West (SS-30%-Open-EW)
Strict Control
(SS-30%-CellNS45-strict)
(SS-30%-CellEW-strict)
Strict Control
Strict Control
Strict Control
(SS-30%-OpenNS-strict)
Strict Control
(SS-30%- OpenNS45-strict)
Strict Control
(SS-30%-Open -EW-strict)
(SS-30%-CellNS-strict)
Normal Control
Normal Control
(SS-30%-CellNS45-normal)
(SS-30%-Cell-EWnormal)
Normal Control
Normal Control
(SS-30%-Open-NSnormal)
Normal Control
(SS-30%- OpenNS45-normal)
Normal Control
(SS-30%-OpenEW-normal)
(SS-30%-Cell-NSnormal)
Poor control
Poor control
(SS-30%-CellNS45-poor)
Poor control
(SS-30%-CellEW-poor)
Poor control
(SS-30%Open-NS-poor)
Poor control
(SS-30%- OpenNS45-poor)
Poor control
(SS-30%-Open -EW-poor)
(SS-30%-CellNS-poor)
Tree diagram for reference building alternatives (SS=single skin faade, NS=Nort-South).
Methods
101
4.1.2
Single skin alternatives (60% and 100% window to external wall area ratios)
Seven alternatives were initially created for the parametric studies with 60% and 100% window to external wall area ratios. For these alternatives different window and shading device types and positions were applied and for each one 3 control set points and 2 plan types were simulated. The 42 (60% glazed) generated alternatives were compared on a building level. The same number of alternatives was simulated for the 100% glazed alternatives and conclusions have been drawn both on building and zone level. A ow chart for the selection of the alternatives, as the rst step of the parametric studys methodology, is set out below (Figure 4.2). Commercially available window types in general use were chosen, with visual transmittance higher than 0.5 to ensure acceptable indoor daylight availability. The selection was made based on personal communication with Dr. Helena Blow-Hbe (Division of Energy and Building Design, Lund University).
Reference building 30% Glazed Building
Triple clear glazing (2+1) (Ug=1.85, g=0.691, Tsol=0.579, Uf=2.31)
Same window type
Increase of the window area
Building alternative 1 60%, 100% Glazed Building

Triple clear glazing (2+1) (Ug=1.85, g=0.691, Tsol=0.579, Uf=2.31)
Same % of window area
Improved U-value of the glazing and frame
Building alternative 2
60%, 100% Glazed Building
Same Ug value, Uf value, Different shading position
4+30+4-12Ar-Ot4 (1+2) (Ug=1.14, g=0.584, Tsol=0.44 Uf=1.6)

Intermediate blinds
Same Ug value, Uf value
Decreased number of panes, Internal blinds
6Hbm-12Ar-4 (~brilliant 50) (Ug=1.14, g=0.277, Tsol=0.221,Uf=1.6)

Internal blinds
Same Ug value, Uf value, blinds Decreased g value, Tsol
6Hbl-12Ar-4 (~brilliant 66) (Ug=1.14, g=0.354, Tsol=0.297 Uf=1.6)
4SN-15Ar-4 (OptithermSN) (Ug=1.14, g=0.584, Tsol=0.221,Uf=1.6)

Same Ug value, Uf value, blinds Increased g value, Tsol
Same window type Internal screens
Same window type External horizontal louvres
6Hbl-12Ar-4 (~brilliant 66)

(Ug=1.14, g=0.354, Tsol=0.297 Uf=1.6)
6Hbl-12Ar-4 (~brilliant 66)

(Ug=1.14, g=0.354, Tsol=0.297 Uf=1.6)
Internal screens
External blinds
Figure 4.2
Generation of 60% and 100% glazed building alternatives.
102
Methods
The rst building alternative works as a bridge between the 30% and 60% glazed buildings. The Uglazing and Uframe values were kept the same, in order to study the impact of (larger) window area on energy use and indoor climate. The number and type of panes, the type and positioning of shading devices, etc, are the same as for the reference building. The total U value of the window, however, is not the same, since glazing and frame areas are different (Af = 32% for the long and Af = 19% for the short faade for the reference building, Af = 27.7% for the 60% and Af =14.3% for the 100% glazed building), as described in Chapter 5. The window type of the second alternative was changed (lower Uglazing and Uframe values), in order to get a more realistic solution for a highly glazed building. The frame properties were chosen according to recommendations of Schco International and the glazing system 4-30-4-12Ar-Ot4 (2+1) (Optitherm) was chosen from Pilkingtons Glass Catalogue (2004). The type and position of the shading devices remained the same. The triple glazed unit of the second alternative was replaced by a double glazed one with the same Uglazing (Brilliant 66 according to Pilkingtons Glass Catalogue). The solar factor (g value) of the third alternative was decreased to 0.354 (from 0.584 of the second alternative). The intermediate venetian blinds were replaced by internal ones (the properties of the blinds remain the same) increasing the geffective. This window type was considered as typical alternative used for a 60% and 100% glazed building. In the fourth alternative the thermal transmittance of the window remained the same, while the solar factor (g value) decreased even more, by up to 0.277, in order to study its impact on the cooling demand (Brilliant 50 according to Pilkingtons Glass Catalogue). The number of panes, the position and type of shading devices remained the same with the third alternative. In the fth alternative the thermal transmittance of the window remained the same, while the solar factor (g value) increased up to 0.584. The window type used in this case was a double glazing unit 4SN-15-4 (OptithermSN according to Pilkingtons Glass Catalogue), with similar properties to the second alternative; the venetian blinds, however, were placed internally. This case was selected in order to further investigate the inuence of g and geffective values on the heating and cooling demand (the position of shading devices inuences the geffective values). In the sixth alternative internal screens (Hexcel 21136 Satine Blanc 101 according to Parasol) were placed instead of venetian blinds. The window construction was identical with the third alternative, since this was considered to be the one more often used. This alternative makes it is possible to investigate the inuence of different types of shading device on energy use and indoor environment. 103
In the last alternative, xed horizontal external louvres have replaced the internal screens (according to Schcos recommendations). The window construction was again identical with the one of the third alternative.
4.1.3
Double skin alternatives (100% window to external wall area ratio)
The simulations of double skin faade alternatives are carried out in the following 3 stages: Pilot study: simulations on a component (double skin faade cavity) level. The study is carried out in order to (a) gain knowledge regarding the impact of design parameters on the systems performance and (b) select glazing and geometry characteristics for the further simulations on zone and building level. The simulations were carried out using WIS 3 and also ISO standard 15099 for steady state boundary conditions. Study on a zone level: All year round simulations were carried out on a single ofce zone (as described in detail below). The main aim of this step is to evaluate the performance of different double skin faade alternatives for Swedish climatic conditions. The parameters varied were the glazing type, the faade mode and the ventilation strategy. The one zone model gives exibility and speed for the simulations (compared with the simulations on a building level) making possible to run a large number of alternatives. On the other hand, in this way only comparative studies can be achieved; absolute values of the energy and indoor climate performance can be obtained only by simulations on a building level. The software used for this study was IDA ICE 3.0. Study on a building level: All year round simulations were carried out for the whole building. The aim of this step is to obtain absolute values regarding the buildings performance for further comparisons with the single skin glazed alternatives. The software used was IDA ICE 3.0.
4.1.3.1 Pilot study on component level using WIS 3

In this chapter parametric studies of different double skin faade alternatives were carried out, in order to estimate the inuence of key design parameters on the performance of a double skin faade component. The main aim was not to calculate absolute values of the system performance 104
Methods
but instead to get a feeling of its possibilities and limitations. The focus of this study is the performance of the double skin faade cavity, while the optimization of the systems integration was studied later in this thesis using the IDA ICE 3.0 software. In general the performance of a double skin faade cavity is highly dependent on the climatic conditions and thus the location of the building. The orientation of the faade, the building use and the HVAC strategy, can also be crucial for the faade design. The parameters varied were the cavity geometry, the number and type of panes used, and the HVAC mode of the faade for certain climatic conditions. Once knowledge was gained of what can be achieved with different double skin faade congurations and the extent to which certain design parameters inuence the systems performance, then optimized faade integration was studied (second and third steps as described above). It becomes obvious that the conclusions obtained from the present study are independent of location (since the climatic conditions were predined) and as a result, the output is not limited to Nordic climates. The optimization of double skin faades in terms of energy use and thermal comfort, however, also involves the integration process (highly dependent on the building location) which will be studied in the next steps (carried out for Swedish climate). Due to the large amount of input and output, the parametric studies were carried out selectively, with the main emphasis on the possibilities and limitations of the system. The parameters varied during this study were: outdoor climatic conditions (typical summer and winter day and night, extreme summer day) mode of the double skin faade system (standard double faade and airow window mode, as explained below) type of ventilation inside the cavity (natural, mechanical) geometry of the faade (height and depth of the cavity) type of glazing (number and type of panes) type and position of shading devices inside the cavity Outdoor climatic conditions The double skin alternatives were studied for a typical summer day and night, a typical winter day and night and an extreme summer day (in order to study potential overheating problems occurred by the high inner pane temperatures). The outdoor and indoor air temperatures and convection coefcients set as input in WIS 3, were decided after discussions with Dr. Bengt Hellstrm (Division of Energy and Building Design, Department
105
of Architecture and Built Environment, Lund University, Sweden) and are presented in Table 4.1.
Table 4.1
Name
Indoor and outdoor environment for the WIS 3 simulations
Outdoor Indoor Direct Convection Convection temperature temperature solar coefcient coefcient (C) (C) radiation outdoors indoors (W/m2) (W/m2K) (W/m2K) typical summer day 20 24 500 8 2.5 typical winter day 0 23 300 20 3.6 extreme summer day 30 25 900 8 2.5
Faade mode and type of ventilation The two modes considered in this study were the standard double faade and the airow window mode. In the standard double faade mode air always enters the cavity from outdoors. The cavity can be (a) closed during the heating season for increased thermal insulation and opened during the cooling season for heat extraction purposes (naturally ventilated cavity) or (b) used for preheating the air supplied in the AHU (as supply air) during the heating season and extracted during cooling periods (mechanically ventilated case). For the airow window mode the air always enters the cavity from indoors (ofce space) as exhaust air all year round. The aim is to improve the inner glass temperatures for extreme winter and extreme summer conditions. During the heating season the cavity air ends up in the AHU for heat recovery purposes, while during the cooling season the air is extracted to the outside. Geometry of the faade (height and depth of the cavity) Two double skin faade construction types were considered: a multi storey type (10, 20 and 30 m high) and a box window type (3.5 m high). Since the software used for the current simulations (WIS 3) is two dimensional, the cavity width does not inuence the output of the simulations. For all the cases the width was assumed to be 3.5 m and the depth varied from 0.2m to 1.6m, which is a typical range. Type of glazing (number and type of panes) For the typical double faade mode the thermal barrier (double glazing unit) is required as inner layer, while in the airow window cases, it is required as outer one. The glazing unit alternatives used for the simulations and the reasoning for selecting them are described below.
106
Methods
Standard double faade mode For the standard double faade mode the outer skin consists of a single pane and the inner skin of a double one (as described above). The ventilated cavity is between the intermediate and external panes. According to the recommendation of WSP consultant Diana Avasoo, seven different glazing combinations were initially considered for this construction type as shown in Table 4.2. A detailed description of the glazing types, the faade construction and the input parameters follows in Subchapter 5.3.
Table 4.2
Case A B C D E F G
1 2
Glazing combinations for the standard double faade mode.

External pane Clear pane 8 mm Clear pane 8 mm Clear pane 8 mm Optigreen1 8 mm Optigreen1 8 mm Clear pane 8 mm Gap (800mm) Ventilated Ventilated Ventilated Ventilated Ventilated Intermediate pane Clear pane 4 mm Clear pane 4 mm Optigreen1 6 mm Clear pane 4 mm Clear pane 4 mm Gap (12mm) Air Argon Argon Argon Argon Argon Argon Internal pane Clear pane 4mm Low E 4 mm Clear pane 4 mm Clear pane 4 mm Low E 4 mm Clear pane 4 mm Low E 4 mm
Ventilated Solar control + lowE2 6 mm Clear pane 4 mm
Solar control +lowE3 Ventilated 8 mm
body tinted solar control glass soft coated glass 3 hard coated glass
In the rst case (A) three clear panes were applied. This case was considered as a basic case and was chosen mainly for reasons of comparison between the single and double skin faade reference building. In the second case, the clear inner pane was replaced by a low E coated one (with the same thickness), while the intermediate and outer panes were kept the same. This case is considered as a common solution in existing buildings. In the third case a solar control coated pane was placed as an intermediate pane. The third and fourth cases have the same pane types. In the fourth alternative, however, the solar control pane with increased thickness (8 mm instead of 4mm) was placed as outer pane. Since the solar control 107
(coated) panes have soft coatings they can not be used as single panes. This is the reason why a body tinted pane was selected in the fourth case. The fth case is a combination of the second and fourth cases. A low E coated pane is used as internal one and a body tinted solar control pane as outer. This is a more advanced solution with lower thermal and solar transmittance. The sixth case has clear inner and outer panes, while the intermediate pane is a solar control + low E (soft coated) one. The main difference between this and the fth case is that instead of applying the two coatings in the outer and inner panes, both of them were applied on the intermediate one. When the solar control coating is applied on the intermediate pane there is a possibility of thermal failure due to overheating; nevertheless this case was considered, in order to study the impact of coating position on the faade behaviour (two faades (E and F) with similar properties and different performance). Finally, in the seventh case the advanced glazing used in the sixth case was placed as an outer pane; this time, however, it is hard coated. A low E pane is also placed as inner pane instead of the clear pane used in the sixth case in order to achieve lower thermal transmittance.
Airow window mode

For the airow window mode the outer skin consists of a double pane and the inner skin of a single pane. The ventilated cavity is between the internal and intermediate panes. According to the recommendation of WSP consultant Diana Avasoo, seven different glazing combinations were initially considered for this construction type as shown in Table 4.3. A detailed description of the glazing types, the faade construction and the input parameters follows in Subchapter 5.3.
108
Methods
Table 4.3
Case A B C D E F G
1 2
Glazing combinations for the Airow Window mode

External pane Clear pane 8 mm Clear pane 8 mm Clear pane 8 mm Optigreen1 8 mm Optigreen1 8 mm Solar control + lowE2 8 mm Solar control +lowE2 8 mm Gap (12mm) Air Argon Argon Argon Argon Argon Argon Intermediate pane Clear pane 4 mm Low E 4 mm Optigreen1 6 mm Clear pane 4 mm Low E 4 mm Clear pane 8 mm Clear pane 4 mm Gap (800mm) Ventilated Ventilated Ventilated Ventilated Ventilated Ventilated Ventilated Internal pane Clear pane 4mm Clear pane 4 mm Clear pane 4 mm Clear pane 4 mm Clear pane 4 mm Clear pane 4 mm Low E3 6 mm
body tinted solar control glass soft coated glass 3 hard coated glass
The rst (reference) case was considered as in the standard double faade mode, the one with three clear panes. In the second case the clear intermediate pane was replaced by a low E coated one (with the same thickness), while the inner and outer panes were kept the same. This case is equivalent to the second case of the standard double faade mode. The third and fourth cases are identical with the ones used for the standard double faade mode. For the third case a solar control pane was placed as an intermediate one while the inner and outer panes were kept the same (clear). In the fourth case the solar control (body tinted) pane was placed as an external pane. The fth case is again similar to the one of the standard double faade mode. A low E coating is used for the intermediate pane and a body tinted solar control pane is used as an outer one. The low E glazing is placed as intermediate pane (instead of internal pane), since the thermal barrier is needed to the external skin. In the sixth case the solar control (soft coated) with low emissivity glazing unit has been placed as external pane (slightly thicker than the one of the standard double faade mode for safety reasons), while the inner and intermediate panes were kept clear. 109
Finally, the seventh case is exactly the same as the one in the standard double faade mode (the advanced coated glazing was in this case soft and was placed as an outer pane, and a low E pane was placed as inner pane). Position of shading devices inside the cavity The position of shading devices inside the cavity was also changed during this study, in order to investigate its inuence on the inner pane temperatures.
4.1.3.2 Study on a zone level using IDA ICE 3.0

The aim of the parametric studies of different double skin faade cavities (carried out in WIS 3) was to estimate the inuence of key design parameters on the performance of the double skin faade component. The aim of the simulations carried out in IDA ICE 3.0, described in this Section, is to study the efcient integration in terms of energy use and thermal comfort of double skin alternatives selected from the WIS 3 simulations. In order to achieve this goal, the study was carried out both on a zone and a building level. On a zone level the main aim was to optimize the combination between glazing and shading devices and controls for the cavity dampers for each ventilation strategy and faade orientation. The parametric study was carried out on a zone level only for box window cases (for both modes). In order to tune the control set points of the dampers for different double skin faade alternatives (in the cases of naturally ventilated and hybrid cases, as explained below), four orientations were considered: north, west, south and east. For the standard double faade mode three ventilation strategies were considered: naturally ventilated cavity: open cavity during the cooling periods for extracting the heat from the cavity and closed during winter for increasing the temperature of the inner layer. The exhaust air from the ofce space is used for heat recovery in the AHU. mechanically ventilated cavity: air (equal to the supply air for each zone) enters the cavity from outdoors and is driven to a mixing box. This mixing box mixes the cavity air and the outdoor air, in order to meet the set point of the supply air temperature. If further heating or cooling is needed, then it is provided by the coils of the AHU. The cavity air was used as supply air into the zones. The exhaust air from the ofce space is used for heat recovery in the AHU.
110
Methods
hybrid ventilated cavity: open cavity during the cooling periods (as in the naturally ventilated cases), and use of the outlet air as supply during heating periods (as in the mechanically ventilated cavity). The exhaust air from the ofce space is used for heat recovery in the AHU. For the airow windows the cavity is mechanically ventilated all year round. The exhaust air from the ofce zone enters the cavity and is driven to the AHU for heat recovery purposes. The glazing alternatives considered for this study are: standard double faade mode: o case A: Selected as a reference case. The rst case has the highest thermal and total solar transmittance due to the tree clear panes o case D: This case has the solar control body tinted pane as an exterior layer and clear intermediate and inner panes. o case E: In this case both a solar control body tinted pane (external) and a low E pane (intermediate) were applied. o case F: This alternative has the lowest thermal and total solar transmittance. Only the intermediate pane is an advanced one (low E and solar control coatings), while the inner and external ones are clear airow window mode: o case A: The rst (reference) case was considered as in the standard double faade mode, the one with three clear panes o case D: A solar control (body tinted) pane was placed as an external one, while the inner and intermediate panes are clear o case E: A low E coating was used for the intermediate pane and a body tinted solar control pane was used as the outer one o case F: In the sixth case the solar control (soft coated) glazing unit of low emissivity has been placed as external pane, while the inner and intermediate panes were kept clear o case G: In this case an advanced coated glazing was placed as outer pane and a low E pane was placed as inner pane. This case was selected to nd out if further decrease of the U value (compared with case F) results in energy savings
111
For the standard double faade mode 96 alternatives in total were simulated (as shown in detail in Figure 4.3), and for the airow window cases 40. More details regarding the properties of the glazing and the shading devices considered are provided in Chapter 5.
Figure 4.3
Double Skin Faades (IDAICE 3.0 Simulations)
112
Airflow window mode
Standard double faade mode
Multi storey high
Box Window
Box Window
Parametric study:
Parametric study:
4 orientations 5 glazing types 2 shading device types
4 orientations 3 ventilation strategies 4 glazing types 2 shading device types
Zone level
total number of simulations=96
total number of simulations=40
Methodology of IDA ICE 3.0 simulations.

Optimized control set points for dampers
Building level 3 ventilation strategies (natural, mechanical, hybrid)
Naturally ventilated cavity Optimized control set points for dampers
1 ventilation strategy (mechanical)
Methods
4.1.3.3 Study on a building level using IDA ICE 3.0

The aim of the simulations carried out on a building level is to study the performance of the building in terms of energy use and thermal comfort. Absolute values are calculated, in order to carry out comparisons with the single skin glazed ofce building alternatives. As shown in Figure 4.3 the cases simulated on a building level are the: naturally ventilated multi storey double faades naturally ventilated box windows double faades mechanically ventilated box windows double faades hybrid ventilated box window double faades airow windows (mechanically ventilated)
The two best performing (in terms of energy use) glazing alternatives studied on a zone level were selected for further simulations on a building level. The reasoning for this selection is given in Subchapter 6.3.3.
4.2
4.2.1
Description of the studied parameters

Single skin alternatives (30%, 60% and 100% glazed alternatives)
The parameters studied in IDA ICE 3.0 regarding the reference building (30% window to external wall area ratio) and the highly glazed single skin buildings (60% and 100% window to external wall area ratios) concern mainly the (a) energy use for heating, cooling, equipment, pumps and fans and lighting and (b) indoor climate (mean air temperatures, directed operative temperatures and perception of thermal comfort i.e. Fangers comfort indices). The energy use, the weighted average mean air temperatures and the perception of thermal comfort are examined and compared on a building level. On a zone level the parameters studied are the mean air temperatures, the directed operative temperatures, the Predicted Mean Vote and the Predicted Percentage of Dissatised. The parametric studies on the zone level were carried out only for zones of the cell plan ofce building. The directed operative temperatures were calculated for the cell type, while the operative temperatures were calculated for the open plan.
113
4.2.1.1 IDA ICE 3.0 output (zone level)

Because of the large number of simulations, the parametric study on a zone level is carried out only for the cell type 30% and 100% glazed buildings. The large number of simulated zones provides sufcient information regarding: mean air temperatures directed operative temperatures PMV and PPD values
4.2.1.2 IDA ICE 3.0 output (building level)

The comparison on a building level of the 30%, 60% and 100% glazed buildings can be complicated, due to the large amount of simulated alternatives and the different performance criteria involved (energy use, thermal comfort, etc). In order to study the impact of each orientation, plan type, set point or faade element on the building performance, one parameter at a time was changed and the rest remained the same. For example, if the impact of the control set points (strict, normal or poor) on the energy use was examined, then all the alternatives with the same plan types and orientations were compared with each other. The performance parameters examined on a building level were: energy use for o heating o cooling o ventilation o pumps, fans, etc o lighting weighted (average mean monthly) air temperatures for the working area: For each building zone the mean air temperatures were calculated by IDA ICE 3.0 (for every hour). These results were used to calculate the average monthly mean air temperatures for each zone. The weighted average mean air temperature is the sum of the mean air temperatures of each zone multiplied by the size and number of zones divided by the total oor area (excluding the corridors) as shown in Equation 4.1.
Tmean =
(Tmean,zone Azone N zones )

Atotal
Weighted Average Mean Air Temperature.
Equation 4.1
114
Methods
where> Tmean,zone is the monthly average zone temperature Azone is the zone area Nzones is the number of the zones Atotal is the total oor area The limitation of the weighted average mean monthly air temperatures is that no information is given as to the variation over time or space. For the cell type ofce building, only the occupied zones were included in the calculations (ofces and meeting rooms, as described in detail in Chapter 5). The corridor (zone 11) was excluded, since the impact on the occupants comfort is limited. However, for the open plan type the whole area was considered for the calculations, since all this area was considered as working space. All the calculations (excluding those for energy) were carried out for a middle oor (in IDA ICE 3.0). number of hours between certain (weighted) average mean air temperatures for working space: This output gives information similar to the weighted average mean air temperatures for the working area. However, this is more a quantitive indicator compared with the previous output, since the previous one only gives monthly averages and does not provide any information concerning the variation of the indoor temperatures during the year. weighted average PMV: As already described in Subsection 2.3.2.2, the Predicted Mean Vote is a qualitative indicator of the perception of thermal comfort. Likewise, the weighted average PMV is a monthly average PMV value of each occupant multiplied by the number of occupants in each zone and the number of identical zones, divided by the total number of occupants. This factor can basically show whether or not the controls are proper for certain occupancy, since it provides information for all the year. number of working hours for certain average PPD: As already described in subsection 2.3.2.2, the Predicted Percentage of Dissatised is more a quantitative indicator of the perception of thermal comfort. In a similar way weighted average PPD is the sum of the PPD of each occupant multiplied by the number of occupants in each zone and the number of identical zones, divided by the total number of occupants. This output is more a quantitative indicator for the perception of thermal environment in the working space. Although it does not show 115
whether the occupant feels warm or cold, it provides the necessary information to classify an indoor thermal environment, both on a zone and on a building level.
4.2.2
Double skin alternatives
The simulations for the double skin faade alternatives were carried out at three levels: (a) component level (pilot study aiming to reduce the number of glazing alternatives initially considered using WIS 3), (b) zone level (parametric study focusing on the impact of the faade mode and construction on energy use and of a specic ofce zone for different orientations, using IDA ICE 3.0) and (c) building level (parametric study investigating the impact of glazing type on the systems performance (naturally, mechanically and hybrid ventilated double faades and mechanically ventilated airow windows), using IDA ICE 3.0). The main parameters studied at these 3 levels are briey described below.
4.2.2.1 WIS 3 simulations (component level)

The main aim of this study is to better understand the possibilities and limitations of different double skin faade constructions. This pilot study can be considered as a rst step for optimizing the systems performance and integration on a building level. During the calculations carried out on the double skin faade level, several parameters were varied (faade mode, geometry of the cavity, size of the openings, glazing type and shading device position inside the cavity when applied). In this way, their impacts mainly on the air ow, the air temperature at different heights of the cavity and the surface temperature of different panes were investigated. Due to the large number of varied parameters a detailed methodology was developed with the aim to decrease the number of simulations (Figure 4.4). A description of the methodology is given below and, when necessary, the reasoning is set out.
116
Figure 4.4
Double Skin Faades
Standard double faade mode
Airflow window mode
Preliminary study: Selection of glazing combinations
Mechanically ventilated cavity
Methodology of WIS 3 simulations.

Mechanically ventilated cavity
Performance of the glazing alternatives
Air temperatures (multi storey high) Surface temperatures (box window)
Naturally ventilated cavity
Preliminary study: influence of depth on air and surface temperature
Parametric study: influence of cavity geometry on systems performance

Air temperatures Surface temperatures
Surface temperatures
Outlet air temperatures
Methods
117
Influence of cavity height and depth on airflows
Influence of cavity height and depth on temperature profile
Influence of % of opened area on airflows and temperature profile
Influence of weather conditions on optimal depth
Influence of glazing on optimal depth
Influence of shading devices position on the air and the inner pane temperatures
Standard double faade mode As described in detail in the Subsection 4.1.3.1, initially seven glazing combinations were considered for each mode. However, due to the large amount of simulations a preliminary study was carried out (see Figure 4.4) for the standard double faade mode, and the number of glazing alternatives was reduced from seven to four. For the airow window mode, on the other hand, all seven alternatives were studied. Inuence of cavity geometry on system performance (naturally ventilated cavity): Generally, studying a naturally ventilated cavity is more complicated than studying a mechanically ventilated one, since the airow rate depends on the characteristics of the cavity such as glazing type, geometry of the cavity, etc. For this reason a further parametric study was carried out for the naturally ventilated double faade mode, in order to study the impact of construction on the system performance (see Figure 4.4). The parameters studied were: inuence of cavity height and depth on airows inuence of cavity height and depth on air temperature prole inuence of opened area on airows and air temperature prole inuence of weather conditions on optimal depth inuence of glazing on optimal depth inuence of shading device position on the air and the inner pane temperatures
Performance of the glazing alternatives (naturally and mechanically ventilated cavity): After investigating the inuence of geometry on the performance of the naturally ventilated cavities, different glazing alternatives were evaluated. The outputs of these simulations were the airow and air temperature prole along the cavity and the inner panes surface temperatures. A similar study was carried out for the mechanically ventilated standard double faade alternatives. Airow window mode Finally, for the airow window cases, all seven glazing alternatives were considered. As shown in Figure 4.4, for the airow window mode only mechanical ventilation was considered. A brief parametric study was carried out to investigate the inuence of cavity depth on the inner pane surface temperature and the outlet air temperatures. This was followed by an evaluation of the seven glazing alternatives.
118
Methods
4.2.2.2 IDA ICE 3.0 Simulations (zone level)

The output of the parametric study on a zone level was mainly focused on (a) energy demand for heating and cooling the ofce (zone behind the double faade) and (b) monthly average PMV. The main aim of the parametric studies on a zone level is to evaluate the simulated alternatives, in order to select the ones for further simulations on a building level. Since it takes a long time to simulate such a complicated and detailed building model, this screening is essential for the optimization of its performance.
4.2.2.3 IDA ICE 3.0 Simulations (building level)

The two parameters studied and compared on a building level are the energy use and the number of hours with certain PPD values. The energy use (absolute) values obtained from the building level serve comparison purposes with the single skin alternatives, while the PPD values give a more quantative way of indoor climate comparisons.
4.3
4.3.1
Description of the simulation tools

Simulations using WIS 3
The software used for calculations of the double skin faade cavity is WIS 3. According to the WIS 3 Users Guide WIS is a European software tool for the calculation of the thermal and solar properties of commercial and innovative window systems on the basis of known component properties and thermal and solar/optical interactions between the components. One of the unique elements in the software tool is the combination of glazings and shading devices, with the option of free or forced air circulation between the components. This makes the tool particularly suited to calculate the thermal and solar performance of complex windows and active facades. WIS 3 has been built in algorithms based on international (CEN, ISO) standards, such as the ISO Standard 15099 (2003). As already mentioned the two main outputs of the simulations are: temperatures at the centre of each layer. vertical air temperature prole along the ventilated cavity.
119
4.3.1.1 Temperatures at the centre of each layer

These values were calculated by WIS 3 and they refer to the centre of each layer. A short description of the calculated values follows.
temperature of the outer glass (outer surface average temperature) average temperature of the outer glass (average temperature) temperature of the outer glass (inner surface average temperature) temperature of the air between the outer and the intermediate glass (in the centre of the cavity) Tgap1-(a): temperature of the layer between the outer glass and the blind (in the centre of the cavity) Tgap1-(b): temperature of the layer between the blind and the intermediate glass (in the centre of the cavity) Tbo: temperature of the outer surface of the blinds (average temperature) Tblind: temperature of the blinds (average temperature) Tbi: temperature of the inner surface of the blinds (average temperature) T3 : temperature of the intermediate pane (outer surface average temperature) Tglass2: average temperature of the intermediate glass (average temperature) T4: temperature of the intermediate pane (inner surface average temperature) Tgap2: temperature of the layer between the intermediate and the inner glass (in the centre of the cavity) T5: temperature of the inner pane (outer surface average temperature) Tglass3: average temperature of the inner glass (average temperature) T6: temperature of the inner pane (inner surface average temperature) T1: Tglass1: T2: Tgap1:
T6 T5 Tgap2 T4 T3 Tgap1 T2
T1
Figure 4.5
Case without venetian blind.
120
Methods
T6 T5 Tgap2 T4 T3 Tgap1-(b) Tbi Tblind Tbo Tgap1-(a) T2 T1
Figure 4.6
Case with venetian blind.
4.3.1.2 Temperatures at different heights of the cavity

General case According to ISO Standard 15099 (2003), by assuming that the mean velocity of the air in the space is known, the temperature prole and the heat ow may be calculated by a simple model.
121
Outlet air temperature, Tgap i_out
Hi
Air flow j
v,i
Average air temperature, Tgap i
Average surface temperature, Tave i
H0,i
Height h
Air temperature Tgap i (h)
Inlet air temperature, Tgap i_in
Figure 4.7
Air ow in the gap of a window system.
Due to the air ow through the double skin faade cavity, the air temperature in the cavity varies with the height (see Figure 4.7). The temperature prole depends on the air velocity in the space and the heat transfer coefcient to both layers. The air temperature prole in the space i is given by:
T gap_i (h) = T av,i (T av,i T gap_i,in ) e

Equation 4.2
h/H0,i
Temperature prole along the cavity
where:
Tgap_i(h): H0,i: Tgap_i,in: Tav_i: is the temperature of the air in gap i at position h, (in m); is the characteristic height (temperature penetration length, in m); is the temperature of the incoming air in gap i, (in C); is the average temperature of the surfaces of layers i and i+1, given by equation:
T av_i =
(Tb_i + T f_i +1 ) 2
Average temperature of the surfaces of layers i and i+1
Equation 4.3
122
Methods
where:
Tav_i : Tb_i : Tf_i+1: is the average temperature of the surfaces of layers i and i+1, (in C) is the temperature of the surface of layer (pane, lm or shading) i, facing the cavity i, (in C) is the temperature of the surface of layer (pane, lm or shading) i+1, facing the cavity i, (in C)
The characteristic height (H0,i) of the temperature prole is dened by the following equation:
H 0,i =
i c p si 2 hcv,i
Vi
Equation 4.4
Characteristic height
where:
i : cp : si : Vi : hcv,j : is the density of the air at temperature Tgap_j , in (kg/m3) is the specic heat capacity, in (J/kgK) is the depth of the cavity i, in (m); is the mean velocity of the air ow in the cavity i, in (m/s); is the heat transfer coefcient for ventilated cavities, in (W/m2K).
Case with no venetian blind in the cavity If there is no shading in the cavity, then Tav is the average value of T2 and T3. When the incoming air in the cavity is at 0C, it is assumed that the air density is 1.25 and when the incoming air in the cavity is at 25C the air density is 1.18. The heat transfer coefcient for the ventilated cavity is calculated by the following equation:
hcv = 2hc + 4V
Equation 4.5 Heat transfer coefcient for the ventilated cavity
where:
hc : V: is the heat transfer coefcient for the cavity if it is not ventilated (given from WIS 3) is the mean velocity of the air ow in the cavity in (m/s)
123
Case with blinds in the cavity In the cases that between the outer and the intermediate pane shading is applied, then two different temperatures are calculated: the one between the outer pane (or inner pane, depending on where the ventilated cavity is situated) and the blind, and the other between the blind and the intermediate pane. In the rst case the temperatures Tbi and T2 were used for Tav and in the second case the temperatures Tbi and T3 were used for Tav. For the cases with ventilated cavity no air exchange between the two subcavities was assumed.
4.3.2
Simulations using IDA ICE 3.0
4.3.2.1 General description

Before a building thermal simulation tool was chosen, certain performance criteria were developed. The program was to have the following features: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. A dynamic building simulation tool User friendly interface Multi-zone capability Simple natural ventilation features Simulation of HVAC systems typical for ofce buildings Reasonably accurate simulations of different shading devices Possibility of adding new simulation modules developed by the user e.g. a double skin faade module 8. Good support 9. Reasonably well spread among researchers and consultants in Sweden 10. Known outside Sweden The software candidates were: Bsim2000 developed by the Danish Research Institute (SBI) IDA ICE 3.0 developed by EQUA (Stockholm, Sweden) DEROB LTH developed by the University of Lund BV2 available from CIT Management AB (Gothenburg, Sweden)
Bsim2000 has most of the above features (except for 7 and 9) IDA ICE has all the above features (was therefore chosen for the simulation of the building alternatives) 124
Methods
DEROB has some of the above features (except for 2, 4, 5, 7 and 9) BV2 has some of the above features (except at least 3 and 7) IDA ICE 3.0 is a computational program for indoor climate studies of individual zones within a building, as well as energy use of an entire building (EQUA, 2002). IDA Indoor Climate and Energy is an extension of the general IDA Simulation Environment. This means that the advanced user can, in principle, simulate any system whatsoever with the aid of the general functionality in the IDA environment. Validation tests have shown the program to give reasonable results and to be applicable to detailed buildings physics and HVAC simulations (Acherman 2000 and 2003).
4.3.2.2 Description of double faade model

After personal communication with Dr. Bengt Hellstrm (Division of Energy and Building Design, Lund University) a brief description of the IDA ICE 3.0 double faade model is given below. The window in IDA ICE 3.0 is divided into frame and glazing. The input data for the frame is the area fraction and the U value. For the glazing, the input parameters are the U value, the solar transmittance (Tsol) and the solar heat gain coefcient (SHGC or g) at normal incidence. Also the emittances of the outermost and innermost surfaces of the glazing are given. The solar shadings are specied by coefcients, which, when multiplied by U, T and g of the glazing, give the total values of the glazing/shading system. The surface temperatures for the frame and the glazing are calculated from heat balance equations. Absorption of solar irradiation in the glazing is assumed to occur only at the innermost pane of the window and the absorbed energy rate is calculated from the difference between the g and the T values of the glazing (with or without solar shading) and the U value. The double faade is modeled as an external window (with or without a shading device), outside an internal window and a wall. The cavity is assumed to be closed to the outside, except for four openings. One at the top, one at the bottom, whose areas can be chosen; a third opening connects the double faade cavity with the room and, nally, it is also possible to have mechanical exhaust ventilation of the cavity and its ow rate can be chosen. The air temperature of the double faade cavity is obtained from an energy balance equation, using convective heat exchange with the surfaces and air exchange with the outside. Temperature stratication is not taken 125
into account, as the air inside the cavity of the double faade has one temperature node. The surface convection heat transfer coefcients are chosen as the maximum of two values, one calculated from forced convection, depending on the air speed, and one calculated from natural convection, depending on the temperature difference to the surrounding air and the slope of the surface. The natural convection driven air exchange in the cavity is calculated from the density difference between the air in the cavity and outside air, considering the pressure drops at the inlets and outlets.
4.3.2.3 Validation of IDA ICE 3.0 Double Faade model (IEA SHC Task 34/ECBCS Annex 43)
Concurrently with the Glazed Ofce Buildings project, IEA SHC Task 34/ECBCS Annex 43 (Testing and Validation of Building Energy Simulation Tools) was started. The aim of the Task was to investigate the availability and accuracy of building energy analysis tools and engineering models to evaluate the performance of innovative low-energy buildings. The scope of the Task was limited to building energy simulation tools, including emerging modular type tools, and to widely used innovative low-energy design concepts. Activities include development of analytical, comparative and empirical methods for evaluating, diagnosing, and correcting errors in building energy simulation software. The objective of Subtask E (Double-Faade Empirical Tests) was to assess the suitability and awareness of building energy analysis tools for predicting heat transfer, ventilation ow rates, cavity air and surface temperatures, solar protection effect, and interaction with building services systems in buildings with double skin faades. The validation process was carried out in two steps. First comparative test cases (Kalyanova and Heiselberg, 2005) were simulated and the results were cross compared; then empirical cases (Kalyanova and Heiselberg, 2006) were carried out and the output of the different software were compared with the measurements of the test facility. The empirical tests were led by Aalborg University (AAU), Denmark, using a new facility being constructed at AAU. Detailed description of the test facility can be obtained by (Kalyanova and Heiselberg, 2005). The double skin faade congurations considered for this validation procedure are set out below (Figure 4.8): DSF100. All faade openings closed DSF200. Openings open to the outside 126
Methods
DSF300. Openings open to the inside DSF400. Bottom opening open to outside; top opening open to inside DSF500. Top opening open to outside; bottom opening open to inside
Figure 4.8
Double skin faade congurations considered for the validation tests.
Within the test cases there are a number of variations to check the inuence of various parameters, including: driving force of airow (buoyancy, wind, mechanical fan, combined forces) internal (thermal)/External (thermal, solar, wind) boundary conditions opening area (fully opened, opening area controlled by temperature and/or airow rate) Some of the output used for the validation of the simulation tools are listed below: direct and diffuse solar irradiation on the window surface solar radiation transmitted from the outside into the DSF cavity solar radiation transmitted from the DSF cavity into the room energy used for cooling/heating in the room hour averaged surface temperature of external window surface facing outdoors and the DSF cavity hour averaged surface temperature of internal window surface facing the room and the DSF cavity hour averaged oor and ceiling surface temperature and air temperature in the room Simulation results for comparative and empirical tests were obtained by IDA ICE 3.0 (LTH-Lund, Sweden), BSim 2000(Aalborg University, Den127
mark), VA114 (VABI, the Netherlands), TRNSYS-TUD (TUD, Germany) and ESPr (ESRU, UK). Conclusions of the software validation will be araible after the complitation of the IEA Task 34/ECBS Annex 43.
128
A detailed description of the building model as designed and as inserted in IDA ICE 3.0 is provided in this Chapter. The single and double skin ofce building alternatives designed for the Glazed Ofce Buildings project consist of 30% (reference case), 60% and 100% glazing and are assumed to be located in Gothenburg (Sweden) i.e. for the simulations the weather data chosen was recorded in Gothenburg in 1977, which is considered to be a representative year. There are no adjacent buildings shading. The design of the reference building was determined by the project team, with researchers from the Division of Energy and Building Design (LTH), architects and engineers from WSP and Skanska. First, detailed performance specications (see Appendix B) for indoor climate and energy use were established and then typical constructions were determined for a reference ofce building representative of construction from the late nineties. System descriptions and drawings were prepared. The reference building was presented to a reference group and agreed upon.
5.1
Description of the reference building
The description of the reference building concerns the real (designed) building and the simulated model of the building (input for the IDA ICE 3.0 software) made for the energy and indoor climate simulations.
5.1.1. Geometry of the building

The reference building is a 6 storey building as shown in Figure 5.1. In terms of geometry and installations, the oors 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 are completely identical. However, the oors 1-4 are connected (oor, ceiling) with other internal zones of the building, while the roof of the 5th oor is
129
connected to the outside and the ground oor is connected to the ground (i.e. there is no basement).
connected to the outside and the ground oor is connected to the ground i.e. there is no basement.
Figure 5.1
View of the reference building.
The height of the building is 21m, the length 66 m and the width 15.4 m. Architectural drawings (oor plans, cross sections, facades) are presented in Appendix C. The room height is 2.7 m and the distance between intermediate oors is 3.5 m. There is a suspended ceiling. The total oor area is 6177 m2 (BRA usable oor area i.e. oor area inside exterior walls) and 5448 m2 (LOA non-residential/premises oor area). The total area (on the inside including the window area and the area covered by interior walls and intermediate oors) of each of the long faades is 1386 m2 and that of the short faades 327.6 m2. Each opaque (wall) area is 957 m2 and 224 m2 respectively. The window area (including the frames) is 429 m2 (30.9% of the facade) and 104 m2 (31.6%) respectively (total window area = 31%). The roof area inside the exterior walls is 1030 m2.
5.1.2.
Ofce layouts
Two different common oor layouts were designed, one with cell-type ofces and one with open plan ofces. In practice an ofce building often has a mixture of these two plan types. In order to simplify the input model and thus reduce the time of simulation, it is important to create as
130
few thermal zones as possible. On the other hand, the assumptions made should not inuence the accuracy of the results or limit the output of the simulations. For the six-storey reference building, 3 different oor types are assumed, each one with several thermal zones (Figures 5.2 and 5.3). The zones were chosen to represent different kinds of rooms with different orientations. Adiabatic conditions were assumed for the ceiling of the ground oor, for the ceiling and oor of the 1st oor and for the oor of the 2nd oor. In this way it is assumed that below and above oors 1, 2, 3 and 4 there are identical zones. This is partly correct, since below the 1st and above the 4th oor the zones are not exactly the same. However, since the temperatures on all the oors are very similar, the inuence of the connections plays a minor role. For the total energy use the simulated energy use of the 1st oor is multiplied by the factor 4.
Figure 5.2
Cell type ofce building as modelled in IDA ICE 3.0 showing the simulated zones.
Figure 5.3
Open plan type ofce building as modelled in IDA ICE 3.0 showing the simulated zones.
131
A detailed description of the geometry of the zones (including their number of repetition on each oor), the HVAC installations, the occupancy, the equipment, the articial lighting and the furniture is given in Appendix D. Cell type ofce layout The oor area of the cell type ofce building as dened in IDA ICE 3.0 (excluding the fan room) is 6177 m2. However, the non-residential space is 5448m2. In Figure 5.4 the area of each zone type is shown.
Figure 5.4
Zone areas for cell type ofce building (p=persons).
As shown in Figure 5.4, 44% of the building area is corridor, 51% ofce space and only 4% meeting rooms. Figures 5.5 and 5.6 show the oor plans for the cell type ofce building (ground oor and 1st-5th oors).
1 10 9
3 11 8
4 5 7 6
Figure 5.5
Ground oor (cell type): Input for IDA ICE 3.0.
132
1 10 9
3 11
4 5 6
Figure 5.6
First - fth oors (cell type): Input for IDA ICE 3.0.
Open plan ofce Figure 5.7 shows the area of each zone type.
Figure 5.7
Zone areas for open plan type ofce building.
In the same way, 3 oors were also considered for the open plan reference building. The rst oor has 6 zones. There is airow exchange between the zones 1, 4, 8 assuming a big opening (always open door) between them. The ground oor is shown in Figure 5.8 and oors 1 to 5 in Figure 5.9.
133
2 1 5 8 4 9
Figure 5.8
Ground oor (open plan type): Input for IDA ICE 3.0.
5 1 2 8 4
Figure 5.9
First - fth oors (open plan type): Input for IDA ICE 3.0.
5.1.3
Description of building elements
Thermal transmittance of the building materials A description is given below of the properties of the building elements used for the reference building (see Table 5.1).
134
Table 5.1
Description of the building elements used, disregarding thermal bridges.

Thickness Thermal (m) conductivity (Wm-1K-1) 0.013 0.1068 0.011 0.009 0.04 0.12 0.2 0.145 0.04 0.12 0.026 0.032 0.03 0.032 0.026 0.0025 0.3 0.012 0.0025 0.1 0.1 0.0125 0.3 0.2 0.02 0.003 0.18 0.036 0.14 0.18 0.25 0.58 1.7 0.036 0.25 0.58 0.22 0.17 0.036 0.17 0.22 0.156 1.7 0.057 0.156 1.7 0.035 0.057 1.7 0.036 0.14 0.13 Density (kgm-3) 758 16 500 758 1.2 1500 2300 16 1.2 1500 970 1.2 20 1.2 970 1200 2300 720 1200 2300 1000 720 2300 16 500 930 Specic U-value heat (Wm-2K-1) (Jkg-1K-1) 840 754 2300 840 1006 840 880 754 1006 840 1090 1006 750 1006 1090 1260 880 837 1260 880 1700 837 880 754 2300 1300
Building Material type element (from inside to outside) Gypsum board External Mineral wool wall Wood (studs) (long Gypsum board faade) Air gap Facing bricks External wall (short faade) Concrete Mineral wool Air gap Facing bricks
0.27
0.21
Gypsum Internal Air gap wall Light insulation Air gap Gypsum Linoleum Linoleum oor Concrete Acoustic tiles Ground Linoleum oor Concrete Expanded plastic Roof Acoustic tiles above Concrete 6th oor Mineral wool Wood Under felt
0.62
1.75
0.32
0.16
The thermal transmittance of the materials used was initially calculated by IDA ICE 3.0. However, since the thermal losses due to thermal bridges were not included in these calculations, further calculations were carried out as described in Appendix E. A comparison between the theoretical values and the practical values calculated by Swedish Building Regulations is shown in Table 5.2. Finally, it was decided that the use of the practical values, according to the calculation procedure in the Building Regulations, was preferable for the simulation of the reference building. In order to meet the requirements of the Swedish Building Regulations (overall thermal transmittance of the building), modications were made in the IDA ICE 3.0 library (increase of insulation for the external walls and roof ).
135
Table 5.2.
Theoretical and applied thermal transmittance of the materials used.

Theoretical U-value (Wm-2K-1) 0.27 0.22 0.62 0.16 0.32 1.75 Applied U-value (Wm-2K-1) 0.32 0.25 0.62 0.19 0.32 1.75
Building element External wall (long faade) External wall (short faade) Internal walls Roof (above 6th oor) Ground oor Intermediate oors
The total U A value of the building envelope does not quite meet the requirements of the Swedish Building Regulations, but the energy use for heating meets the requirements of the Building Regulations reference building. Windows A description of the geometry and the properties of the windows of the reference building follows. o Windows of the long faade (type A)
frame sash
1.3 m
100mm
1m
Figure 5.10
Typical window in the long faade.
136
Description of the building model Table 5.3 Properties of window in the long facade.
Size of window Uwindow typical of 90s Description 1.3 m2 2 W/m2K Triple glazed unit. Outer 4mm clear oat, 30mm space, D4-12 inner IGU (Insulated Glazing Unit).
Window properties Glazing properties
Size (Ag) 0.88 m2 Ug (Calculated with Parasol) 1.85 W/m2K Frame properties Description Size (Ag) Uf Shading device* Description Wood covered by aluminium on the outside 0.42 m2 (32% of the total window area) 2.31 W/m2K Intermediate white venetian blind placed in the 30 mm gap (at 45 degrees) 1.65 W/m2K
Uglazing effective
* Shading device: it is assumed that the venetian blind closes (100%), when the incident light inside the glass exceeds 100W/m2. The Uglazing effective was calculated by the Parasol software.
o Windows in the short faade (type B)
frame sash
100mm
2.7 m
1.6 m
Figure 5.11
Typical window in the short faade.
137
Table 5.4
Properties of window in the short facade.

Size of window Uwindow typical of 90s Description 4.32 m2 1.94 W/m2K Triple glazed unit. Outer 4mm clear oat, 30mm space, D4-12 inner IGU (Insulated Glazing Unit). 3.5 m2 Wood covered by aluminium on the outside 0.82 m2 (19% of the total window area) 2.31 W/m2K Intermediate white venetian blind placed in the 30 mm gap (at 45 degrees) 1.65 W/m2K
Window properties Glazing properties
Size (Ag) Frame properties Description Size (Ag) Uf Shading device* Description
Ug (Calculated with Parasol) 1.85 W/m2K
Uglazing effective
* Shading device: it is assumed that the venetian blind closes (100%), when the incident light inside the glass exceeds 100W/m2. The Uglazing effective was calculated by the Parasol software.
5.1.4
Special modications for the simulated model
In order to input the real (virtual) building into IDA ICE 3.0 some special modications had to be made. Ofce volume IDA ICE 3.0 calculates the thermal losses only for the interior of a room (inside part of the internal walls, upper part of the oor to lower part of the ceiling, etc). Thus, in order to include the transmission losses through the external wall above the suspended ceiling and the concrete oor (part b in Figure 5.12), the room height was increased from 2.7 m (real room height) to 3.5 m (Figure 5.13). The same assumption was made for the internal walls. Since the construction of the internal walls is light, in the same way the internal walls were included, when the ofce geometry was dened.
138
Concrete (0.3 m) Air (0.5 m) Acoustic tiles
room Office room (2.7 m) m)
External wall
Transmission losses calculated by IDA ICE 3.0 for 2.7 m floor height
Figure 5.12.
Real ofce model.
Concrete (0.3 m) Acoustic tiles
Office room (3.2 m) m)
Transmission losses calculated by IDA ICE 3.0 for 3.5 m floor height
External wall
Figure 5.13.
Equivalent ofce model.
Windows Equivalent windows were also assumed, in order to save time for the simulations. For each faade of every thermal zone only one window is assumed. The size of the equivalent window is equal to the sum of the real ones, while the proportion of the frame area to the window area remains the same. The equivalent window is placed 0.8 m from the oor and 15 in the middle of each zone. Internal boundary conditions On each oor it is assumed that each zone is connected with an identical one. This was achieved, since adiabatic conditions were assumed from
139
the computing program. The same assumption was made between the oors. This was achieved by keeping the distance between the zones at a minimum level of 0.5 m. Inltration rates The inltration rate assumed for the reference building is 0.1 ach (air changes per hour) for the whole building. The easiest way to insert inltration into IDA ICE 3.0 is to increase the mechanical supply and exhaust air by 0.1 ach, and reduce the heat recovery efciency. The efciency calculations are described in the HVAC Subsection 5.1.8.
5.1.5
Control set points for indoor air temperature
Three control set points were chosen for the simulations of the reference building, as shown in Table 5.5. The normal control set point is considered the standard (reference) case, since the lower and upper temperature limits meet the requirements for indoor temperatures according to practice in modern Swedish ofces (VVS, 2000). However, the two other control set points can provide useful information concerning variation in energy use as a function of the mean air and directed operative temperature and the perception of thermal comfort. Another parameter changed with the three control set points is the articial light provided at the workplace. For the strict control it is assumed that the lights are switched on according to the occupants schedule, regardless of the amount of daylight inside the ofces. For the normal and poor control set points, however, set points of 500 lux and 300 lux respectively were assumed at the workplace. The main reason that these set points were assumed is to calculate the savings in electricity for articial lighting for different control set points, glazing, shading devices and proportion of glass in the building.
140
Table 5.5
Classication of the indoor environment.

Minimum Air Temperature C (winter) 21 22 22 Maximum Air Temperature C (summer) 26 24.5 23 Daylight at workplace (lux) Setpoints+Schedule 300-5000 Setpoints+Schedule 500-5000 Schedule
Classication (control set points) Poor Normal Strict
5.1.6
Occupancy
Occupant density o Cell type For the cell type ofce building the number of occupants is shown in Table 5.6.
Table 5.6
Zone type
Occupants for cell type (p=persons).

Number of occupants for each zone 1 2 1 6 8 12 0 0 0 Total (theoretical) number of occupants for each zone type 22 166 156 66 8 36 0 0 0 454 Total (real) number of occupants (during working hours) 17.6 132.8 124.8 24.6 3.2 14.4 0 0 0 319.2
Corner ofces Double ofce rooms Single ofce rooms Meeting rooms (6p) Meeting rooms (8p) Meeting rooms (12p) Storage room Corridor (1st oor) Corridor (2nd-6th oor) Total
The total oor area of the building (inside the external walls) for the number of working places (only ofce rooms) is 18 m2/occupant. According to personal communication with the architect involved in the Glazed Ofce Buildings project, Christer Blomqvist, it was assumed that 80%
141
of the occupants are present during ofce hours. The distribution of the occupants in the building is shown in Figure 5.14.
Figure 5.14.
Occupants (real) per zone for cell type.
The density of the occupants for the cell type ofce building is shown in Figure 5.15.
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
18,9
m/real occupant
12,6 9,6 6,3 5,2
5,4
Corner office Double office Single office rooms rooms rooms
Meeting rooms (6p)
Meeting rooms (8p)
Meeting rooms (12p)
Zone type
Figure 5.15
Density of each zone for cell type (real number of occupants, p=persons).
142
o Open plan type The total oor area of the building (inside the external walls) for the number of working places (only ofce rooms) is 15.5 m2/occupant. For the open plan type it is assumed that there is a 20% increase in the occupants for the ofces (compared with the cell type), while the density of the meeting rooms remains the same. The number of occupants is shown in Table 5.7.
Table 5.7
Zone type
Occupants for the open plan.

Number of occupants for each zone 16 12 24 8 0 Total (theoretical) number of occupants for each zone type 211.2 14.4 172.8 192 0 590.4 Total (real) number of occupants (during working hours) 169 11.5 138.2 76.8 0 395.2
Typical corner zones Reduced corner zone Intermediate zones Meeting rooms Storage rooms Total
The distribution of the occupants in the building is shown in Figure 5.16.
Figure 5.16
Occupants (real) per zone for open plan.
143
The density of the occupants for the open plan type ofce building is shown in Figure 5.17.
24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 22,4 21,2
16,2
m/real occupant
6,3
Typical corner zones Reduced corner zone
Intermediate zones
Meeting Rooms
Zone type
Figure 5.17
Density of each zone for open plan (real number of occupants).
The total real increase of the occupants in the open plan type is 15.5% (for the ofces the increase is 20%), since the design and use of the two plan types (cell and open) are not the same (for example the cell type has 2 meeting rooms on oors 1-5 for 6 persons each, while the open plan has 4 meeting rooms for 8 persons each for the same oors). Thus, an equivalent number of occupants (interior of the open plan with density of the cell type) had to be considered in order to calculate the relative increase in the occupants in the open plan. Occupant load The occupants schedule, activity level, clothing and use of the rooms are shown in Table 5.8.
144
Description of the building model Table 5.8

Schedule
Occupant load.
Schedule for ofces: 08:00 -12:00, 13:00 17:00 Typical winter occupant schedule (01/01-31/04, 01/10-31/12): 50% working during the Christmas vacations, otherwise 100% weekends closed. Typical summer occupant schedule (01/5-30/09):50% working during July, 75% working during June and August, otherwise 100%, weekends closed. Schedule for meeting rooms: 10:00 -12:00, 13:00 15:00 Typical winter occupant schedule (01/01-31/04, 01/10-31/12): 50% working during the Christmas vacations, 100% rest, weekends closed. Typical summer occupant schedule (01/5-30/09):50% working during July, 75% working during June and August, 100% rest, weekends closed.
Activity level Clothing Use of rooms
Ofce activity1 met = 108 W / occupant (1 met corresponds to 58.2 W / m2 body surface)Task: sitting, reading For winter conditions: 1 clo For summer conditions: 0.6 clo For the ofces it is assumed that 80% of the ofce workers are present during the working hours (since people can work at home or be absent for some other reason). For the meeting rooms it is assumed that they are used 50% of the time and used to 80% of their capacity (total 40% comparing with the ofces).
5.1.7
Lights
For the articial lighting, energy efcient lighting (uorescent tubes with HF ttings) was assumed. For the cell plan this means an installed power of 12 W/m2 for the ofces and the meeting rooms and desired illuminance at the desk of 500 lux (according to personal communication with Dr. Helena Blow-Hbe, Division of Energy and Building Design, Lund University). For the corridors and the rest of the spaces an installed power of 6 W/m2 and desired illuminance of 250 lux was assumed. However, for the open plan the installed power of 12 W/m2 was assumed for all the working space. The luminous efcacy of the lights is set to 41.7 lm/W.
145
5.1.8
HVAC
5.1.8.1 Heating and cooling

The heating was provided by water radiators, while the cooling by chilled beams as described in Appendix D. For the water radiators proportional control and for the chilled beams PI control was assumed.
5.1.8.2 Ventilation
The airow rates were set after discussions with the HVAC engineer Lars Sjberg. For the cell type: The air is supplied in the ofces and extracted from the corridors. For the ofces there is a CAV (constant air volume) control, supplying 10 l/s air (typical design value for cell type plan ofces) for each person. For the meeting rooms VAV (variable air volume) CO2 control is assumed. For the open plan: In this case the air is supplied and exhausted from the ofce space (since there is no separation between ofces and corridors). The supply air for each person is assumed to be 7 l/s (normal design value for open type plan ofces) for the ofce space (CAV control) and a VAV CO2 control is assumed for the meeting rooms. In order to keep the supply and exhaust air ow rates balanced in IDA ICE 3.0, it was assumed that the air is supplied in the rooms through the Air Handling Unit and passes to the corridor through transfer air devices (simulated as air leakage paths) to be exhausted. Thus, the amount of the exhaust air (from the corridor) is equal to the mechanical and natural ventilation of the ofces. However, since the exact amount of air supplied in the meeting rooms is not known (due to the VAV CO2 control), in order to keep the balance between the total supply and exhaust air, it was assumed that the amount of air supplied is also exhausted from the meeting rooms. The inltration and exltration of the whole building was assumed to be 0.1 ach. This rate corresponds to 2.7 m room height. For the meeting rooms (VAV CO2 control), however, since the mechanical supplied air in the meeting rooms can not be increased manually (assuming that it is natural ventilation) the inltration of the meeting rooms was added to the inltration of the ofces depending on the size of each ofce. For the cell type building there is a similar problem with the corridor. Since there is only exhaust air, the inltration of the corridor was added to the ofces. 146
It is important to consider an assumption that was made for the Air Handling Units efciency; the easiest way to insert inltration in IDA ICE 3.0 is to increase the mechanical supply and exhaust air by 0.1 ach, and reduce the Heat Recovery Efciency. However, since the mechanical ventilation of the meeting rooms is not known, it is assumed that the airow for each one depends on the schedule and the number of occupants. The theoretical heat recovery efciency for the AHU is 60%. For the cell type, the efciency drops to 53.8%, due to the natural ventilation, as discussed in Section 5.14. The supply air temperature of the AHU varies with the outdoor temperature, which is also inserted in IDA ICE 3.0 as shown in Figure 5.18:
Figure 5.18
Set point for supply air temperature (IDA ICE 3.0 input).
More detailed description of the ventilation rates of each zone is given in Appendix F.
5.1.8.3 Equivalent heat recovery efciency

The inltration rate decided for the reference building is 0.1 ach for the whole building. As already mentioned, the easiest way to insert inltration in IDA ICE 3.0 is to increase the mechanical supply and exhaust air by 0.1ach, and reduce the heat recovery efciency. The theoretical value of the efciency was 60%, and the mechanical air ow (excluding the natural one) was:
147
o 3997 l/s for the cell plan o 3307 l/s for the open plan The total airow (including natural airow) was: o 4459 l/s for the cell plan o 3521 l/s for the open plan Therefore, the practical value for the heat recovery efciency is 53.8% and 52.4% respectively. The AHU is on from 5:30 till 22:00 during weekdays (100%) and weekends (50%). However, there is natural ventilation (inltration and exltration) during the rest of the hours. Thus, the off value (natural ventilation during the hours that the AHU is not working) is set to 0.1038 for the cell type according to the following equation:
natural ventilation total ventilation off value = 100 heat recovery efficiency 100
Equation 5.1. Off value for the AHU .
Likewise, for the open plan the off value (natural ventilation during the hours that the AHU is not working) is set to 0.1314 (heat recovery efciency for the off value is 0, since the off value for the heat exchanger is set equal to 0). The on value during the weekends is calculated as follows:
on value =
50% mechanical ventilation + natural ventilation total ventilation
Equation 5.2. On value for the AHU
The schedule of the AHU is presented in Table 5.9.
148
Table 5.9
AHU Properties Air Handling Unit schedule On Value Off Value
Schedule of AHU unit

Cell type Week days: Weekends: 06:00 20:00 08:00 17:00 1 0.1038 0.552 Open plan Week days: Weekends: 06:00 20:00 08:00 17:00 1 0.1314 0.5679
5.1.8.4 Use of electricity

Regarding the electricity for ventilation, specic fan power of 2.5 kW/m3s was assumed, which is representative value of a well performing building of the nineties.
5.1.9
Electrical equipment
In this chapter, a brief description of the electrical equipment used is given. For the cell type ofce building, the corner ofces (1 occupant) are equipped with 1 PC (125 W), 1 printer (30 W) and 1 fax (30 W). The double and single ofces are equipped only with PCs (2 and 1 respectively). No electrical equipment is assumed for the meeting rooms. Four copiers (500 W), 4 printers and 2 faxes are placed in each corridor for general use. The annual energy use of equipment for the cell type ofce building is 22 kWh/m2. For each oor of the open plan ofce building it is assumed that there is 1 PC (30 W) per occupant, while the printers (8 units of 30 W and 4 units of 50 W), the faxes (8 units of 30 W) and the copiers (4 units of 500 W) are mainly used by everybody. No equipment was assumed for the meeting rooms. The annual energy use of equipment for the open plan ofce building is 21 kWh/m2. The lower annual energy use for the equipment of the open plan alternatives is inconsistent with the higher density. As one would expect, the larger number of occupants would increase the need for equipment use; however, the common use of equipment and the more and bigger meeting rooms of the open plan decrease this need. The schedule assumed for the use of the equipment is from 08:0012:00 (80%), from 12:00-13:00 (15%) and from 13:00-17:00 (80%) for a typical workday. During the Christmas vacations and July 50% of the typical use was assumed and 75% during June and August. During the weekends no use of equipment was assumed. The number and schedule of the units were decided after personal comunication with WSP architect
149
Christer Blomqvist. The energy used by the ofce equipment is suggested by Wilkins (2000). For both (cell and open) plan types a server room was assumed with energy use of 175 kWh/occupant (Jensen, 2003). Thus, the annual energy use is 10 kWh/m2 for the cell and 13 kWh/m2 for the open plan type. The cooling of the server room is also included in the energy use calculations. Energy use of 87.5 kWh/occupant was assumed for both plan types. The energy use is 5 kWh/m2 for the cell and 6kWh/m2 for the open plan type. The server rooms were not modelled by IDA ICE 3.0 (unlike, the energy use for the fans and pumps).
5.2
5.2.1
Description of single skin glazed alternatives

The 60% glazed building is identical with the reference one, with the only difference that the glazed area increases from 30% to 60% as shown in Figure 5.19. A detailed description of the faade construction follows.
Figure 5.19
60% glazed alternative.
5.2.1.1 Faade construction

Faade with internal or intermediate shading devices
150
A view of the faade of the 60% glazed building (with intermediate or internal shading devices) is shown in Figure 5.20. The 60% window area refers to a oor height of 3.5 m (exterior faade). The windows can be opened for natural ventilation of the building. The total window area of a single ofce is 5.04 m2 out of 8.4 m2 wall area (60%). The glass area is 3.6 m2 (72.5% of the window area) and the frame area 1.4 m2 (27.5% of the window area; see Figure 5.20).
300mm
450mm
50mm
60mm
580mm
openable
1880mm
1130mm
openable
openable
60mm
50mm
650mm
1200mm
1150mm
2400mm
Figure 5.20
60% glazed faade construction (with intermediate or internal shading devices).
Faade with external horizontal louvres The main difference of the faade for the alternative with xed horizontal louvres is that 2 of the 3 windows are not openable, as shown in Figure 5.21. This results in a higher glass to window area ratio. Additionally, the Uf of the frame for the openable window is 1.8 W/m2K instead of 1.6 W/m2K. The total window area of a single ofce remains 5.04 m2 out of 8.4 m2 wall area (60%). The glass area is 4.3 m2 (84.7% of the window area) and the frame area 0.7 m2 (15.3% of the window area). The openable frame is 0.27 m2 (38.5% of the frame).
151
300 mm
450 mm
50 mm
700 mm
2000 mm
1130 mm
openable
50 mm
650 mm
1200 mm
1150 mm
2400 mm
Figure 5.21
60% glazed facade with external xed horizontal louvres.
5.2.1.2 Window properties

The window properties for the 60% glazed alternatives are shown in Tables 5.10 and 5.11. The rationale for the choice of alternatives is given in Subsection 4.1.2. For the given Uglazing and Uframe the Uwindow was calculated according to the following equation:
U window =
Equation 5.3
U glazing A glazing + U frame A frame A glazing + A frame

Thermal transmittance of the window.
Uframe includes the edge losses of the glass. For the 7th alternative there are two frames used in the faade as shown in Figure 5.21. The U-value was calculated as a weighted average. The window properties (glazing and frame) for the 60% glazed alternatives are shown in Table 5.10.
152
Table 5.10
Building alternative 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Window properties (glazing & frame).

Uwindow (W/m2K) 1.97 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.27 1.26 Uglazing (W/m2K) 1.85 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 Uframe (W/m2K) 2.31 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.8 1.65 Aglazing (m2) 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.82 Aframe (m2) 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 0.89 0.27 1.16
Table 5.11 sets out the impact of the shading devices for different glazing alternatives. The effective value refers to the cases in which the shading devices are used. The default value (set point) of IDA ICE 3.0 was used for the simulations. This value corresponds to a maximum limit of 100 W/m2 on the inside of the glass. Above this value the shading devices are used 100% (45 slat angle). The Uglazing, g, Tsol, Ugl. effective, ggl.effective and Tgl,effective (effective solar transmittance) are calculated for perpendicular ray angle standardized with the Parasol software (Wall and Kvist 2003), while Tvis is taken from Pilkington Catalogue (2004). When the glazing properties are inserted in IDA ICE 3.0, however, the Tvis is not needed, since the software calculates the daylight availability taking into account the direct solar transmittance and not the visual one. For the case with external louvres the solar and direct solar transmittance used are monthly average values calculated by Parasol software. The reason for this additional calculation is that since the horizontal external louvres are xed (and thus operating all year round) monthly solar factor values can better approximate the reality compared with the yearly g value that IDA ICE 3.0 uses for the calculations. Using the mentioned computing program the gsystem and the Tsystem for every month were calculated as shown in Table 5.12. More information about the glazing units (e.g. daylight transmittance, commercial names of the panes, etc) is given in Table 4.2. These monthly values were inserted in IDA ICE 3.0 (schedule of external shading devices).
153
Table 5.11
Building alternative 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Impact of shading on glazing alternatives.

Uglazing (W/m2K) 1.85 1.14 1.14 1.11 1.14 1.14 1.14 g 0.69 0.59 0.35 0.23 0.58 0.35 0.35 Tsol 0.58 0.44 0.30 0.22 0.44 0.30 0.30 Ugl. effective (W/m2K) 1.65 1.08 1.07 1.04 1.08 0.92 1.14 ggl.effective Tgl,effective 0.30 0.23 0.28 0.22 0.47 0.19 0.20 0.13 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.12 0.08 0.17
Table 5.12
Solar factor and solar transmittance for the xed horizontal external louvres.
g-mean sunshade (%) 84.6 74.4 58.5 44.2 45.2 49.0 51.1 40.5 48.9 68.3 80.5 87.1 g-mean window (%) 34.4 34.1 33.9 33.6 33.1 33.0 32.9 33.2 33.4 33.9 34.4 34.5 g-mean system (%) 29.1 25.4 19.8 14.9 15.0 16.2 16.8 13.4 16.3 23.1 27.7 30.0 Tmean sunshade (%) 84.4 74.0 57.9 43.5 44.7 48.7 51.0 40.2 48.5 68.1 80.2 86.8 Tmean window (%) 29.4 29.4 29.2 29.1 29.0 28.9 28.9 29.1 29.1 29.3 29.3 29.4 Tmean system (%) 24.8 21.7 16.9 12.7 13.0 14.1 14.7 11.7 14.1 19.9 23.5 25.5
Month
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A detailed description of the frame construction is given in Appendix G.
154
5.2.2
A view of the 100% glazed building is shown in Figure 5.22.
Figure 5.22
100% glazed alternative.
The U values and g values for the windows are the same as for the 60% alternative, since the same ratio between glazing and frame area was assumed. The faade construction of the 100% glazed building with internal or intermediate shading devices is shown in Figure 5.23.
155
300 mm
450 mm
50 mm
60 mm
580 mm
openable
1880 mm
1130 mm
openable
openable
60 mm
50 mm
600 mm
50 mm
1200 mm
1150 mm
2400 mm
Figure 5.23
100% glazed faade construction (with intermediate or internal shading devices).
The faade construction of the 100% glazed building with xed external horizontal louvres is shown in Figure 5.24.
156
300 mm
450 mm
50 mm
700 mm
2000 mm
1130 mm
openable
50 mm
600 mm
50 mm
1200 mm
1150 mm
2400 mm
Figure 5.24
100% glazed facade with external xed horizontal louvres.
5.3
5.3.1
Description of double skin glazed alternatives

WIS 3.0 simulations
5.3.1.1 Geometry of the standard double faade box

Two double skin faade construction types were assumed: a multi storey type and a box window type. Since the software used for the current simulations (WIS 3) is a two dimensional computing tool the cavity width does not inuence the output of the simulations. For all the cases, however, the width was assumed to be 3.5 m. The cavity height in the case of a multi storey high faade was assumed to be 10 m, 20 m, and 30 m, while for the box window it was assumed 3.5 m. The depth varies from 0.2 m up to 1.6 m. No frame was considered for the WIS 3 simulations.
5.3.1.2 Geometry of the airow window

For the airow window cases a box window faade was assumed with a total height and width of 3.5 m. The mechanically ventilated cavity is
157
0.3 m deep. In the airow window cases air is supplied (11.4 l/sec) to the room and exhausted through the cavity to the heat exchanger for heat recovery purposes.
5.3.1.3 Description of the openings The openings for the multi storey high double faade are assumed to be horizontal at the top and the bottom of the cavity. At the top of the faade dampers are applied (as shown in Figure 5.25), in order to control the openable area all year round. Since the dampers occupy some area, when the cavity is fully opened the actual ventilated area (for even cavity depths) is the 87% of the area if no dampers were applied. When the cavity depth is uneven (e.g. 0.3 m, 0.5 m, etc) the actual opening area is the same as if the cavity depth was 0.1 m smaller.
Figure 5.25
Dampers for the multi storey high faade.
For the box window the height and width of the cavity were assumed to be 3.5 m. The cavity depth varied (depending on the case) from 0.2 m up to 1.6 m. The openings of the faade in this case are vertical. However, since WIS 3 can not handle vertical openings, equivalent horizontal openings were assumed.
158
5.3.2
IDA ICE 3.0 Input (zone level)
5.3.2.1 Ofce description (IDA ICE 3.0 - zone level)

In order to carry out the parametric study on a zone level, a typical single ofce room was considered. The ofce was considered to be on the second oor of the building. The occupancy, the equipment and the other internal loads (with their schedules) are described in detail in Appendix D. All the installations were considered to be the same as in the reference building.
5.3.2.2 Geometry of the box window A box window faade was assumed, covering both the window and wall area of total height of 3.5 m and width of 2.4 m. The depth of the cavity was assumed to be 0.8 m for the standard double faade and 0.3 m for the airow window case. At the upper and lower parts of the cavity, dampers were assumed (same as those described in the WIS 3 input). When the cavity is fully open the actual opening area with the dampers is the 87%. When the cavity is closed a very small opening of 0.01 m2 was assumed, since the cavity is not completely sealed. A discharge coefcient of 0.65 for the top and 0.55 for the bottom opening was assumed (Kalyanova et. al, 2006).Thus, the equivalent leakage area (ELA) is calculated from: ELA = A C d free area where A: is the area of the opening, with the dampers considered (m2) Cd: is the discharge coefcient free area: actual opening area (with the dampers considered)
The Equivalent Leakage Area (ELA) for each zone is given in Table 5.13, while more detailed cavity characteristics are presented in Appendix J.
159
Table 5.13
Equivalent Leakage Area (ELA) for double faade opennings of different zones.
ELA (m2) bottom leak 1.84 1.58 1.84 1.58 1.06 0.70 ELA (m2) upper leak 2.18 1.87 2.18 1.87 1.25 0.83
Zone type Corner ofces (short faade) Corner ofces (long faade) Double ofce rooms (long faade) Double ofce rooms (short faade) Single ofce rooms Corridors
5.3.2.3 Geometry of the multi storey high faade

A multi storey high faade (0.8m deep) was assumed covering the whole building faade. In order to simulate correctly the air temperature stratication along the 24 m of the cavity, ve box window cavities (oors 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5) were linked (the ground oor was assumed with a single skin faade). Since the airow model in IDA ICE 3.0 is a one node one, the cavity air temperatures calculated are the average air temperature of each level. The dampers were placed at the top opening of the faade. Grills inside the cavity and between the different oors (used for maintenance purposes) were also assumed. The actual top opening (inserted in IDA ICE 3.0) was calculated as before; 87% for fully open and 0.01 m2 for fully closed cavity. The equivalent leakage area (ELA) for the upper and lower openings is calculated as before and presented i detail in Appendix J.
5.3.2.4 Properties of the inner and outer skin

In order to insert the properties of the glazing in IDA ICE 3.0 the thermal transmittance and the total and direct solar transmittance had to be calculated. These calculations were carried out in WIS 3 for normal angle of incidence. The inner and outer skin properties are presented in Tables 5.13 and 5.14 and described further in section 4.1.3.
160
Table 5.14
Inner and outer skin properties for the standard double faade alternatives.
U value Outer skin Inner skin 5.79 5.79 5.79 5.79 2.90 2.74 1.46 1.31 g value Outer skin Inner skin 0.789 0.532 0.532 0.789 0.746 0.746 0.655 0.215 Tsol Outer skin Inner skin 0.742 0.389 0.389 0.742 0.685 0.685 0.565 0.179
DSF Case A D E F
Table 5.15
Inner and outer skin properties for the airow window alternatives
U value Outer skin Inner skin 2.87 2.71 1.45 1.30 1.31 5.92 5.92 5.92 5.92 5.66 g value Outer skin Inner skin 0.688 0.419 0.369 0.213 0.214 0.846 0.846 0.846 0.846 0.738 Tsol Outer skin Inner skin 0.624 0.338 0.299 0.169 0.176 0.82 0.82 0.82 0.82 0.677
AW Case A D E F G
The properties of the panes used are presented in more detail in Appendix H. The properties of the standard double faade and airow window modes (when no ventilation occurs in the cavity) are described in Appendix I. The frame to window ratio was assumed to be 0.28 for the inner and 0.18 for the outer skin. Uframe was assumed to be 1.6 W/m2K.
5.3.2.5 Shading devices

Two types of shading device were considered (white and blue venetian blind with a slat angle of 45), in order to study their impact on the energy use and thermal comfort; their properties are described further in Appendix K. The thermal and solar transmittance (g and Tsol) have been calculated with the Parasol software. Since the shading is used mostly during summer, an average multiplier value (for the U, g and Tsol values) was assumed. This average includes a ve month period, from May to September. The multiplier is inserted in IDA ICE 3.0 as the inner shading coefcient of the outer skin (outer pane for the typical double faade cases and intermediate one for the airow window mode). Eight orientations were taken into account for the calculations: north, northwest, west,
161
southwest south, southeast, east and northeast as shown in Figures 5.26 and 5.27. The multipliers of the total and direct solar transmittance are also presented in Appendix K.
0.9 0.88 0.86 0.84 0.82 0.8 0.78 0.76 0.74 0.72 0.7 0.68 0.66 0.64 0.62 0.6 0.58 north northeast east southeast south southwest west northwest
DF A,F White blinds
DF A,F Blue blinds
DF D,E White blinds
DF D,E Blue blinds
AW A White blinds
AW A Blue blinds
AW D White blinds
AW D Blue blinds
AW E White blinds
AW E Blue blinds
AW F,G White blinds
AW F,G Blue blinds
Figure 5.26
Multipliers for the gshading as used in the IDA ICE 3.0 simulations.
The multipliers for direct solar transmittance are almost the same when dark (blue) shading devices are applied. For white venetian blinds, however, the multipliers follow the same trend as before: the shading effect is higher for outer panes with larger Tsol.
162
0.3 0.28 0.26 0.24 0.22 0.2 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.1 0.08 north northeast east southeast south southwest west northwest
DF A,F White blinds
DF A,F Blue blinds
DF D,E White blinds
DF D,E Blue blinds
AW A White blinds
AW A Blue blinds
AW D White blinds
AW D Blue blinds
AW E White blinds
AW E Blue blinds
AW F,G White blinds
AW F,G Blue blinds
Figure 5.27
Multipliers for the Tsol shading.
5.4
Assumptions made during the calculations
Condensation issues were not considered during this study. For the double faade mode the double pane (thermal barrier) is placed as inner skin. In reality, during winter, when the openings are closed the increased air temperature inside the cavity decrease the risk of condensation, while in the mechanically ventilated cases the cold outdoor air could be an issue. For naturally ventilated cavities the stack effect was considered to be the main driving force all year round. During summer, the main driving force is the thermal buoyancy, while during winter is the wind effect (Saelens 2002). However the naturally ventilated double facades are most often closed during the winter, in order to increase the air temperature inside the cavity providing higher surface temperatures of the inner skin. Moreover, simulations carried out during the IEA Task 34 (Testing and Validation of Building Energy Simulation Tools) show that the impact of wind effect does not inuence much the energy use for heating and cooling the zone behind the double faade or the surface temperatures of the inner layer. Another assumption made, was that no heat absorption by the grills (in between the oors of a multi storey high facade) was considered. In the cases in which shading devices are applied this mistake is decreased since
163
the grills are shaded (mostly when the shading devices are placed close to the external pane). In the cases, however, when no shading devices applied (mostly during winter), the absorption by the grills result in an increase of the air temperature inside the cavity.
164
In this chapter the results of the simulations are presented and discussed in three parts: reference building single skin glazed alternatives double skin glazed alternatives In the rst Section (results from the reference building alternatives) the parameters varied are the building orientation, the control set points and the plan type. The output of the simulations concerns the energy use, the mean air temperatures, the directed operative temperatures and the thermal comfort indices (PMV and PPD). The results are studied and discussed on both a building and a zone level. In the second Section the glazing and shading device type are varied for building alternatives of 60% and 100% window to external wall area ratios. The simulations were carried out for both open plan and cell type ofce buildings for different control set points. The studied parameters were the same as in the reference building and the simulations were carried out on both a building and a zone level. The third Section is divided into three parts: (a) simulations of double skin faades on a component level for steady state boundary conditions, (b) all year round simulations on a zone level and (c) all year round simulations on a building level with integrated double skin faades. The main aim of the rst part (pilot study) was to study the possibilities and limitations of different double skin faade constructions, while reducing the amount of alternatives to be further simulated. The second part focuses on the proper integration of double skin faades regarding energy use and thermal comfort issues. Several alternatives were simulated varying the faade mode (naturally, mechanically and hybrid ventilated double faades and airow windows) and the glazing and shading device type used. In the third part double skin faade alternatives were selectively simulated, in order to provide output values for purposes of comparison (especially with the single skin faade glazed building alternatives).
165
6.1
6.1.1
Reference building
Energy use
As stated in Subsection 4.1.1, 18 building alternatives were generated with 30% window to external wall area ratio (2 plan types, 3 orientations and 3 control set points). The energy use for each alternative is presented in Appendix L, while the results are discussed below.
6.1.1.1 Impact of oor plan type

For the reference building (identical long and short faades), the buildings orientation does not really inuence its energy use, neither for the cell nor the open plan type (as described in Subsection 6.1.1.2). Thus, in order to decrease the number of comparisons, an average energy use was assumed for the 3 building orientations. Due to the higher internal loads of the open plan, the energy use for heating is slightly lower than for the cell type (see Figure 6.1); the open plan has a higher occupant density and different set points and power for lights used (6 W/m2 for the corridors of the cell type and 12 W/m2 for all the open plan space), as described in Subsection 5.1. For the same reason, the cooling demand of the building and the server rooms is higher for the open plan (the energy demand for the operation and cooling of the server rooms is proportional to the number of occupants (Jensen, 2003)). As described in Subsection 5.1.7, for the normal set points (cell type) the lights were switched on, in order to ensure a minimum level of 500 lux at the workplace, while for the open plan the lights were always switched on (since IDA ICE 3.0 can not handle any set point for articial lighting in the non rectangular zones of the open plan type). Additionally, power of 12 W/m2 was assumed for the working spaces (ofces and meeting rooms for the cell type and the whole space of the open plan), while power of 6 W/m2 was assumed for the corridor of the cell type. As a result, the energy use for lighting the open plan is 5 kWh/m2a higher; most of it due to the different installed power, since the impact of lighting control set points is limited at least for the reference (30% window to external wall area ratio) case. Although the occupancy level of the open plan is higher and one could assume that the energy use for the equipment would be higher, the larger number of meeting rooms of the open plan reduces the number of printers and faxes (see Subsection 5.1.9), bringing the internal loads (equipment) of the two layouts to almost the same level.
166
140 130 120 110

123 127
Energy use (kWh/ma)
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
11 17 14 19 22 21 8 6 10 13 5 6 52 45
Space heating
Cooling
Lighting
Equipment
Pumps, fans
Server rooms
Cooling server rooms
Total
SS-30%-Cell-average-normal
SS-30%-Open-average-normal
Figure 6.1
Impact of plan type on the energy use of the reference building (normal control set points).
In Figure 6.2, the difference in energy use for heating, cooling and lighting is compared between the two plan types for the three control set points. The energy use for heating the cell type ofce building (with strict set points) is 5.6 kWh/m2a (10%) higher than for the open plan one. The increase in energy use for the normal and poor control is 7.4 kWh/m2a (14%) and 8.9 kWh/m2a (19%) respectively. The positive value in Figure 6.2 shows higher energy use for the cell plan. As expected, in all the cases the energy use for heating is higher for the cell type due to the lower internal gains. On the contrary, the cooling demand of the open plan type is much higher (42%, 56%, and 48%). It can be concluded that the higher internal loads of the open plan result in more useful heat that can be stored in the cases with wider temperature variation (such as in poor set points); for the same reason the effect is the opposite for the cooling demand. At this point the difference in the ventilation strategy of the two plan types should be noted. As described in Subsection 5.1.8, the air supplied to the ofces (cell type) passes through the doors (or leaks) to the corridor from where it is extracted, while for the open plan type the air is supplied and exhausted from the same zone. Since in the cell type ofce building there are no cooling beams installed in the corridor, the air temperature in the corridor at times rises above the upper control set point limit. This may cause an increase in the air temperature in the corridors, but since there are no occupants (used as sensors) placed in that zone, no discomfort is considered. On the other hand, for the open plan type building, the
167
whole oor area is considered as working area and thus cooled according to the upper set point temperature limit. The corridor of the cell type plan is almost 44% of the total oor area and the rated input per unit (light) is 6 W/m2 instead of 12 W/m2 (open plan and working spaces of cell plan). For the strict set points the lights are assumed switched on during the working hours for both the cell and open plan types. However, the increased demand for proper lighting of the working area results in a 32% increase in energy use. For the normal and poor set points this difference increases, up to 35% and 36% respectively, due to the light control set points (500 lux and 300 lux) applied for the ofces and meeting rooms of the cell plan. Finally, there is a 24% higher energy demand for the operation and cooling of the server rooms (regardless of the set point) for the open plan, due to the increased number of occupants (the assumed energy use is 175 kWh/am2 per occupant for operating the server rooms and 87.5 kWh/am2 per occupant for cooling the server rooms (Jensen, 2003)). The higher internal gains of the open plan type result in 6% higher total energy use for the strict set point and in 3% increase for the normal one. For the poor set point the cell plan uses slightly less energy as shown in Figure 6.2. As expected, the stricter the set points, the higher the impact of the plan type on the total energy use.
10 9 8,9 7,4 5,6
Energy difference between cell and open plan (kWh/ma)
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10
0,5
-3,1 -4,0 -4,6 -6,2 -8,3 -7,6 -5,0 -5,1
Energy use for heating
Energy use for cooling
Energy use for lighting
Total energy use
Strict control set points
Normal control set points
Poor control set points
Figure 6.2
Impact of plan type on the energy use of the reference building.
168
6.1.1.2 Impact of orientation

As pointed out above, the orientation has a very small (negligible) impact on the energy use for the reference building. The main reason is that the two long and two short facades are identical (including the shading devices used). If the faades were different, there would of course have been an impact of orientation.
6.1.1.3 Impact of control set points

For the cell type ofce building the energy use for heating decreases by 7% for the normal and by 16% for the poor temperature set points (compared with the strict one) as shown in Figure 6.3. For the open plan type the heating demand decreases by 11% and 24%. Although the lower temperature limit is the same for the strict and normal control set points (22C), the strict set points reduce the capacity for storing heat (thermal mass), increasing the heating demand. For the normal control set points the maximum permissible air temperature is 24.5C, while for the strict and poor set points it is 23C and 26C respectively. The cooling demand for the normal (compared with the strict) set point is 45% lower for the cell plan and 40% lower for the open plan type. The decrease for the poor type is 65% and 64% respectively.
70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0
65 64
Energy difference (%)
45 40
24 21 16 11 7 2 3 0 0 10 17 12
Space heating
Cooling
Lighting
Total
Strict - normal (cell plan) Strict - normal (open plan)
Strict - poor (cell plan) Strict - poor (open plan)
Figure 6.3
Impact of control set points on the energy use of the reference building.
169
The minimum limit of 500 and 300 lux applied for the normal and poor set points results in an almost negligible decrease in energy use for lighting, 2% and 3% for the two control set points for the cell type plan. The impact of different set points on the energy use for lighting is calculated for the whole cell type building, although the set points are applied only to the working space. Thus, out of 14.7 kWh/am2 (total energy use for the strict control) 10.5 kWh/am2 (72%) are used in the working areas and 4.2 kWh/m2a (28%) in the common spaces. For the normal set points the energy decrease (0.3 kWh/am2) refers only to the working areas, so the energy use is reduced for this control to 10.2 kWh/am2, and to 10 kWh/am2 for the poor set points. For the open plan type, the lights were assumed switched on during the working hours for all the three types of control set points, thus the energy use remains the same. It can be concluded that the three different lighting strategies (for the reference building alternatives) result in small differences in energy use for lighting. Finally, as can be expected, the total energy use is lower for alternatives with less strict temperature control set points. The total energy use of the cell type reference building decreases by 10% for the normal and by 17% for the poor set point, compared with the strict control set points. For the open plan type, the decrease is 12% and 21% respectively.
6.1.2
The mean air temperatures and thermal comfort indices are studied, in order to evaluate the indoor climate of the different building alternatives. In general, monthly average values, as presented below, are good indicators of the indoor climate building performance but do not provide any information about the variation over the year in individual zones. Thus, in this section monthly average air temperatures and thermal comfort indices were studied on a building level, while more detailed discussion focusing on specic zones is carried out in Subsection 6.1.3.
6.1.2.1 Weighted average mean air temperatures

As can be expected, control set points have a larger inuence on average mean air temperatures of the working area of the reference building, compared with the orientation and plan type. As shown in Figure 6.4, the mean air temperature difference between the cell and open plan type of the reference building is very small for strict set points and it increases as the permissible air temperature variation (normal and poor set points)
170
increases. As expected, the open plan type is warmer due to the higher internal loads.
Weighted average mean air temperature (C)
26,5 26,0 25,5 25,0 24,5 24,0 23,5 23,0 22,5 22,0
March April May February August July November September October January June December
SS-30%-Cell-average-strict
SS-30%-Open-average-strict
SS-30%-Cell-average-poor
SS-30%-Open-average-poor
Figure 6.4
Weighted average mean air temperatures for the working area of the reference building.
For the normal control set point the maximum permissible air temperature (24.5C) results in higher air temperature differences during February (0.6 C) while the poor set point (26C) results in higher differences during April (1.4C). The impact of orientation on the (weighted average) mean air temperatures of the building is almost negligible (see Figure 6.5), due to the identical short and long faades and the moderate window areas; further studies, however, are carried out, in order to study the impact of orientation on specic zones.
171
26,0 25,5 25,0 24,5 24,0 23,5 23,0 22,5 22,0

SS-30%-Cell-NS-poor
SS-30%-Cell-NS45-poor
SS-30%-Cell-EW-poor
Figure 6.5
Impact of the orientation on the weighted average temperature (cell type, poor control set points).
Although the diagrams above are a good indicator of the average temperature variation during the year, they do not provide any information concerning the number of hours with a certain air temperature. Therefore, the number of hours between certain (weighted) average mean air temperatures for the working space of the reference building (for the cell and open plan and for the three control set points) is presented below. The open plan ofce building (normal control set point) is warmer than the cell type one as shown in Figure 6.6. The number of hours close to the upper permissible temperature limit is as high as 45% for the cell and 70% for the open plan type, increasing the risk of potential overheating.
172
900 850 800 750 700 650 600 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
21.6 - 21.7 21.8 - 21.9 22.0 - 22.1 22.2 - 22.3 22.4 - 22.5 22.6 - 22.7 22.8 - 22.9 23.0 - 23.1 23.2 - 23.3 23.4 - 23.5 23.6 - 23.7 23.8 - 23.9 24.0 - 24.1 24.2 - 24.3 24.4 - 24.5 24.6 - 24.7 24.8 - 24.9
Number of working hours
Weighted average mean air temperature (C) SS-30%-Open-average-normal SS-30%-Cell-average-normal
Figure 6.6
Number of working hours in a year with certain average weighted air temperatures for the reference building (normal set points).
The number of hours between certain air temperatures for the three control set points of the cell type ofce plan is shown in the Figure 6.7. As can be noticed the temperature variation increases for poorer set points. For the poor set points only 18% of the working hours are close to the upper limit for the cell and 44% for the open plan type.
950 900 850 800 750 700 650 600 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
21.1 - 21.2 21.3 - 21.4 21.5 - 21.6 21.7 - 21.8 21.9 - 22.0 22.1 - 22.2 22.3 - 22.4 22.5 - 22.6 22.7 - 22.8 22.9 - 23.0 23.1 - 23.2 23.3 - 23.4 23.5 - 23.6 23.7 - 23.8 23.9 - 24.0 24.1 - 24.2 24.3 - 24.4 24.5 - 24.6 24.7 - 24.8 24.9 - 25.0 25.1 - 25.2 25.3 - 25.5 25.5 - 25.6 25.7 - 25.8 25.9 - 26.0 26.1 - 26.2

Figure 6.7
Number of working hours in a year with a certain average weighted air temperatures for the reference building (normal set points, cell plan).
173
6.1.2.2 Perception of thermal comfort

The PMV and PPD values were calculated differently for the cell and open plan type ofce buildings. Due to the non rectangular geometry of the zones (of the open plan type), the simulations were simplied (energy model of IDA ICE 3.0). Therefore, an average radiant temperature of the external walls was assumed, diminishing the importance of occupants position, when the operative temperature is calculated. This can be considered an acceptable assumption, since for the open plan type the distance of the occupants the surrounding walls is larger. For the simulations of the cell type building the position of the occupants is important, since the climate model used (in IDA ICE 3.0) takes into account the radiant temperature of each surface (glazed area and opaque wall) of the faade. Impact of ofce layout on the perception of thermal comfort For the strict control set points the weighted average PMV varies form -0.58 to -0.05 for the cell and from -0.51 to 0 for the open plan type as shown in Figure 6.8. As expected, due to the higher internal loads the open plan is slightly warmer than the cell type. However, the average difference in the weighted average PMV values for the two plan types is very small (less than 0.1) throughout the year.
0 -0,1
Weighted average PMV
-0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6

Figure 6.8
Weighted average PMV for strict set points of the reference building.
174
The number of working hours for certain average PPD values for strict set points of the reference building is shown in Figure 6.9. According to ISO Standard 7730 (1984) PPD values of 10% (or less) for 90% of the (working) time can ensure a very good thermal environment. For the cell type an average PPD of 10% or less corresponds to 66% of the working hours, while for the open plan the same PPD corresponds to 78%. For the cell type a maximum average PPD of 15% corresponds to 93% and for the open plan to 95% of the working hours. PMV values closer to zero (open plan type) mean lower PPD values and improved thermal conditions.
900 850 800 750 700 650 600 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
10-12% 12-14% 14-16% 16-18% 18-20% 20-22% 22-24% 24-26% 8-10% 0-2% 2-4% 4-6% 6-8%
Weighted average PPD SS-30%-Open-average-strict SS-30%-Cell-average-strict
Figure 6.9
Number of working hours for certain average PPD for strict set points of the reference building.
For the normal control set points, the weighted average PMV of the open plan varies between -0.4 and +0.4, while for the cell type it varies between -0.55 and +0.3, as shown in Figure 6.10. The difference in the weighted average PMV values between the two plan types is slightly higher during the winter. The tendency can be explained by the lower occupancy during the summer months. For the normal control set points the lower average PPD values of the open plan imply a better indoor thermal environment, as shown in Figure 6.11. For the cell type a maximum average PPD of 10% corresponds to 73% of the working hours, while for open plan the same PPD corresponds to 82%. For the cell type an average PPD of 15% (or less) corresponds to 93% and for the open plan to 96% of the working hours. The yearly weighted average PMV difference is 0.13.
175
0,4 0,3 0,2
0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6

March April May February August July November
22-24%
September
October
January
June
Figure 6.10
Weighted average PMV for normal set points of the reference building.
800 750 700 650 600 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
10-12% 12-14% 14-16% 16-18% 18-20% 20-22% 24-26% 8-10% 0-2% 2-4% 4-6% 6-8%
Weighted average PPD SS-30%-Cell-average-normal
Figure 6.11
Number of working hours for certain average PPD for normal set points of the reference building.
The weighted average PMV values for the poor control set points vary between -0.6 and +0.72 for the open plan and between -0.77 and +0.6 for the cell type as shown in Figure 6.12. The difference in the PMV values between the two interior types increases even more during the winter. The
176
December
yearly weighted average PMV difference is 0.23, which is higher than for the strict and normal set points. This can be explained by the wider air temperature variation allowed by the poor set points. For the poor control set points, the weighted average PMV of the open plan results in slightly lower PPD values as shown in Figure 6.13. For the cell type an average PPD of 10% corresponds to 39% of the working hours, while for open plan the same PPD corresponds to 43%. For both the cell and open plan types an average of 15% PPD corresponds to 63% of the working hours.
0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7 -0,8
Figure 6.12
Weighted average PMV for poor set points of the reference building.
177
400 350
300 250 200 150 100 50 0

10-12% 12-14% 14-16% 16-18% 18-20% 20-22% 22-24% 24-26% 26-28% 28-30% 30-32% 32-34% 34-36% 8-10% 0-2% 2-4% 4-6% 6-8%
Weighted average PPD SS-30%-Open-average-strict SS-30%-Cell-average-strict
Figure 6.13
Number of working hours for certain average PPD for poor set points of the reference building.
Impact of control set points on the perception of thermal comfort The impact of the different control set points on the perception of the thermal environment is presented in Figures 6.14 and 6.15 (cell type). From January until May and from the middle of September to the end of December the normal set points result in a more neutral thermal environment, since the weighted average PMV values are closer to zero. From the end of May until the beginning of September, however, the strict set points ensure an indoor air temperature that improves the perception of comfort for the occupants. Both controls are very close to the recommendations of ISO Standard 7730 (1984), since the PMV hardly exceeds the limits of 0.5. For the poor control set points, however, the PMV varies from -0.8 to +0.6, exceeding the comfort levels. Lower cooling and higher heating air temperature set points (as in normal or strict set points) are preferable for providing an acceptable thermal environment. For the strict set points a maximum average PPD of 10% corresponds to 66% of the working hours, while for the normal and poor ones the same PPD corresponds to 73% and 40% respectively. The same values for maximum average PPD of 15% correspond to 93%, 93% and 63% of the working hours for the three set points.
178
0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7 -0,8
March April May February August July November
30-32% 32-34%
September
October
January
June
Figure 6.14
Weighted average PMV for the cell type plan of the reference building.
650 600 550
500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0

20-22% 10-12% 12-14% 14-16% 16-18% 18-20% 22-24% 24-26% 26-28% 28-30% 34-36% 8-10% 0-2% 2-4% 4-6% 6-8%
Weighted average PPD

Figure 6.15
Number of working hours for certain average PPD for cell plan (reference building).
The impact of strict, normal and poor control set points on the perception of thermal comfort for the open plan type is presented in Figures 6.16 and 6.17. As already stated, due to the higher internal loads in the open plan the weighted average PMV values slightly increase. From January until the beginning of May and from the middle of September to the
179
December
end of December the normal set points provide a more neutral thermal environment. From May till the beginning of September the PMV values of the normal set points increase, causing slight discomfort. The weighted average PMV of the normal control set points varies between 0.4, while those for the strict set points vary between -0.5 and 0. For the poor control the variation is from -0.6 to +0.75, exceeding the comfort levels (ISO Standard 7730, 1984). For the strict set points a weighted average PPD of 10% corresponds to 78% of the working hours while for the normal and poor set points the same average corresponds to 82% and 43% respectively. The same values for a weighted average PPD of 15% (or less) correspond to 95%, 96% and 63% of the working hours.
0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7 -0,8
September November December January February June July October March April May August
Figure 6.16
Weighted average PMV for the open type plan of the reference building.
180
900 850 800 750 700 650 600 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
10-12% 12-14% 14-16% 16-18% 18-20% 20-22% 22-24% 24-26% 26-28% 28-30% 30-32% 32-34% 8-10% 0-2% 2-4% 4-6% 6-8%
Number of hours

Figure 6.17
Number of working hours for certain average PPD for open plan (reference building).
From the above it can be concluded that a narrow variation in PMV values can be achieved by strict temperature set points, which will however result in an increased energy use. The selection of correct upper and lower temperature limits is essential for the provision of an improved thermal environment, in order to avoid creating too cold or too warm thermal conditions. In order to ensure that the optimal upper and lower temperature limits are selected, parameters such as internal loads, thermal mass, etc, should be considered. The stricter set points require more attention to these limits.
6.1.3
The mean air temperature, the directed operative temperature and thermal comfort indices on a zone level for the reference building are studied. North, east, south and west oriented zones were considered for the three control set points. The zones studied are all the occupied ones of the cell type ofce building (i.e. double and single ofce rooms, meeting rooms and corner ofce rooms). The mean air temperatures were studied, in order to investigate their variation within the limits dened by the set points. The number of hours with certain directed operative temperatures works as a link between the mean air temperatures and the way the occupants perceive their thermal environment. Finally the monthly average weighted
181
PMV values describe whether the occupants feel warm or cold during the year, while the average PPD values are a quantitive way of evaluating the quality of thermal environment.
6.1.3.1 Mean air temperatures and potential overheating problem

The window to external wall area ratio of the reference building is 30% as described in Subsection 5.1.1. However, the meeting rooms are the only zones that have a higher glazing area than the rest of the zones (65% window to external wall area ratio, while this is 30% is for the other zones). In order to study the impact of orientation on the mean air temperatures, the meeting rooms were selected. As shown in Figure 6.18 there is a peak for the number of working hours with air temperatures close to the upper permissible limit, which is very little dependent on the orientation. The results are similar for zones with 30% window to external wall area ratio.
500 450
400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0

21.7 - 21.8 21.9 - 22.0 22.1 - 22.2 22.3 - 22.4 22.5 - 22.6 22.7 - 22.8 22.9 - 23.0 23.1 - 23.2 23.3 - 23.4 23.5 - 23.6 23.7 - 23.8 23.9 - 24.0 24.1 - 24.2 24.3 - 24.4 24.5 - 24.6
Mean air temperature (C)

Meeting room-North
Meeting room-East
Meeting room-South
Meeting room-West
Figure 6.18
Working hours with certain mean air temperatures for the meting room (reference building, cell type plan, and normal control set points), which has 65% window to external wall area ratio.
Due to the large peak number of working hours with air temperatures close to the upper permissible mean air temperature limit, the potential overheating problem was studied. This could have been studied by calculating the cooling load for each zone; since, however, the output (regarding energy use) from IDA ICE 3.0 is available only on a building level and
182
simulation of individual zones would have been far too time consuming, an alternative way had to be found. Thus, the number of hours close to the upper permissible temperature limit (hours with cooling demand, in order to keep the air temperature within the permissible limits) was calculated instead. This indicator is not precise but in a comparative study it can show the risk of overheating problems for different orientations, glazed areas, control set points and internal loads for each zone type (Figure 6.19). As expected, the south orientated zones are slightly warmer. Due to the relatively high internal gains and the low upper air temperature limit of 23C (strict set points), the single and double ofces have similar number of hours with cooling demand. Mainly due to the lower internal gains (lower occupant density), the corner ofce reaches the temperature limit of 23C for fewer hours as shown in Figure 6.19. The different occupancy of the meeting rooms (occupied only 4 instead of 8 hours per day) makes the comparison of this zone type with the rest useless. However, useful conclusions can be drawn, when the impact of orientation on a zone with larger glazing area (such as the meeting rooms with window area to room volume ratio of 0.67 m2/m3) and the rest of the zones (e.g. single and double ofce room with window area to room volume ratio of 0.258 m2/m3 and 0255 m2/m3 respectively) are compared. As shown in Figure 6.19, the peak of the curve in the south oriented faade of the meeting room is slightly larger than for the other zones. The high internal gains of the single and double ofce rooms, combined with the low upper temperature limit, result in a large number of hours with cooling demand, decreasing the effect of the orientation (for the single room, the difference between the north and south oriented single ofce is 3% and for the double ofce 1%). The lower internal gains of the corner room and the larger glass area of the meeting rooms, however, result in a somewhat larger difference in the number of hours when cooling might be needed. Regardless of the zone type, the south orientation is the warmest, and the north orientation is the one with the lowest cooling demand, as expected.
183
Number of working hours between 23.9 and 23.1C
2000 1800 1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 North East South West
751 632 637 656 1156 1751 1719 1742 1737 1769 1778 1352 1235 1257 1753 1724
Double room
Single room
Meeting room
Corner room
Figure 6.19
Potential overheating problem of the reference building for the strict control set points. The meeting room has 65% window to external wall area ratio and the ofces 30%.
When normal set points (with upper air temperature limit 24.5C) are applied, the number of hours with potential cooling demand drops dramatically, regardless of the type of zone (as shown in Figure 6.20). When Figures 6.19 and 6.20 are compared it can be seen that for strict set points the curves for the single and double ofces are fairly similar, while for the normal ones, the curve of the single ofce zone is somewhat lower than the double one. This means that narrow temperature variations with lower upper temperature limits diminish the impact of internal loads on the cooling demand (mostly in zones that are already quite densely occupied). Another interesting conclusion that can be drawn when these two graphs are compared is that strict set points reduce the impact of orientation on the cooling mainly in densely occupied zones or in zones with larger glazed areas, such as meeting rooms (since in both cases the temperature could easily rise up to 23C).
184
Number of working hours between 24.4 and 24.6C
1200 1100 1000 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 North East
392 511 457 756 680 930 1075 932
1132 1036 978 880
692 557
648
433
South
West
Double room
Single room
Meeting room
Corner room
Figure 6.20
Potential overheating problem of the reference building for the normal control set points. The meeting room has 65% window to external wall area ratio and the ofces 30%.
For the poor set points the number of hours when cooling is used drops dramatically, mainly due to the higher upper temperature limit (26C), as shown in Figure 6.21. The increased glass area of the meeting room, however, keeps the values relatively high, compared with the other zone types. This means that the impact of poor set points on cooling demand is smaller for zones with larger glass areas (regardless of the internal loads of the zone). The curve type of the ofces has changed for this set point, since the number of hours with air temperatures up to 26C in the south facing ofces is lower than in the east facing ones (due to the occupants schedule and the upper temperature limit).
185
Number of working hours between 25.9C and 26.1C
550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
North East South West
114 266 267 274 316 277 230 292 244 386 492 467 470 446 423 427
Double room
Single room
Meeting room
Corner room
Figure 6.21. Potential overheating problem of the reference building for the poor control set points. The meeting room has 65% window to external wall area ratio and the ofces 30%.
6.1.3.2 Directed operative temperatures

The directed operative temperatures for different zones (double, corner ofce and meeting room), control set points and orientations are studied for the different zones of the reference building, in order to nd their impact on the occupants comfort. The occupants are placed 1 m from the faade in all the zones. The corner ofces have two external walls, one with window and one opaque. The one denoted by capital letters (see Figure 6.22) refers to the orientation where the window is placed; the other one refers to the opaque wall. For the strict control set points (22C-23C) the directed operative temperature varies from 21.5C to 25C for the double and corner ofces and from 20C to 28C for the meeting rooms as shown in Figure 6.22 (south orientation). As expected, the variation in the directed operative temperature in the meeting room (due to the larger window area) is larger than in the rest of the zones. It can be noticed that although the orientation has limited impact on the mean air temperatures, the directed operative temperatures vary considerably. This can be explained by the nature of the set points used (based on mean air and not operative temperatures) and also by the fact that solar gains vary considerably with the orientation.
186
225 200
175 150 125 100 75 50 25 0

20.2 - 20.3 20.5 - 20.6 20.8 - 20.9 21.1 - 21.2 21.4 - 21.5 21.7 - 21.8 22.0 - 22.1 22.3 - 22.4 22.6 - 22.7 22.9 - 23.0 23.2 - 23.3 23.5 - 23.6 23.8 - 23.9 24.1 - 24.2 24.4 - 24.5 24.7 - 24.8 25.0 - 25.1 25.3 - 25.4 25.6 - 25.7 25.9 - 26.0 26.2 - 26.3 26.5 - 26.6 26.8 - 26.9 27.1 - 27.2 27.4 - 27.5 27.7 - 27.8 -20.1
Directed oprerative temperature (C) Operative temperature (C)

Double-South
Meeting room-South
Corner SOUTH-West
Figure 6.22
Number of working hours between certain directed operative temperatures for south oriented zones for the reference building (strict control set points). The lower case letters refer to the opaque wall. The meeting room has 65% window to external wall area ratio and the ofces 30%.
In Figure 6.23 a diagram of the number of hours with certain directed operative temperatures is presented for meeting rooms with strict control set points for the north and south orientations. The results for the east and west facing meeting rooms are quite similar and they vary somewhere in between the north and south oriented alternatives (maximum temperature 26.5C and 27C respectively). The north facing meeting room is cooler (maximum directed operative temperature 25.4C), while the directed operative temperature of that facing south reaches 28C. The tendencies for the other zones are similar, but somewhat lower due to the smaller glazing areas used. The reason for selecting the meeting rooms for this comparison is that due to the larger glazed area (65% instead of 30% for the rest of the zones) the tendencies are more evident.
187
45 40
35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0
20.2 - 20.3 20.5 - 20.6 20.8 - 20.9 21.1 - 21.2 21.4 - 21.5 21.7 - 21.8 22.0 - 22.1 22.3 - 22.4 22.6 - 22.7 22.9 - 23.0 23.2 - 23.3 23.5 - 23.6 23.8 - 23.9 24.1 - 24.2 24.4 - 24.5 24.7 - 24.8 25.0 - 25.1 25.3 - 25.4 25.6 - 25.7 25.9 - 26.0 26.2 - 26.3 26.5 - 26.6 26.8 - 26.9 27.1 - 27.2 27.4 - 27.5 27.7 - 27.8 -20.1

Meeting room-North
Meeting room-South
Figure 6.23
Number of working hours between certain directed operative temperatures for the 65% (reference) glazed meeting room (strict control set points). The meeting room has 65% window to external wall area ratio.
In order to study the impact of temperature set points on the directed operative temperatures, the north and south single ofces are compared, as shown in Figure 6.24. Since the lower permissible air temperature limit for both cases is the same (22C), the minimum directed operative temperature is the same. For the north orientation the maximum directed operative temperature reaches 24C for the strict set points and 25.4C for the normal ones. For the south orientation the temperature reaches 25C and 26.4C respectively. For both set points the directed operative temperature is 1C higher than the permissible air temperature limit for the north orientation and 2C higher for the south orientation.
188
250 225
200 175 150 125 100 75 50 25 0

21.7 - 21.8 21.9 - 22.0 22.1 - 22.2 22.3 - 22.4 22.5 - 22.6 22.7 - 22.8 22.9 - 23.0 23.1 - 23.2 23.3 - 23.4 23.5 - 23.6 23.7 - 23.8 23.9 - 24.0 24.1 - 24.2 24.3 - 24.4 24.5 - 24.6 24.7 - 24.8 24.9 - 25.0 25.1 - 25.2 25.3 - 25.4 25.5 - 25.6 25.7 - 25.8 25.9 - 26.0 26.1 - 26.2
Operative temperature (C) Directed oprerative temperature (C)

Strict-North
Strict-South
Normal-North
Normal-South
Figure 6.24
Impact of control set points on directed operative temperature in north and south oriented single ofces of the reference building. The ofces have 30% window to external wall area ratio.
A comparison of the number of working hours with certain directed operative temperatures (Figure 6.25) is carried out for the north facing single ofces and the meeting rooms (strict and normal control). For the meeting rooms, the large impact of the glass area on the directed operative temperatures is evident. For the single ofces the difference (between maximum permissible air and directed operative temperature) is 1C (regardless of the set point), while for the meeting rooms it is 2.5C for the strict and 3C for the normal set points. The impact of the glass area on the directed temperature is larger for the south oriented zones.
189
250 225
200 175 150 125 100 75 50 25 0

20.2 - 20.3 20.5 - 20.6 20.8 - 20.9 21.1 - 21.2 21.4 - 21.5 21.7 - 21.8 22.0 - 22.1 22.3 - 22.4 22.6 - 22.7 22.9 - 23.0 23.2 - 23.3 23.5 - 23.6 23.8 - 23.9 24.1 - 24.2 24.4 - 24.5 24.7 - 24.8 25.0 - 25.1 25.3 - 25.4 25.6 - 25.7 25.9 - 26.0 26.2 - 26.3 26.5 - 26.6 26.8 - 26.9 27.1 - 27.2 27.4 - 27.5 27.7 - 27.8 -20.1

Meeting room-Strict
Meeting room-Normal
Single office-Strict
Single office-Normal
Figure 6.25
Impact of control set points on directed operative temperature in single ofces and meeting rooms for the reference building (north orientation, 3rd alternative). The meeting room has 65% window to external wall area ratio and the ofces 30%.

The thermal comfort indices (PMV and PPD) for zones with different orientations and set points are studied in this Section. As stated above, the occupants were placed 1m from the external wall (window). For strict temperature set points the PMV and PPD values are quite similar for the simulated alternatives. The monthly average PMV for the south oriented zones is always below 0 for the ofces, while for the meeting rooms (higher glazing area) it is positive from early May to late September (as presented in Figure 6.26). Clearly, the corner ofce room is the one with the lower PMV values, due to the lower internal gains and higher external wall area to room volume ratio.
190
0,2 0,1 0,0
Monthly average PMV
-0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7

Double office
Single office
Meeting room
Corner office
Figure 6.26
Monthly average PMV for south oriented zones of the reference building with strict set points. The meeting room has 65% window to external wall area ratio and the ofces 30%.
For the north oriented zones, the meeting room is slightly colder than the single and double ofces during winter (while for the south oriented ones, it was warmer almost throughout the year) as shown in Figure 6.27. The monthly average PMV values for the ofces do not change much, when the north and south oriented faades are compared, due to the strict set points and the small (compared at least with the meeting rooms) glazed area; the difference in the PMV values is larger, however, for the meeting rooms.
191
0,2 0,1 0,0
Monthly average PMV
-0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7

Double office
Single office
Meeting room
Corner office
Figure 6.27
Monthly average PMV for north oriented zones of the reference building with normal set point. The meeting room has 65% window to external wall area ratio and the ofces 30%.
Regardless of the orientation it appears that the strict temperature set point (22C - 23C) is quite low for the cell type reference building, since the PMV values exceed the recommended limit of -0.5 (ISO Standard 7730, 1984) during winter, while during summer the monthly average PMV values do not exceed zero. The lower PMV values during July (compared with June and August) are due to the lower internal gains (75% of the occupants are working during June and August and 50% during July) and not to lower outdoor temperatures. In Figure 6.28 a diagram of the number of hours with certain PPD for north facing zones is presented. The single and double ofces perform similarly, while the corner ofce results in higher PPD values due to the lower internal loads and the larger external wall area. The PPD values of the meeting room have a larger spread due to the larger glazing area. It has to be noted that in this case the total amount of working hours is smaller, since the meeting rooms are occupied only 50% of the time.
192
600 550 500
450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0

10-12% 12-14% 14-16% 16-18% 18-20% 20-22% 22-24% 24-26% 26-28% 8-10% 0-2% 2-4% 4-6% 6-8%
PPD
Double office
Single office
Meeting room
Corner office
Figure 6.28
Number of working hours with certain PPD for north facing zones of the reference building with strict set points. The meeting room has 65% window to external wall area ratio and the ofces 30%.
The impact of orientation on the PPD is limited for the strict set points due to the narrow permissible air temperature variation (as with PMV values). In Figure 6.29 the percentage of working hours with PPD of 10% and 15% (or lower) is presented. Regardless of the orientation, the corner ofce has the lowest PPD values. The single and double ofces perform quite well, while the south oriented meeting room has similar values for PPD of 10% (or less). Taking into account the low PMV values discussed earlier and the PPD values presented below, it is obvious that the low upper temperature limit (e.g.23C) combined with the narrow permissible temperature variations of the strict set points results in a cold thermal environment all year round (PMV values between -0.7 and 0). This is evident for the corner zones, in which the low internal gains (and thus lower air temperatures) reduce drastically the number of working hours with PPD values of 10 and 15%. The larger glazing area of the south oriented meeting room, however, increases the operative temperatures and results in a warmer thermal environment, more acceptable to the occupants (due to the non-optimal strict set point).
193
100 90 80
92 95 79 66 67 60 51 69 63 54 57 72 72 65 67 63 53 75
93 96 82 77
95 96 89 82
93 95 81 77
% of working hours
70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
63
66
North
East
South
West
North
East
South
West
PPD of 10%
PPD of 15%
Double office
Single office
Meeting room
Corner office
Figure 6.29
% of working hours with PPD of 10% and 15% (or less) for zones with strict control set points (reference building). The meeting room has 65% window to external wall area ratio and the ofces 30%.
For the normal control set points the monthly average PMV values of the south oriented zones are shown in Figure 6.30. The meeting room appears to be warmer (compared with the single and double ofces) between the middle of March and the middle of October. The monthly average PMV values in this case vary between -0.65 and +0.53, while for the same case (but for strict set points) they vary between -0.65 and +0.15. For the other zones the monthly average PMV values exceed zero (while for the strict set points they are negative all year round, see Figure 6.26) from May to September. During the winter months the PMV for the normal set points is similar to that for the strict set points, since the lower permissible temperature limit of 22C is kept the same.
194
0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3
Monthly average PMV
0,2 0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7
Double office
Single office
Meeting room
Corner office
Figure 6.30
Monthly average PMV for south oriented zones of the reference building with normal set points. The meeting room has 65% window to external wall area ratio and the ofces 30%.
For the north oriented zones the monthly PMV values are presented in Figure 6.31. The meeting room is once more warmer than the single and double ofces between April and September and all year round compared with the corner ofce. The PMV in this case varies between -0.7 and +0.5, while for the same case (but for strict set points) the PMV is between -0.7 and +0.1.
195
0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7
Monthly average PMV
Double office
Single office
Meeting room
Corner office
Figure 6.31
Monthly average PMV for north oriented zones of the reference building with normal set points. The meeting room has 65% window to external wall area ratio and the ofces 30%.
The large glazing area of the meeting rooms results in a wide variation in the monthly average PMV values. However, it is only the south oriented meeting room that slightly exceeds the recommended PMV limit of +0.5 (ISO Standard 7730, 1984). The effect of the normal set points on the rest of the zones is similar (but on a lower scale). The number of working hours with PPD of 10% and 15% (or less) is presented in Figure 6.32. When Figures 6.29 and 6.32 are compared, it can be noticed that the number of hours with PPD of 15% or less is similar for normal and strict set points, regardless of the zone type and the orientation. The number of hours with PPD of 10% or less, however, is larger for the normal control cases mostly for the ofces (single, double and corner with 30% window area) for all the orientations i.e. the thermal comfort is better. This shows that the choice of a narrow variation in permisible air temperature for zones with small window to external wall area ratios requires very careful selection of the higher and lower limits; in this case the upper air temperature limit for the strict set points was selected lower than it should have been, resulting in higher discomfort of the occupants (due to the low PMV values). Thus, a narrow air temperature set point is not necessarily recommended, since it is quite difcult to know precisely a priori the parameters that determine the selection of upper and lower air temperature limits. A comparison of the number of working hours with PPD lower than 10% for zones with large window to external wall area
196
ratios (Figures 6.29 and 6.32), however, shows that strict set points are essential, in order to lower the PPD values (since the difference between the directed operative temperatures and the air temperatures increases regardless of the zone type and the orientation). In this case the lower upper air temperature limit ensures the low PPD values.
100 90 80
75 71 77 80 79 74 76 75 78 75 78 77 80 93 95 94 96 95 97 83 94 95
80
77
% of working hours
70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 North East South West North East South West

46 60 57 53 42 49 48 55
PPD of 10%
PPD of 15%
Double office
Single office
Meeting room
Corner office
Figure 6.32
Number of working hours with PPD of 10% and 15% (or less) for zones with normal control set points (reference building). The meeting room has 65% window to external wall area ratio and the ofces 30%.
For the poor control set points the monthly average PMV values exceed the recommended values for an acceptable indoor thermal environment (ISO Standard 7730, 1984), as shown in Figure 6.33. The variation in monthly average PMV values for the south oriented zones is between -0.9 and +0.9, with a smaller variation for the cell ofce rooms. The results for the north, east and west oriented zones are similar.
197

0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7 -0,8 -0,9
Monthly average PMV
Double office
Single office
Meeting room
Corner office
Figure 6.33
Monthly average PMV for south oriented ofces and meeting room with poor set points (reference building). The meeting room has 65% window to external wall area ratio and the ofces 30%.
The unsatisfactory thermal environment resulting from the poor set points can be proved by the low number of working hours with PPD values lower than 10% and 15%. Mostly for the meeting rooms, it is for no more than 27% of the working hours that PPD values are lower than 10% (the PPD values of 15% do not exceed 43%), as shown in Figure 6.34. For this reason the PMV and PPD are not studied further in this section.
198
100 90 80
69 63 49 43 39 32 22 39 34 27 22 27 34 42 36 31 24 37 35 71 66 60 55 45 48 49 43 40 50 67 67 62
% of working hours
70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 North East South West
North
East
South
West
PPD of 10%
PPD of 15%
Double office
Single office
Meeting room
Corner office
Figure 6.34
Number of working hours with PPD of 10% and 15% (or less) for zones with poor control set points (reference building). The meeting room has 65% window to external wall area ratio and the ofces 30%.
6.2
Single skin glazed alternatives (60% and 100% window to external wall area ratios)
Energy use
6.2.1
As stated in Subsection 4.1.2, 42 building alternatives were generated with 60% window to external wall area ratio (7 windows and shading device types, 2 plan types and 3 control set points) and another 42 for alternatives with 100% window to external wall area ratio. A detailed description of the window alternatives used was given in Subsection 4.1.2, while their properties were presented in Subsection 5.2.1.2. The energy use for the highly glazed alternatives is presented in Appendix L, while the results are discussed below. In the rst 100% glazed alternative (with clear panes) the high thermal transmittance of the windows resulted in insufcient heating capacity. The opposite problem (insufcient cooling capacity) is noticed in the fth alternative (mostly in the cell type) due to the high total solar transmittance (and also geffective) of the glazing. These 9 extreme cases were simulated
199
once more with increased heating and cooling capacity, in order to determine the energy use for keeping the air temperature in the working areas within the set point limits. However, since the original reference building was designed with a certain heating and cooling capacity, the parametric study is carried out considering the original alternatives. In Appendix L the energy use for alternatives with increased heating and cooling capacity is presented.
6.2.1.1 Impact of oor plan type and orientation

For the 60% and 100% glazed alternatives the impact of plan type on energy use for heating and cooling is similar to that for the reference building (higher heating demand for the cell type and higher cooling demand for the open type) as described in Subsection 6.1.1.1. The energy use for lighting depends on the visual transmittance of the window system (with and without the use of the shading devices). As mentioned in Subsection 5.2.1.2, however, the daylight availability in IDA ICE 3.0 depends on the direct solar transmittance, since Tvis is not considered. The tendency, regarding the energy for lighting the different glazing alternatives, is quite correct, since in almost all the simulated cases, windows with lower g values also have lower Tvis values (see Table 5.11), resulting in increased energy demand for articial lighting. In Figure 6.35 the difference in heating and cooling demand between the cell and open plan types is presented (the absolute values are given in Appendix L). Once more it can be noticed that the wider temperature set points allow more useful heat to be stored; thus, the effect on the cooling demand is the opposite.
200
11,0 10,0 9,0 8,0 7,0 6,0 5,0 4,0 3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0 -1,0 -2,0 -3,0 -4,0 -5,0 -6,0 -7,0 -8,0 heating cooling heating cooling heating cooling
Energy difference (kWh/m2a)
Strict
Alternative 1
Normal
Alternative 3
Poor
Alternative 5
Alternative 2
Alternative 4
Alternative 6
Alternative 7
Figure 6.35
Impact (difference between cell and open types) of plan type on the heating and cooling demand of 60% glazed alternatives with different window types.
When the total energy demand difference between the cell and open plan type alternatives is compared (Figure 6.36), it can be noticed that the impact of plan type on the energy use regardless of the window type used is increased for strict control set points (60% glazed alternatives).
6,0 5,0 4,0
Energy difference (kWh/m2a)
3,0 2,0 1,0 0,0 -1,0 -2,0 -3,0 -4,0 -5,0 -6,0 -7,0 Strict Normal
Alternative 3
Poor
Alternative 5
Alternative 1
Alternative 2
Alternative 4
Alternative 6
Alternative 7
Figure 6.36
Impact (difference between cell and open types) of plan type on the total energy use of 60% glazed alternatives with different window types.
201
Regarding the impact of orientation, the difference in energy use for the north south and east-west oriented 100% glazed alternatives (3) increases by up to 3% (from 0.1 of the reference building). Due to the small impact of the orientation on the total energy use of the building (because of the identical long and short faades), no further study of the inuence of orientation on the total energy use has been made on a building level.
6.2.1.2 Impact of windows and shading devices for the 60% and 100% glazed alternatives
An energy use comparison of the 60% and 100% single skin glazed alternatives with different windows and shading devices applied is presented in this Subsection. For the comparison, only cell type alternatives with normal control set points are described. The results are similar for the other set points and the open plan. The absolute energy use values of alternatives with strict and poor set points are presented in Appendix L, as well as the open plan type cases. A brief description of the window alternatives used is given below. The rst (60% and 100%) glazed alternatives have a triple clear pane window of Uwindow=1.97 W/m2K (as described in Subsection 5.2.1.2). When its thermal transmittance is reduced to 1.27 W/m2K in the second alternative (and the total solar transmittance from 0.69 to 0.58), the total energy use decreases by 12% for the 60% and by 14% for the 100% glazed alternative as shown in Figure 6.37). For the second (60% glazed) alternative the energy use for heating drops by 31%, while for the 100% glazed alternative it is slightly higher (33%). The reduced thermal transmittance of the window results in a 20% increase in cooling demand for the 60% and in a 17% increase for the 100% glazed alternatives. Although the total solar transmittance slightly drops in the second case, the much lower thermal transmittance insulates the building in such a way that it doesnt allow the heat to escape during summer, resulting in increased cooling demand. The energy use for lighting (with a set point of 500 lux at the desktop) increases by 4% for the 60% and by 5% for the 100% glazed building alternatives, due to the reduced (in the second case) direct solar transmittance (Tsol) of the glazing system (see Table 5.11), since, as already stated in Subsection 5.2.1.2, the daylight availability in IDA ICE 3.0 is calculated by the direct solar and not the visual transmittance.
202
200 180 160

45 45 45 13,4 20 13,8 24 92 72 50 59 12,9 30 45 13,5 37
Energy use (kWh/m2a)
140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 normal (1) normal (2) normal (1)
normal (2)
60% glazed alternatives
Space heating
Cooling
Lighting
Rest
Figure 6.37
Comparison of energy use for the 1st and 2nd glazed alternatives (cell type).
In the third alternative the triple glazing is replaced by double glazing with a lower total solar transmittance (g=0.35 instead of g=0.58). The intermediate venetian blinds (geffective=0.225) are also replaced by internal ones (geffective=0.276). The total energy use drops only by 1% for the 60% and by 4% for the 100% glazed alternative (Figure 6.38). For the third alternative the energy use for heating increases by 6% for the 60% and by 10% for the 100% glazed alternative due to the lower total solar transmittance of the glazing (the U value was not changed). For the same reason cooling demand drops by 26% for the 60% and by 25% for the 100% glazed building alternative. It has to be noted that in the third alternative the blinds are internal, while for the second they are intermediate resulting in a lower geffective for the second case (0.23 vs. 0.28 for the third case), which explains the rather small drop in cooling demand. The energy use for lighting the 60% glazed ofces increases (by 3% for the 60% and by 4% for the 100% glazed building alternative) in the third alternative due to the lower direct solar transmittance (see Table 5.11).
203
160 140
45 45
120
45 45
100 80 60 40 20 0 normal (2) normal (3)

50 54 13,8 24 14,2 18
13,5
14,0 27
37
59
65
normal (2)
normal (3)
Space heating
Cooling
Lighting
Rest
Figure 6.38
Comparison of energy use for the 2nd and 3rd glazed alternatives (cell type).
In the fourth alternative the double glazing is replaced by one with a lower total solar transmittance (g=0.23 instead of g=0.35). The total energy use drops only by 2% for the 60% and by 3% for the 100% glazed building alternative as shown in Figure 6.39. The heating demand for the fourth 60% and 100% glazed building alternatives increases by 3%. The cooling demand drops by 26% for the 60% glazed alternative and by 27% for the 100% glazed one. The decrease in cooling demand in this case is larger due to the lower geffective (0.22 instead of 0.28), since the position of the blinds was kept the same in the third and fourth alternatives. The energy use for lighting the 60% glazed ofces slightly increases (by 1% for the 60% and by 2% for the 100% glazed building alternative) in the fourth alternative, due to the lower direct solar transmittance (see Table 5.11).
204
160 140
45
120
45
45
100 80 60 40 20 0 normal (3)

54 14,2 18
45 14,0 14,4 13 27 14,2 19
55
65
68
normal (4)
normal (3)
normal (4)
Space heating
Cooling
Lighting
Rest
Figure 6.39
Comparison of energy use for the 3rd and 4th glazed alternatives (cell type).
In the fth alternative the double glazing is replaced by one with a solar factor higher than in the third alternative (g=0.58 instead of g=0.35). The total energy use increases by 9% for the 60% and by 12 % for the 100% glazed building alternative Figure 6.40. The heating demand drops by 10% for the 60% and by 12% for the 100% glazed building alternative (case (5) compared with case (3)), while the cooling demand increases dramatically (by 99% for the 60% and by 102% for the 100% glazed building alternative). The energy use for lighting the 60% glazed ofces drops (by 3% for the 60% and by 5% for the 100% glazed building alternative), in the fth alternative due to the higher direct solar transmittance (see Table 5.11).
205
180 160 140

45 45
120
45
45 14,0 13,8 14,2 18 36 27
13,4
100 80 60 40 20 0 normal (3) normal (5)

54 48
54
65
58
normal (3)
normal (5)
Space heating
Cooling
Lighting
Rest
Figure 6.40
A comparison between the second and fth glazed building alternatives is carried out, in order to study the impact of shading device position on energy use (since U and g values are kept the same). In the second alternative the blinds are intermediate, while in the fth they are internal. When the venetian blinds are placed in between the panes, the solar factor of the system (window and shading device) is much lower than when they are internal (geffective=0.225 instead of geffective=0.469). The total energy use for the 60% glazed buildings increases by 8% for the fth 60% glazed building alternative and by 10% for the 100% glazed building, as shown in Figure 6.41. Since the shading devices are not often used during the heating period, the higher geffective of the fth alternative has a limited impact on the heating demand. The energy use for heating the 60% glazed buildings is almost the same for the second and fth alternatives, while for the 100% glazing alternatives the heating demand drops by 3%. During the cooling periods, however, the cooling demand of the fth alternative increases dramatically since the venetian blinds are used more often. The increase is 47% for the 60% and 45% for the 100% glazed building alternative. The energy use for lighting the 60% and 100% glazed ofces is almost the same, due to the similar direct solar transmittance (Tsol) of the two alternatives (see Table 5.11).
206
180 160 140

45 45 45 45 13,5 13,8 37 36 54 13,4
120 100 80 60 40 20 0 normal (2)

50 13,8 24
48
59
58
normal (5)
normal (2)
normal (5)
Space heating
Cooling
Lighting
Rest
Figure 6.41
Comparison of energy use for the 2nd and 5th glazed alternatives (cell type).
In the sixth alternative internal screens were applied. When this case is compared with the third one (same glazing system but with internal blinds which gives a geffective of 0.19 instead of 0.28), there is a slight decrease in cooling demand and there is not much effect on the heating demand (Figure 6.42).
160 140
45
120
45 45 14,0 14,2 18 14,2 16 27
45
100 80 60 40 20 0 normal (3) normal (6)

54 54
13,9 24
65
66
normal (3)
normal (6)
Space heating
Cooling
Lighting
Rest
Figure 6.42
207
In the seventh alternative the internal blinds (of the third alternative) are replaced by xed external louvres (with lower effective total solar transmittance). The heating demand increases by 9% for the 60% and by 11% for the 100% glazed building alternative (when compared with the third one) as shown in Figure 6.43. This can be explained by the fact that the shading in the seventh case is applied all year round and consequently geffective=g=0.19. The shading in the third alternative, however, is applied 100% when the incident light inside the glass exceeds 100W/m2. The cooling demand drops by 60% for the seventh 60% glazed building alternative and by 66% for the 100% glazed one. The total energy use for the 60% glazed buildings decreases by 4% for the seventh 60% and by 7% for the 100% glazed building alternative. The energy use for lighting is slightly higher in the seventh alternative, since the shading devices are applied throughout the year (by 2% and 3% for the 60% and 100% glazed cases). The seventh alternative results in the lowest total energy use, due to the lower g value of the system (since the shading is applied all year round and thus the total solar transmittance is equal to the effective one). Another parameter that has to be further noticed, is that although the shading for the seventh case is always applied, the total solar transmittance varies considerably during the year due to the monthly average g and Tsol values inserted in IDA ICE 3.0 (e.g. 0.13 during May and 0.28 during January). This permits valuable heat gains during the winter (resulting in a small increase in heating demand), while having the opposite effect during summer (resulting in a large drop in cooling demand).
160 140
45
120
45
45 45 14,0 14,3 27 9
100 80 60 40 20 0 normal (3)

54 14,2 18
14,4 7
59
65
72
normal (7)
normal (3)
normal (7)
Space heating
Cooling
Lighting
Rest
Figure 6.43
208
A cross comparison of the 60% and 100% glazed alternatives with different windows and shading devices applied, shows that the difference in total energy use (compared with the reference building) is reduced, when the thermal and total solar transmittance decrease. As expected, lower gglazing values result in lower cooling and slightly higher heating demand (e.g. alternatives 2 and 3). The value of geffective (total solar transmittance when shading is applied) is crucial for the cooling demand. When the alternatives 2 and 5 (same glazing but different position of shading results in different geffective) are compared, the cooling demand differs considerably (higher cooling when the shading is applied indoors). The low window thermal transmittance results in lower heating demand (as expected), which can be seen, when the rst and the remaining glazing alternatives are compared.
6.2.2
6.2.2.1 Weighted average mean air temperatures

In order to carry out parametric studies (on a building level) for studying the impact of window and shading device type on average air temperatures, 100% glazed alternatives with normal control set points were considered. In the case of the reference building (30% window to external wall area ratio) the mean air temperature greatly depends on the set point applied in each case (as discussed in Subsection 6.1.2.1). When the glazing area increases, however, (60% and 100% glazed alternatives) the potential number of hours outside the permissible air temperature limits may increase, due to the insufcient heating and/or cooling capacity. For example in the rst alternative (high thermal transmittance of the window system) and the fth case (double pane with low thermal transmittance and relatively high geffective value with internally placed blinds) the air temperature exceeds the limits set by the control set points. Although in most of the cases the number of working hours exceeding the temperature limits is lower than 5%, for the rst 100% glazed alternative the temperatures are lower for almost 10% of the working hours, while the opposite problem (high air temperatures) occurs in the fth alternative, due to the increased g and geffective values of the window. In Figure 6.44 the weighted average mean air temperatures of the rst and fth alternatives are compared. The temperature difference between these two cases is obvious, with the fth alternative exceeding the upper permissible air temperature limit during the summer months. The insufcient heating and cooling capacity are examined in greater detail on the zone level. The energy use for these two 209
cases (both cell and open plan) is recalculated (and presented in Appendix L) with increased heating and cooling capacity, in order to calculate the energy demand needed for each alternative. For the rest of the parametric study the original alternatives were used in order to study the impact of window type on the perception of thermal comfort.
26,5
26,0 25,5 25,0 24,5 24,0 23,5 23,0 22,5 22,0 21,5 21,0
Strict (1)
Normal (1)
Poor (1)
Strict (5)
Normal (5)
Poor (5)
Figure 6.44
Weighted average air temperatures for the 1st and 5th 100% glazed alternatives.
6.2.2.2 Impact of window and shading type on the perception of thermal comfort for the 60% and 100% glazed alternatives
Since the poor control set points result in high PPD values (not acceptable according to ISO standard 7730, 1984), the perception of thermal comfort indices are studied only for the strict and normal set points of the two plan types. A comparison of the weighted monthly average PMV values and the number of hours with certain PPD values for the 60% and 100% alternatives follows, in order to study the inuence of the faade elements on the perception of the thermal environment. A table with the number of hours with PPD values lower than 10% and 15% for the 3 control set points for the cell and open plan type 30%, 60% and 100% glazed buildings are presented in Appendix M. When the thermal transmittance of the rst 60% glazed alternative is reduced (alternative 2 compared with alternative 1), the weighted monthly average PMV values improve during the heating season (for the strict set points, during January the weighted average PMV of the rst alternative
210
is -0.67, while for the second one it is -0.55; for the normal set points the weighted average PMV of the rst alternative is -0.67, while for the second one it is -0.51), as shown in Figure 6.45. During the summer months, however, the weighted average PMV values for the strict set points are around 0 and for the normal set points they are between 0.3 and 0.4.
0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7 -0,8 -0,9
Weighted monthly average PMV
Strict set point (1)
Normal set point (1)
Figure 6.45
Weighted monthly average PMV for the 1st and 2nd 60% glazed alternatives (strict and normal control set points).
For the 100% glazed alternatives the PMV values are reduced even more during the heating season (for the strict set points, during January the weighted average PMV of the rst alternative is -0.82, while for the second one it is -0.62; for the normal set points the weighted average PMV of the rst alternative is -0.81 while for the second one it is -0.59), as shown in Figure 6.46. During the summer months, however, the weighted monthly average PMV values for the strict set points are around 0.1 and for the normal set points they are between 0.4 and 0.5.
211
0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7 -0,8 -0,9
Figure 6.46
Weighted monthly average PMV for the 1st and 2nd 100% glazed alternatives (strict and normal control set points).
The increase in glazed area results in a greater difference in the weighted average PMV values between the alternatives 1 and 2 mostly during the heating periods (for the strict set points of the 60% glazed alternative the difference is 0.12 during January, while for the 100% glazed one it is 0.2; for the normal set point the difference is 0.16 and 0.22 respectively). This can be partly explained by air temperature difference between the two alternatives but mainly it is caused by the difference in the radiant temperature (which could be expected from the difference in U value). The directed operative temperature is used, in order to study this effect. Since the difference in the weighted average directed operative temperatures between the rst and second alternative is larger than the weighted average air temperatures (Figure 6.47), it is evident that the impact of the radiant temperature is greater (the negative values show that the 1st alternative is colder than the 2nd).
212
0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7 -0,8 -0,9 -1,0 -1,1 -1,2 -1,3
Temperature difference (C)
Directed Operative Temp. Strict 1-2 Air Temp. Strict 1-2
Directed Operative Temp. Normal 1-2 Air Temp. Normal 1-2
Figure 6.47
Difference between weighted average directed operative temperature and air temperature for the 1st and 2nd 100% glazed alternatives.
A diagram with the number of hours with certain (weighted average) directed operative temperatures is shown in Figure 6.48. The lower thermal transmittance of the window of the second alternative increases the number of hours with directed operative temperatures closer to the maximum permissible temperature limit for each set point.
213
800 750 700 650 600 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
21.0 - 21.1 21.2 - 21.3 21.4 - 21.5 21.6 - 21.7 21.8 - 21.9 22.0 - 22.1 22.2 - 22.3 22.4 - 22.5 22.6 - 22.7 22.8 - 22.9 23.0 - 23.1 23.2 - 23.3 23.4 - 23.5 23.6 - 23.7 23.8 - 23.9 24.0 - 24.1 24.2 - 24.3 24.4 - 24.5 24.6 - 24.7 24.8 - 24.9
Number of hours
Directed operative temperature (C)

Strict (1)
Normal (1)
Strict (2)
Normal (2)
Figure 6.48
Number of hours with certain (weighted average) directed operative temperatures for 1st and 2nd 100% glazed alternatives.
For the 60% glazed buildings with strict control set points the (weighted average) PPD values are lower than 10% during 72% of the working hours for the second alternative, and during 61% of the working hours for the rst alternative (Figure 6.49). For the normal set points the number of hours decreases to 70% and 57% respectively. The number of hours with (weighted average) PPD values lower than 15% increases by up to 94% for the second and by 83% for the rst alternative (for the strict control set points). For the normal set point the number of hours is 94% and 82% for the two alternatives.
214
800 750 700 650 600 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
10-12% 12-14% 14-16% 16-18% 18-20% 20-22% 22-24% 24-26% 26-28% 28-30% 30-32% 32-34% 8-10% 0-2% 2-4% 4-6% 6-8%
Number of hours

Strict (1)
Strict (2)
Normal (1)
Normal (2)
Figure 6.49
Weighted average PPD for the 1st and 2nd 60% glazed alternatives.
For the 100% glazed building, the (weighted average) PPD values are lower than 10% during 68% of the working hours for the second alternative, and during 46% of the working hours for the rst alternative for the cell type (Figure 6.50). For the normal set point the number of hours decreases to 55% and 31% respectively. The number of hours with (weighted average) PPD values lower than 15% increases by up to 87% for the second and by 65% for the rst alternative (for the strict control set points). For the normal set point the number of hours is 84% and 60% for the two alternatives.
215
750 700 650 600 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
10-12% 12-14% 14-16% 16-18% 18-20% 20-22% 22-24% 24-26% 26-28% 28-30% 30-32% 32-34% 34-36% 36-38% 38-40% 8-10% 0-2% 2-4% 4-6% 6-8%
Number of hours

Strict (1)
Strict (2)
Normal (1)
Normal (2)
Figure 6.50
Weighted average PPD for the 1st and 2nd 100% glazed alternatives.
When the triple window is replaced by a double one (with a lower total solar transmittance) and the blinds are placed internally (third alternative), the weighted monthly average PMV values of the 100% glazed alternatives decrease (more for the normal than for the strict set points, as shown in Figure 6.51). Since the thermal transmittance of the glazing was kept the same, the difference in the PMV values is small during the winter months. The results for the 60% glazed buildings are similar.
216
0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7
Figure 6.51
Weighted average PMV for the 2nd and 3rd 100% glazed alternatives.
For the 60% glazed building with strict set points, the (weighted average) PPD values are lower than 10% during 72% of the working hours for the second and during 68% of the working hours for the third alternative (Figure 6.52). For the normal set points the number of hours decreases to 70% and 70% respectively. The number of hours with (weighted average) PPD values lower than 15% increases by up to 94% for the second and by 93% for the third alternative (for the strict control set points). For the normal set points the number of hours is 94% and 93% for the two alternatives.
217
800 750 700 650 600 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
10-12% 12-14% 14-16% 16-18% 18-20% 20-22% 22-24% 24-26% 8-10% 0-2% 2-4% 4-6% 6-8%
Number of hours

Strict (2)
Strict (3)
Normal (2)
Normal (3)
Figure 6.52
Weighted average PPD for the 2nd 3rd 60% glazed alternatives.
For the strict control set points of the 100% glazed buildings, the (weighted average) PPD values are lower than 10% during 68% of the working hours for the second and during 62% of the working hours for the third alternative (Figure 6.53). For the normal set points the number of hours decreases to 55% and 57% respectively. The number of hours with (weighted average) PPD values lower than 15% increases by up to 87% for the second and by 84% for the third alternative (for the strict control set points). For the normal set point the number of hours is 84% and 82% for the two alternatives.
218
750 700 650 600 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
10-12% 12-14% 14-16% 16-18% 18-20% 20-22% 22-24% 24-26% 26-28% 28-30% 30-32% 32-34% 8-10% 2-4% 4-6% 6-8%
Number of hours
Wighted average PPD

Strict (2)
Strict (3)
Normal (2)
Normal (3)
Figure 6.53
Weighted average PPD for the 2nd and 3rd 100% glazed alternatives.
A further decrease and increase in the total solar transmittance of the fourth and fth alternatives respectively, results in lower and higher weighted average PMV values as shown in Figure 6.54. The weighted average PMV values of the fth alternative vary between the recommended limits 0.5 (which correspond to lower than 15% of weighted average PPD values), but on the other hand they exceed the limits of 0.3 (which correspond to lower than 10% of PPD values) for a longer time.
219
0,5 0,4
0,3 0,2 0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6
Strict set point (3) Normal set point (3)
Figure 6.54
Weighted average PMV for the 3rd, 4th and 5th 60% glazed alternatives (strict and normal control set points).
For the 60% glazed building, the (weighted average) PPD values are lower than 10% during 66% of the working hours for the fourth and during 71% of the working hours for the fth alternative for strict set points (Figure 6.55). For the normal set points the number of hours increases for the fourth to 71% and drops for the fth to 65%. The fth alternative gives lower PPD values for the strict set points, since the (weighted average) PMV is between 0.3 between the beginning of April and the end of October, while for the fourth one the PMV varies between these limits between the end of April and the middle of October. For the normal set points, however, the PPD values are lower for the fourth alternative, since the high total solar transmittance (of the fth alternative) results in higher than +0.3 PMV values from the middle of May until the end of August, while for the fourth alternative they are lower than +0.3 during these months. The number of hours with PPD values lower than 15% increases by up to 92% for the fourth and by 93% for the fth alternative (for the strict control set points). For the normal set point the number of hours is 93% and 90% for the two alternatives. The number of hours with PPD values lower than 15% is lower in the fourth alternative mostly due to the higher directed operative temperatures during January, February and December (PMV higher than -0.5). For the strict control set points of the 100% glazed buildings, the PPD values are lower than 10% during 60% of the working hours for the fourth, and during 64% of the working hours for the fth alternative for the cell
220
type (Figure 6.56). For the normal set points the number of hours decreases to 59% and 50% respectively. The number of hours with PPD values lower than 15% increases by up to 83% for the fourth and by 84% for the fth alternative (for the strict control set points). For the normal set point the number of hours is 83% and 78% for the two alternatives.
750 700 650 600 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
10-12% 12-14% 14-16% 16-18% 18-20% 20-22% 22-24% 24-26% 26-28% 28-30% 8-10% 0-2% 2-4% 4-6% 6-8%
Number of hours

Strict (4)
Strict (5)
Normal (4)
Normal (5)
Figure 6.55
Weighted average PPD for the 4th and 5th 60% glazed alternatives.
650 600 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
10-12% 12-14% 14-16% 16-18% 18-20% 20-22% 22-24% 24-26% 26-28% 28-30% 8-10% 0-2% 2-4% 4-6% 6-8%
Number of hours

Strict (4)
Strict (5)
Normal (4)
Normal (5)
Figure 6.56
Weighted average PPD for the 4th and 5th 100% glazed alternatives.
221
The sixth and seventh alternatives have the same glazing as the third alternative. Instead of internal blinds, the sixth alternative has internal screens and the seventh one xed external louvres. The effective g value of both alternatives is lower than in the third alternative, as described in Subsection 5.2.1.2. The main difference between the alternative with the xed external louvres and the other two is that in the rst the shading devices are always applied, while in the others they are drawn for a set point of 100 W/m2 on the surface of the glass. As shown in Figure 6.57, the weighted monthly average PMV for the strict set points of the seventh alternative is quite low. However, the 6th alternative does not really differ from the 3rd one. For this reason, the sixth alternative is be studied further.
0,5 0,4
0,3 0,2 0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7
Figure 6.57
Weighted average PMV for the 3rd, 6th and 7th 100% glazed alternatives (strict and normal control set points).
For the seventh 60% glazed alternative, the PPD values are lower than 10% during 68% of the working hours for the strict and during 71% for the normal set point. The number of hours with weighted average PPD values lower than 15%, increases by up to 93% for the strict and by 92% for the normal set point. For the strict control set points of the 100% glazed buildings, the PPD values are lower than 10% during 57% of the working hours for the strict and during 60% for the normal set point (Figure 6.58). The number of hours with PPD values lower than 15%, increases by up to 82% for the strict and by 83% for the normal set points respectively.
222
700 650 600 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
10-12% 12-14% 14-16% 16-18% 18-20% 20-22% 22-24% 24-26% 26-28% 28-30% 8-10% 0-2% 2-4% 4-6% 6-8%
Number of hours

Strict (60%)
Strict (100%)
Normal (60%)
Normal (100%)
Figure 6.58
Weighted average PPD for the 7th 60% and 100% glazed alternatives.
The rst glazed alternative (triple clear glazing) results in both high and low PMV values due to the high thermal and total solar transmittance. When the thermal transmittance of the windows (second alternative) increases, the heating demand drops and the (minimum) PMV values during the winter increase. The (maximum) PMV values during the summer months are almost the same, since the solar factor values were kept the same. When the solar factor of the glazing in the third alternative is reduced the PMV values drop during the summer, resulting in a lower number of hours with PPD up to 10% (for a PPD of 15% the number of hours for the 2nd and 3rd alternatives is almost the same). A further decrease in the solar factor of the fourth alternative brings similar results as before, increasing the number of dissatised occupants. When the effective total solar transmittance increases (as in the second alternative but with inner venetian blinds) overheating problem occurs. For the strict set points the fth alternative appears to provide a better thermal environment, while for the normal set points the temperature increases causing discomfort problems. The alternative with internal screens (sixth) provides thermal environment of quality similar to that in the third alternative. Finally, when the xed horizontal external louvres are applied (seventh alternative) the upper limit of 23C appears to be very low, increasing the PPD values. For the normal control however the PMV increases, giving PPD values similar to those in the third alternative.
223
For strict set points the best performing alternative is the 2nd (since the high total solar transmittance corrects the mistaken, low upper air temperature limit of 23C). For normal set points the alternatives 2, 3, 4, 6 and 7 perform similarly due to the low U, g and geffective values (PPD lower than 15% for 90% of the working hours). The 7th alternative, however, gives a larger number of hours with PPD values lower than 10% (which correspond to PMV values between 0.3). In general, the upper permissible air temperature of 23C appears to be fairly low, since the monthly average PMV during summer hardly reaches the neutral conditions (= 0). The air temperature set points are crucial for the provision of improved thermal environment since (a) the air temperature variation inuences the PMV variation and (b) the correct selection of upper and lower permissible air temperature limits can place the PMV closer to the neutral condition (0) axis (in such a way that the PPD values will minimize). The large glazing area has a similar effect to the less strict set points since the large variation in the radiant temperatures will affect the operative temperatures, increasing the PMV variation. In order to minimize this effect, the use of stricter set points (with correct selection of upper and lower temperature limit) in highly glazed buildings is preferable.
6.2.3
Directed operative temperatures and thermal comfort indices on a zone level are studied in this section. The orientation of the zones is north, east, south and west for the strict, normal and poor control set points. The studied zones are double and single ofce rooms, meeting rooms and corner ofce rooms of the cell type 100% glazed ofce building. The third building alternative (typical construction for a glazed facade) was chosen as a 100% glazed reference case for the comparisons on a zone level, in order to study the impact of glazing on each orientation. The potential overheating problem for zones with increased glazing area (i.e. meeting rooms with 65% of window to external wall area ratio) is discussed in Subsection 6.1.3.
6.2.3.1 Directed operative temperatures

Zones with different set points and orientations were studied (third 100% glazed alternative), in order to investigate the impact of increased glazed area on the directed operative temperatures. The number of working hours with certain directed operative temperatures of the 100% glazed meeting rooms is presented in Figure 6.59 (strict 224
set points). The orientations selected are the north and south (the east and west vary in between). The minimum directed operative temperatures are almost 21C for all orientations; the maximum values, however, differ by 3C (24.5C for the north and 27.5C for the south facing meeting room). For the normal control set points the directed operative temperature varies from 21C to 31C for the south oriented meeting room with 9% of the working time being higher than 27.5C. For the north oriented meeting room the directed operative temperature varies from 21C to 26C.
70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0
21.2 - 21.3 21.5 - 21.6 21.8 - 21.9 22.1 - 22.2 22.4 - 22.5 22.7 - 22.8 23.0 - 23.1 23.3 - 23.4 23.6 - 23.7 23.9 - 24.0 24.2 - 24.3 24.5 - 24.6 24.8 - 24.9 25.1 - 25.2 25.4 - 25.5 25.7 - 25.8 26.0 - 26.1 26.3 - 26.4 26.6 - 26.7 26.9 - 27.0 27.2 - 27.3 27.5 - 27.7 27.8 - 27.9

Meeting room-North
Meeting room-South
Figure 6.59
Number of working hours between certain directed operative temperatures for the 100% glazed meeting room (strict control set points, 3rd alternative).
The impact of window to oor area ratio on the directed operative temperatures is presented in Figure 6.60 for a south oriented double and corner ofce zone with strict set points. For the double ofce with one external wall the directed operative temperature starts at 21C and it exceeds 27C only 1% of the time. For the corner ofce, however (with the external wall area twice than in the double ofce) the directed operative temperature is lower than 21C for 25% and higher that 27C for 8% of the working time. For the normal control set points, the directed operative temperatures vary even more.
225
100 90
80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
20.2 - 20.3 20.5 - 20.6 20.8 - 20.9 21.1 - 21.2 21.4 - 21.5 21.7 - 21.8 22.0 - 22.1 22.3 - 22.4 22.6 - 22.7 22.9 - 23.0 23.2 - 23.3 23.5 - 23.6 23.8 - 23.9 24.1 - 24.2 24.4 - 24.5 24.7 - 24.8 25.0 - 25.1 25.3 - 25.4 25.6 - 25.7 25.9 - 26.0 26.2 - 26.3 26.5 - 26.6 26.8 - 26.9 27.1 - 27.2 27.4 - 27.5 27.7 - 27.8 -20.1

Double-South
Corner South-West
Figure 6.60
Number of hours between certain directed operative temperatures for the 100% glazed south oriented zones (strict control set points, 3rd alternative).
From the above Figures it is evident that, in order to keep the directed operative temperatures at reasonable levels, strict set points should be applied in zones with fully glazed external walls (see number of hours above 24.5C in Figure 6.59). For corner ofce zones (with increased external wall area to room volume ratio) not even strict set points can ensure directed operative temperatures within accepted levels (see number of hours above 28C in Figure 6.60).

In this part the glazing and type of shading device were also varied (while for the study of the directed operative temperature only the third case was considered), in order to investigate the thermal comfort indices of different zones. Beginning with the third widow alternative (considered as reference for the 100% glazed building cases) with strict set points, the monthly average PMV value varies for different zone types, as shown in Figure 6.61. The wider monthly PMV variations occur for the corner ofces due to the increased external wall area to room volume ratio. The values for the southwest oriented corner ofce vary from -1 to 0.4, while for the
226
rest they vary from -0.6 to 0.2. For the rest of the glazing alternatives the tendency is similar.
0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7 -0,8 -0,9 -1,0
Monthly average PMV
Corner (southwest)
Double (southwest)
Single (southwest)
Meeting room (southeast)
Figure 6.61
Monthly average PMV for zones of the third 100% glazed building with strict set points.
Since the more extreme monthly average PMV values occur for the corner ofce rooms, mainly this zone type was considered for further comparison. In the rst 100% glazed case, with three clear panes and intermediate venetian blinds, the high thermal transmittance of the windows resulted in insufcient heating capacity. Thus, the case was simulated once more with increased heating and cooling capacity, in order to determine the energy use for keeping the air temperature in the working areas within the permissible set point limits. A comparison of the double and corner ofce zones with normal and increased heating capacity is presented in Figure 6.62. The lack of sufcient heat capacity results in differences in PMV values only for the corner ofces, since the values for the double ofce are completely identical. During the winter months the difference reaches 0.8 (monthly average PMV of -1.7 during December for the alternative with real heat capacity), while during summer the values are the same, as expected.
227
0,6 0,4 0,2 0,0 -0,2 -0,4 -0,6 -0,8 -1,0 -1,2 -1,4 -1,6 -1,8
Monthly average PMV
Corner (real h.c.)
Double (real h.c.)
Corner (incresed h.c.)
Double (incresed h.c.)
Figure 6.62
Monthly average PMV for the corner and double ofce of the rst glazing case with real and increased heating capacity (100% glazed building, strict set points, southwest oriented zones).
The opposite problem (insufcient cooling capacity) is noticed in the fth alternative due to the high solar factor (and also high geffective) of the window. The corner and double ofces (case with real and increased cooling capacity) are compared in Figure 6.63. Once more the insufcient cooling capacity is considered only for the corner zones since the monthly average PMV values for the double ofce are identical. For the corner zone, however, the monthly average PMV reaches 1.1 with real and 0.6 with increased cooling capacity. There is also a small difference in PMV values during spring and autumn, since cooling is needed occasionally due to the strict control.
228
1,2 1,0 0,8
Monthly average PMV
0,6 0,4 0,2 0,0 -0,2 -0,4 -0,6 -0,8 -1,0

Corner (real c.c.)
Double (real c.c.)
Corner (incresed c.c.)
Double (incresed c.c.)
Figure 6.63
Monthly average PMV for the corner and double ofce of the fth glazing case with real and increased cooling capacity (100% glazed building, strict set points, southwest oriented zones).
In order to study the impact of window and shading device type on the perception of thermal comfort, the highly glazed corner ofces with southwest facing alternatives (1-7) were compared (Figure 6.64). When the heating capacity is increased, the rst alternative with the triple clear pane gives quite high monthly average PMV values during the summer due to the high thermal transmittance of the windows (otherwise the PMV values are very low). The second alternative is the second warmest due to the high solar factor of the glazing; g=0.584 and the lower (compared with the rst alternative) thermal transmittance. The only alternative warmer than the second one is the fth. In this alternative the same glazing was used while the intermediate blinds were replaced by internal ones, increasing the effective solar factor and thus the directed operative temperatures and the PMV values (as in the rst alternative, the case with increased cooling capacity was chosen; otherwise the PMV values would have been much higher as shown in Figure 6.62). The monthly average PMV values of the fourth alternative are much lower than those of the third one due to the lower solar factor of the glazing (g=0.28 instead of g=0.35). The sixth alternative, with the same total solar transmittance as the third one, is slightly warmer due to the internal screens (lower geffective than the internal blinds). Finally, the seventh alternative with the xed external louvres is colder throughout the year due to the xed external louvres (low geffective all year round).
229
0,6 0,4
Monthly average PMV
0,2 0,0 -0,2 -0,4 -0,6 -0,8 -1,0

1st alt.
2nd alt.
3rd alt.
4th alt.
5th alt.
6th alt.
7th alt.
Figure 6.64
Monthly average PMV for 100% glazed southwest corner ofces (strict set points).
The impact of set points on the perception of thermal comfort (number of hours with PPD lower than 10% and 15%) for different zones is presented in detail in Appendix M. In general the number of hours with PPD lower than 15% is somewhat lower when normal set points are applied as shown in Figure 6.65. A larger difference between the two set points can be noticed in the warmer alternatives (alternatives with higher PMV values), since the higher permissible temperature limits combined with the higher g and geffective values cause higher discomfort. The highest percentage of working hours with PPD lower than 15% for normal set points occurs for alternative 7 (with low geffective), while alternatives 2, 4 and 6 have similar values. All these alternatives have low geffective and U values. For the strict set points the result is slightly different and the percentages are all higher. The poorest alternatives are the ones with high U and geffective values.
230
100
% number of hours with PPD lower than 15%
90
90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 1st alt.
74 70
85
87 82
87
85
88 82 75
85
86 87
2nd alt.
3rd alt.
4th alt.
5th alt.
6th alt.
7th alt.
strict
normal
Figure 6.65
Percentage of working hours with PPD lower than 15% for the southwest corner ofce zones.
When the percentage of working hours with PPD values lower than 10% is examined (for the corner ofces with strict and normal set points), the positive effect of narrow air temperature variation is evident (Figure 6.66). The percentage difference in this case increases which shows that quality wise the strict set points are essential for zones with large glazing areas, such as corner ofces (since PPD lower than 10% corresponds to PMV values between 0.3, while PPD lower than 15% corresponds to PMV values between 0.5).
231
100
90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 1st alt. 2nd alt. 3rd alt. 4th alt. 5th alt. 6th alt. 7th alt.
37 32 24 30 33 49 42 34 25 31 46 46 44 42
strict
normal
Figure 6.66
Percentage of working hours with PPD lower than 10% for the southwest oriented corner ofce zones.
A similar comparison of the percentage of working hours with PPD lower than 10% for strict and normal set points for the double ofces (Figure 6.67) shows that the thermal environment improves drastically due to the lower ratio of external wall area to room volume. Since the difference (in % of working hours with PPD lower than 10%) between strict and normal set points decreases, it is also evident that the importance of narrower permissible air temperature variation (such as in strict set points) increases as the glazing area increases.
232
100
90 80
71
70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 1st alt. 2nd alt.

57 47 59
65 59
64
66 62 62 53 61 62
68
3rd alt.
4th alt.
5th alt.
6th alt.
7th alt.
strict
normal
Figure 6.67
Percentage of working hours with PPD lower than 10% for the southwest oriented double ofce zones.
6.3
6.3.1
Double skin faades

Simulations on a component level (pilot study using WIS 3)
Before the results obtained by the pilot study are analyzed, it would be useful to briey describe the construction types on which the WIS 3 simulations are based. The simulations were carried out for a box window and a multi storey faade as shown in Figure 6.68. For the standard double faade mode during summer the air is extracted through the cavity to the outside either naturally (A-B-C) or mechanically (A-B-D-C); during winter the air remains in the cavity for increased thermal insulation, or after preheated in the cavity it is used as inlet supply air for the AHU (AB-D-E) respectively. For the airow window cases the indoor air enters the cavity and is driven (through the cavity) to the AHU (E-B-D); during the heating season heat is recovered while during summer the air is just conducted to the outside.
233
D AHU
D AHU
B E
B
E
B
A
Figure 6.68
Multi storey and box window constructions.
6.3.1.1 Pre study: reducing the number of standard double faade alternatives
Seven glazing alternatives were initially considered for the standard double faade and airow window modes, as described in Subsection 4.1.3.1. A pre study, however, was carried out in order to reduce the number of glazing alternatives as described in this section. The main parameter studied, in order to achieve this is the temperature of different layers at the horizontal and vertical centres of the cavity of the double skin faade. For this study a box window 3.5 m high and 800 mm deep was assumed. Cases with opened and closed cavity opening were considered; for the cases in which the cavity is opened no dampers are applied (100% opened cavity). The air inside the cavity is naturally ventilated and the only driving force assumed is the thermal buoyancy (wind effects are neglected). The air enters the cavity from the outdoors and leaves to the outdoors. The shading devices (when applied) are assumed at the horizontal centre of the ventilated cavity. The simulations were carried out (see also Table 4.1 in Subsection 4.1.3.1) for a: typical summer day (open cavity - with and without shading devices) extreme summer day (open cavity - with and without shading devices) winter day (open closed cavity - without shading devices)
234
The properties of the standard double faade glazing systems are described in Table 6.1 and in more detail (e.g. visual transmittance) in Appendix I.
Table 6.1
Properties of the standard double faade glazing systems as calculated by WIS 3.
U value glazing system W /mK, closed cavity
G ap (800mm)
E xternal pane
I nternal pane
U value inner skin W /mK
G ap (12mm)
I ntermediate pane
D SF C ase
g value
0.627
Clear pane 8mm
Ventilated cavity
Clear pane 4mm
Air
Clear pane 8mm
Ventilated cavity
Clear pane 4mm
Argon
Clear pane 4mm Low E Coated 4mm
1.93
2.87
0.53
1.15
1.46
0.551
0.447
Clear pane 8mm
Ventilated cavity
Optigreen (solar control tinted) 6mm
Argon
Clear pane 4mm
1.85
2.73
0.516
0.326
Optigreen (solar control tinted) 8mm Optigreen (solar control tinted) 8mm
Ventilated cavity
Clear pane 4mm
Argon
Clear pane 4mm
1.85
2.74
0.404
0.279
Ventilated cavity
Clear pane 4mm
Argon
Low E Coated 4mm
1.15
1.46
0.354
0.264
Clear pane 8mm
Ventilated cavity
Solar control + lowE (soft coated) 6mm
Argon
Clear pane 4mm
1.04
1.31
0.301
0.15
Solar control +lowE (hard coated) 8mm
Ventilated cavity
Clear pane 4mm
Argon
Low E Coated 4mm
1.14
1.46
0.443
0.335
The temperatures at the vertical and horizontal centres of different layers, for an opened cavity without shading during a typical summer day, were calculated as shown in Figure 6.69. In these cases it has to be noted that, since the cavity is ventilated, the thermal transmittance of the system (for each alternative) is the thermal transmittance of the inner skin (see Table 6.1). In order to compare the simulated alternatives, the rst case (A) with 3 clear panes is considered as a reference case. When the low E pane replaces the inner clear one (case B), a slight increase in temperature (1C, from 28C to 29C) can be noticed at the inner pane, due to a substantial decrease in the thermal transmittance of the inner skin. In the third case (C) the intermediate solar control pane results in an increase
235
T sol
of almost 8C (at the intermediate pane) and almost 3C (to 31C) at the inner one (when compared with the reference case, due to the increased indirect solar transmittance). When the solar control (body tinted) pane is placed as the outer one (case D and E), the increase in temperature (at this pane) is approximately 8C. When these two cases are compared, it is evident that the low g values of the outer skin reduce the effect of low thermal transmittance (see U values of the inner skin for the cases D and E), resulting in slightly lower inner pane temperatures (compared with the inner pane temperatures of the cases A and B with clear outer pane). This can be explained as being due to the larger proportion of solar radiation that is absorbed at the outer skin. In the sixth case (F) only one advanced intermediate pane (with solar control and low E coating) was applied, resulting in an inner pane temperature 4C higher than the indoor air temperature (and similar ones as the reference case). Both cases C and F have solar control intermediate panes. When these two cases are compared, however, the temperature of the intermediate pane is higher for the case F due to the low E coating (lower thermal transmittance). The position (facing to the inside) of the low E coating for the case F is crucial for the inner pane temperature. The additional insulation that the low E coating provides allows the inner pane to maintain lower temperatures (similar to the reference case). Finally, when a solar control and low E coated pane is placed as external pane, the temperature of the external pane increases as expected. The low E coating at the inner pane has similar effect. Due to the well ventilated cavity the cases (G) and (E) perform in a similar way. Thus the lowest inner surface temperature was achieved with alternative D, because of a low g-value, not the lowest, and a high U value (allowing the heat to be transmitted from indoors to the cavity). However, the inner pane temperature of the case E is similar due to the same low total solar transmittance of the outer skin; the impact of lower thermal transmittance, on the other hand, is limited.
236
42 40 38
Temperature (C)
36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20
Intermediate pane (centre) External pane (centre) window airgap (centre) Internal pane (centre) Ventilated cavity Outdoor air temperature Outdoor surface temperature Indoor surface temperature Indoor air temperature border border border border
A1
B1
C1
D1
E1
F1
G1
Figure 6.69
Calculated temperatures for different layers at the vertical and horizontal centres of a naturally ventilated double skin faade for a typical summer day, opening depth: 800mm no shading devices.
When shading devices are applied inside the cavity, part of the transmitted radiation is absorbed increasing the temperature inside the cavity. According to the existing literature (Poirazis, 2006), sufcient heat extraction can ensure low air and inner surface temperatures. The inuence of the air temperature on the inner panes temperature is studied later in this Subsection. In Figure 6.70 the temperatures of the different layers are presented for the different glazing alternatives during a typical summer day, when the movable solar shading in the cavity is applied. When the cases with and without shading devices are compared, an increase in the cavity air temperature is obvious. As shown in Figure 6.70 the inner layers temperatures are only slightly higher than the indoor air temperatures due to the decreased geffective value of the system and the heat extraction through the cavity. The tendency for the different glazing alternatives is similar to the case without the shading devices, but at a smaller scale. The results for an extreme summer day are similar (yet more signicant).
237
38 36 34
Temperature (C)
32 30 28 26 24 22 20
External pane (centre) Interediate pane (centre) External subcavity (centre) Internal subcavity (centre) Shading device (centre) window airgap (centre) Internal pane (centre) Outdoor air temperature Outdoor surface temperature Indoor surface temperature Indoor air temperature border border border border border border
A1s
B1s
C1s
D1s
E1s
F1s
G1s
Figure 6.70
Calculated temperatures for different layers at the vertical and horizontal centres of a double faade for a typical summer day, opening depth: 800mm shading devices.
During winter, the cavity of the standard double faade mode is closed, in order to reduce the systems thermal transmittance and hence the heating demand. At other times (usually in mechanical ventilated cavities) the air is preheated before reaching the Air Handing Unit (AHU). Furthermore, in the existing literature (Poirazis, 2006) buildings with fully opened cavities during all the year are also mentioned. In this case the inner skin is crucial for the performance of the double faade. For a ventilated cavity without shading devices, as shown in Figure 6.71, the cases with low E inner pane (B, E, F and G) are the most appropriate in terms of surface temperatures, as the U value of the inner skin is the lowest. The cases with clear inner and intermediate panes are the ones with the lowest inner surface temperatures, as expected, since they have the highest U values.
238
24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0
External pane (centre) Intermediate pane (centre) window airgap (centre) Internal pane (centre) Ventilated cavity border border border border Indoor surface temperature Outdoor air temperature Outdoor surface temperature Indoor air temperature
Temperature (C)
A3
B3
C3
D3
E3
F3
G3
Figure 6.71
Calculated temperatures for different layers at the vertical and horizontal centres of a double faade for a winter day, opening depth: 800mm no shading devices.
When the cavity is closed, the temperatures at the vertical and horizontal centres of each layer for cavities with closed openings are shown in Figure 6.72. The inner surface temperature of the reference case is slightly above 20C, while the air temperature inside the cavity (centre) is approximately 10C. The inner surface temperature of the second case increases due to the low E coating (lower U value). The air temperatures, however, are lower than in the reference case, since the insulation of the low E coating lowers the heat ow from indoors to the cavity. The solar control body tinted intermediate pane of the third alternative (C) results in high air temperatures in the cavity and inner surface temperatures slightly above 23C. The curve of the sixth alternative (F) with the intermediate solar control and low E coating is very similar. The main reason for that is the high absorption of the body tinted pane. Since the temperatures of the inner and intermediate panes are very similar, the insulation that the low E coating provides seems not to be needed; however, in cases with lower solar gains, the increased thermal insulation that the low E pane (case F) provides can lead to reduced thermal losses. When the solar control body tinted pane is placed as external pane and the inner and intermediate panes are clear ones (case D), the air temperatures are slightly below 16C and the inner surface temperatures slightly above 20C. When a low E coating is placed at the inner pane (case E) the air temperature decreases and the inner surface temperature increases (similar effect with cases A and B).
239
Finally, for the case (G) due to the solar control and low E external pane the air temperature is 11C, and due to the inner low E coated pane the inner surface temperature is around 23C. The two low E coated panes (external and inner ones) of the latter case result in a low temperature inside the cavity but a sufcient one at the inner pane. The highest inner surface temperature is obtained for cases C and F, due to the intermediate solar control pane which leads to higher indirect solar transmittance. Lower inner pane temperatures occur in the cases A and D with high thermal transmittance values.
26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0
Outdoor surface temperature External pane (centre) Internal pane (centre) Ventilated cavity Indoor surface temperature Outdoor air temperature window airgap (centre) Intermediate pane (centre) Indoor air temperature border border border border
Temperature (C)
A3
B3
C3
D3
E3
F3
G3
Figure 6.72
Calculated temperatures for different layers at the vertical and horizontal centres of a double faade for a winter day, opening depth: 0 mm no shading devices.
During night the best performing alternatives are the ones with the lowest U value, since the g value does not have any impact on the inner pane temperatures. The inner pane temperatures during night are of no interest (the building is occupied during day), so no further study was carried out on a component level. For the standard double faade the alternatives chosen were: Case A: Selected as a reference case. The rst case has the highest thermal transmittance (1.93 W/m2K) (when the cavity is closed) and the highest total solar transmittance (0.627). Case D: This case has the solar control body tinted pane as an exterior layer and clear intermediate and inner panes. The thermal transmittance of this alternative is 1.85 W/m2K (closed cavity) and the total solar transmittance is 0.404. This case was chosen as a rst improvement of the case A by adding a solar control pane.
240
Case E: In this case both a solar control body tinted (external) and a low E pane (intermediate) was applied. In this way the temperatures at the inner layer are kept within reasonable levels. The thermal transmittance for this alternative is 1.15 W/m2K (closed cavity) and the total solar transmittance 0.354. This is a second improvement by adding a low E intermediate pane to increase the insulation. Case F: This alternative has the lowest thermal (1.04 W/m2K with closed cavity) and total solar transmittance (0.301). Only the intermediate pane is an advanced one (low E and solar control coatings), while the inner and external panes are clear. This alternative has the same coatings as the case E but their position changes; as a result, the intermediate advanced pane results in increased indirect transmittance.
6.3.1.2 Parametric study: inuence of cavity geometry on system performance

In this case a multi storey standard double faade cavity (with different height and depth) was chosen, in order to study the airows and the vertical air temperature prole along the ventilated cavity. The parameters varied were the cavity height and depth, the size of openings and the position of shading device inside the cavity. The cavity depth varied from 200 to 1600 mm. In the cases with fully open cavity it could be expected that the depth of the openings is equal to the depth of the cavity. However, since the dampers occupy space (see Subsection 5.3.1.3) the opening depth to cavity depth percentage is presented in Table 6.2.
Table 6.2
Cavity and opening depth for the multi storey faade (even depths). Opening depth (mm) 173 346 346 519 692 865 1038 1211 1384 % of opened area 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87
Cavity depth (mm) 200 400 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
241
Inuence of cavity height and depth on the airows The height of the faade inuences the airow inside the naturally ventilated cavity and consequently the air temperatures. Initially the rst double faade case with three clear panes (case A) was considered, in order to study the airow rate for 10 m, 20 m and 30 m high cavities of different depths. The air velocity inside the cavity (10 m, 20 m and 30 m high) is shown in Figure 6.73. As expected, the higher cavities result in higher air velocities (for the same cavity depth), since the stack effect is stronger.
1,6 1,5 1,4 1,3 1,2 1,1 1,0 0,9 0,8 0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0,0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 10m 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6
Air velocity (m/s per m cavity width)
Cavity depth
20m
30m
Figure 6.73
Calculated air velocity for 10, 20 and 30m high multistorey facades (case A, cavity depths 0.2-1.6 m, typical summer day).
The airow rate (l/s per metre cavity width) for the 10 m, 20 m and 30 m high cavities is shown in Figure 6.74. As expected, the wider cavities (with larger openings) provide larger airows (absolute numbers). A comparison of the airow per meter of cavity height, however, shows that shorter cavities can ventilate more efciently, since as shown in Figure 6.75 the airow rate per metre of cavity height is larger. However, the total air ow will increase with the height of the cavity.
242
1200 1100 1000
Airflow (l/s per m cavity width)
900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 10m 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6
Cavity depth (m)

20m
30m
Figure 6.74
Calculated air ows as a function of cavity depth for 10, 20 and 30m high multistorey faades (case A).
60
Airflow (l/s per m cavity height and width)
55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 10m 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6
Cavity depth (m)

20m
30m
Figure 6.75
Calculated air ows per metre of cavity height as a function of cavity depth for 10, 20 and 30m high multistorey facades (case A).
The diagram in Figure 6.76 shows the differences in airow rates between cavities 10 and 20 m high and 20 and 30 m high faades.
243
10
Airflow difference (l/s/ m cav. height and width)
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6
Cavity depth (m)

10-20m
20-30m
Figure 6.76
Calculated airow differences (per m of cavity height) between cavities 10 and 20 m high and 20 and 30 m high.
It can be noticed that: The airow difference is higher in the rst case than in the second one independently of the cavity depth (since the rst curve is higher than the second one). This means that the more the cavity height increases the smaller is the inuence of the height on the airow. The airow difference increases when the cavity depth increases (since the deeper the faade, the larger the difference). This means that the inuence of cavity depth is smaller in higher cavities.
Inuence of cavity height and depth on the temperature prole along the cavity The air temperature prole inside a 10 m high cavity (case A, typical summer, no shading devices) is presented in Figure 6.77. The cavity is assumed fully opened (87%). As expected, the wider cavities provide lower air temperatures at the top of the cavity due to the larger airows. The air temperature differences decrease as the cavity depth increases. In this case, as noticed in Figure 6.77, when the cavity gets wider than 1 m, the temperature differences along the cavity become very small.
244
25,0 24,5 24,0
Air temperature (C)
23,5 23,0 22,5 22,0 21,5 21,0 20,5 20,0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Cavity height (m)

0.2m
0.4m
0.6m
0.8m
1m
1.2m
1.4m
1.6m
Figure 6.77
Calculated air temperature as a function of height along a 10m high cavity for different cavity depths (case A, typical summer, no shading devices).
The results for a 20 and a 30 m high cavity are similar as shown in Figure 6.78.
27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Air temperature (C)
Cavity height (m)

0.2m
0.4m
0.6m
0.8m
1m
1.2m
1.4m
1.6m
Figure 6.78
Calculated temperature in the cavity as a function of height along a 30m high cavity for different cavity depths (case A1, typical summer, no shading devices).
245
When Figures 6.77 and 6.78 are compared, it appears that, independently of the cavity depth, the air temperature at the 10th metre of a 10 m high cavity is higher than that at the 10th metre of a 30 m high one. This can be explained by the stronger stack effect that takes place in the taller cavity. In terms of temperature prole the cavity height is not very important for nding the optimal cavity depth, since similar results can be obtained regardless of the cavity height. Optimal cavity depth can be considered the minimum depth after which the air temperature decrease drops, ensuring sufcient heat extraction. However, this may vary for different weather conditions and glazing combinations. Another interesting result is the non linear curve type of the 0.2 m deep cavity (for 10 m high cavity) and the curves of the 0.2 and 0.4 m deep cavities (for the 30 m high cavities). Due to the lower airows, the narrower the cavity (of a certain height), the more intense is the air temperature increase at lower heights. The tendency as the cavity height increases is similar. Larger airows result in a lower rise in air temperature in the cavity. The air in the cavity is heated by energy losses from the inside and solar radiation from the outside, absorbed in the glass panes surrounding the gap. If the ow is low, the gap air temperature approaches the average temperature of the surrounding panes at a lower height than if the airow is high. The temperature rise will then be curved as seen in Figure 6.78. Inuence of percentage of opened area on the airows and the temperature prole along the cavity Due to the construction type of dampers, when they are fully opened, the % of opened area is 87% for even opening size (0.2 m, 0.4 m, 06 m, etc) but it varies for odd ones. In Table 6.3 the opening area for different cavity depths (0.5, 0.7 and 0.9 m) is presented.
Table 6.3
Cavity and opening depth for the multistorey faade (even and odd depths). Opening depth (mm) 346 346 519 519 692 692 % of opened area 87 69 87 74 87 77
Cavity depth (mm) 400 500 600 700 800 900
246
The airow difference between the 0.4 and 0.5 m (20m high) cavity is almost negligible as it is for the 0.6 and 0.7 and for the 0.8 and 0.9 m deep ones (cavities with the same opening size). The small differences are caused by the higher ow resistance of the narrower cavities. Due to the larger cavity depth, however, the air velocity is higher at the even cavities as shown in Figure 6.79. The larger differences in the air velocities in narrower cavities can be explained by the higher ow resistance of the narrower cavities.
1,00 0,95 0,90 0,85 0,80 0,75 0,70 0,65 0,60 0,55 0,50 0,45 0,40 0,35 0,30 0,25 0,20 0,15 0,10 0,05 0,00 0,4 0,5 0,6 0,7 0,8 0,9
Cavity depth
air velocity (m/sec per m width)
airflow (m3/sec per m width)
Figure 6.79
Calculated cavity air velocity and airow for different cavity depths for a 20 m high multistorey facade (case A, cavity depths 0.4-0.9 m, typical summer day, no shading).
The higher air velocity in the cavities with even depth results in lower air temperatures, since the air can be extracted easier. The temperature prole along a 20 m high cavity is shown in Figure 6.80. The temperature difference between the cavities with even and odd depths decreases as the depth increases.
247
25,0 24,5 24,0
Air temperature (C)
23,5 23,0 22,5 22,0 21,5 21,0 20,5 20,0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Cavity height (m)

0.4m
0.5m
0.6m
0.7m
0.8m
0.9m
Figure 6.80
Calculated air temperature as a function of height for different cavity depths for a 20 m high multistorey facade (case A, no shading).
It can be concluded that: The opening size is very crucial for the size of the air ows. Airows in cavities with the same opening size are almost the same (independently of the cavity depth). The air temperatures however tend to increase more in narrower cavities due to the lower air velocity.
Inuence of glazing on cavity depth In this section the inuence of glazing type on the airow and temperature prole along a 20 m high cavity are studied. For a typical summer day the cavity depths studied were 0.6, 0.8, 1 and 1.2 m, while for an extreme summer day the cavity depths considered were 0.6, 0.8, 1, 1.2, 1.4 and 1.6 m. The inuence of glazing type on the optimal depth (minimum depth for efcient heat extraction) is presented in Figure 6.81. In this case only the temperatures at the exit were considered for an extreme summer day. As expected, due to the lower absorptivity, the case with the three clear panes results in the lowest temperatures at the exit of the cavity. The cases with the solar external pane (with clear or low E coated internal pane) are somewhat warmer and the one with the highest temperatures is the one with the intermediate advanced coating (low E and solar control).
248
From the Figure below, it can be concluded that the solar control pane increases the need for wider cavities, in order to achieve efcient heat extraction (air temperature difference for 0.6 m is higher than the one for 1.6 m); this effect is stronger, when the solar control pane is placed as intermediate one (case F instead of outer pane in cases D and E), since a larger part of the absorbed heat is transmitted into the cavity.
40 39
Air temperature at exit (C)
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6
Cavity depth (m)

case A
case D
case E
case F
Figure 6.81
Temperatures at the exit of a 20 m high cavity during an extreme summer day (cases A, D, E, F, no shading).
When shading devices are applied the vertical air temperature prole is calculated in both the external (1) and internal (2) sub cavity. The external sub cavity is the one between the external pane and the shading devices and the internal one is that between the shading devices and the intermediate pane. At this point the shading devices are assumed to be placed in the middle of the ventilated cavity. For the case with the three clear panes (case A) the air temperatures in the two sub cavities are very similar as shown in Figure 6.82. The results are also very similar for a typical summer day. With shading the cavity air temperature is higher, but less solar energy enters the room behind the double skin faade.
249
40 39 38
Air temperature (C)
37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Cavity height (m)

ext 0.6m ext 1m
int 0.6m int 1m
ext 0.8m ext 1.2m
int 0.8m int 1.2m
Figure 6.82
Air temperature prole along the internal and external sub cavity for different cavity depths for an extreme summer day (case A, shading).
The vertical air temperature prole was calculated also for the cases D, E and F. In order to reduce the number of simulations, only a 0.8 deep cavity was assumed. The difference in the air temperature between the internal and external sub cavity is minimum for the case with the three clear panes (case A), as shown in Figure 6.83. The difference in the case with the advanced intermediate pane (solar control and low E) is slightly larger, since the external pane is a clear one. Finally, the sub cavities in the cases with the solar control outer pane (cases D and E) show the largest air temperature difference. The solar control outer pane performs best during a summer day, since the temperatures at the external sub cavity are high and at the inner one low (when shading is used). During winter, however, shading is off and the solar control outer pane gives rise to high temperatures inside the cavity (as wanted).
250
42 41 40 39
Air temperature (C)
38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Cavity height (m)

case A ext case E ext
case A int case E int
case D ext case F ext
case D int case F int
Figure 6.83
Air temperature prole along the internal and external sub cavity for the cases A, D, E and F for an extreme summer day (depth 0.8m, shading).
Inuence of the position of shading device on the air temperatures In the existing literature (Poirazis, 2006) it is mentioned that the position of shading devices inside the cavity can have a relatively large impact on the energy and on the thermal performance of double skin faades. In order to investigate the impact of the position of shading device on the inner layer temperatures, a 20 m high and 0.8 m deep cavity was selected and the cases A, D, E and F were simulated for an extreme summer day. In Figure 6.84 the air temperature (at the vertical centre) of the internal sub cavity for different depths, and the inner layer temperatures for the cases A, D, E and F, are presented. The main aim of this comparison was to investigate the inuence of shading device position on the thermal comfort. As shown in Figure 6.84, the variation in air temperature for the internal sub cavity ranges from 5C (case D) to 9C (case F) depending on the depth. However, the variation in the inner panes surface temperature is much smaller for all glazing alternatives. From the above it can be concluded that in the naturally ventilated cavities (with double pane glazing unit as inner skin) the position of shading devices is not important for the thermal comfort during the summer unless the inner skin is openable (box window cases) for natural ventilation purposes.
251
42 40 38 36
Temperature (C)
34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 case A case D case E case F case A case D case E case F
air temperatures (C)
inner surface temperatures (C)
0.1m
0.2m
0.3m
0.4m
0.5m
0.6m
0.7m
Figure 6.84
Air temperature (at the vertical centre) of the internal sub cavity and inner surface temperatures for different depths of the inner sub cavity for the cases A, D, E and F (extreme summer day).
6.3.1.3 Performance of the glazing alternatives

Double faade mode
Summer function (naturally ventilated cavity)
The temperature was calculated at the vertical and horizontal centres of each layer of a box window faade 800 mm deep and 3.5 m high. The calculations were carried out for an extreme summer day. For the cases that shading devices are not applied, all alternatives except the one with the three clear panes (case A) perform similarly in terms of the inner pane surface temperature (32C for the cases D, E and F and 36C for case A, with indoor air temperature of 25C). For the cases D and E a large part of the absorption takes place at the outer pane, while for the case F the intermediate solar control and low E coated pane results in a dramatic increase in temperature (of the intermediate pane), as shown in Figure 6.85.
252
62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20
Ventilated cavity Outdoor air temperature window airgap (centre) border border border border Outdoor surface temperature Indoor surface temperature Intermediate pane (centre) Indoor air temperature External pane (centre) Internal pane (centre)
Temperature (C)
Figure 6.85
Calculated temperatures for different layers at the vertical and horizontal centres of a double faade for an extreme summer day, naturally ventilated cavity-no shading devices.
When shading is applied, the surface temperature of the inner pane decreases as expected, since part of the solar radiation is absorbed by the venetian blinds. As shown in Figure 6.86 for the cases that no low E was applied (cases A and D) (i.e. high U values of the inner skin) the inner pane temperature is slightly higher (approximately 2C) than in the cases with inner and intermediate one (cases E and F).
253
62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20
Interediate pane (centre) External pane (centre) External subcavity (centre) Internal subcavity (centre) Shading device (centre) window airgap (centre) Internal pane (centre) Outdoor air temperature Outdoor surface temperature Indoor surface temperature Indoor air temperature border border border border border border
Temperature (C)
Figure 6.86
Calculated temperatures for different layers at the vertical and horizontal centres of a double faade for an extreme summer day, naturally ventilated cavity-shading devices.
Winter function (closed cavity)
For the winter case a box window cavity was selected, in order to study the air temperatures inside the cavity and the temperatures at the inner layer. In Figure 6.87 temperature at the horizontal and vertical centres of the layers for the cases A, D, E and F is presented assuming that no shading devices were applied. The cavity was assumed completely closed. At the inner layer the surface temperatures vary from 20C to 24C for the different cases, while the air temperatures inside the cavity vary from 10C to 17C. The case F (with the advanced low E and solar control intermediate pane) has the highest air and surface temperatures. The higher inner pane temperatures (when the alternatives E and F are compared) can be explained by (a) the lower U value and (b) the higher indirect solar transmittance of the F case. As shown in Table 6.1 the g values for the alternatives E and F are 0.35 and 0.3 respectively. The indirect transmittance is however 0.09 and 0.15 (g, Tsol) for the two cases. This means that even if the total solar transmittance is lower in the F case, the indirect transmittance is higher resulting in higher temperatures of the inner pane. Thus, the position of the solar control pane in a double faade system can be important for the inner pane temperatures.
254
26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0
External pane (centre) Intermediate pane (centre) window airgap (centre) Internal pane (centre) Ventilated cavity Outdoor air temperature Outdoor surface temperature Indoor surface temperature Indoor air temperature border border border border
Temperature (C)
case A
case D
case E
case F
Figure 6.87
Calculated temperatures for different layers at the vertical and horizontal centres of a double faade for a winter day, closed cavity- no shading devices.
When shading devices are applied (Figure 6.88), the variation in the air temperature inside the cavity is between 20C and 25C, while the inner surface temperatures vary from 20C to 22C. The increase in air temperature inside the cavity is caused by the absorption of the shading devices.
255
26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0
External pane (centre) Interediate pane (centre) External subcavity (centre) Internal subcavity (centre) Shading device (centre) window airgap (centre) Internal pane (centre) Outdoor air temperature Outdoor surface temperature Indoor surface temperature Indoor air temperature border border border border border border
Temperature (C)
case A
case D
case E
case F
Figure 6.88
Calculated temperatures for different layers at the vertical and horizontal centres of a double faade for a winter day, closed cavityshading devices.
A parametric study with different positions of shading devices inside the closed cavity was carried out for winter conditions for the cases A, D and F; as expected, the shading device position does not inuence the temperatures at the inner surface.
Summer winter function (mechanically ventilated cavity)
The main purpose of the mechanically ventilated DSF mode is to preheat the air inside the cavity during the heating season and to distribute it through the AHU into the zones as supply air (if needed it can be further heated in the AHU, in order to meet the required supply temperature). The increase in air temperature should lead to energy savings during the heating season. These simulations will be carried out in IDA on a building level, in order to reduce the energy use all year round. However, simulations are carried out in WIS 3, in order to study the increase in temperature with different glazing alternatives with and without shading devices. In order to calculate the air temperatures at the outlet of the cavity, a 20 m high multistorey faade was chosen and the simulations were carried out for a typical winter day (in order to study the warmest case); the airows needed for ventilation of the ofce zones are shown in Table 6.4. The two airow rates picked for the simulations are the minimum (typical single ofce) and the maximum (meeting room for 12 persons).
256
Table 6.4
Airow rates for mechanically ventilated cavities (double faade mode). The airow rates are chosen according to the ventilation rates of the different zones. Total ventilation rate (l/s) Ventilation Ventilation per m of per m of width for the width for the box window 20m high cavity (l/s/m cavity (l/s/m width) width) 4.2 5.6 4.2 5.8 5.2 6 24 32 24 33 30 34
Zone type
Typical single ofce (1 occupant) Double ofce (2 occupants) Corner ofce (1 occupant) Meeting room (6 occupants) Meeting room (8 occupants) Meeting room (12 occupants)
10 20 15 21 28 42
For the winter case the air temperatures at the exit for the different glazing alternatives are presented in Figure 6.89. In the cases with shading devices (placed at the middle of the cavity) an average temperature of the two sub cavities was assumed. As expected, in all the cases there is a small decrease in the air temperature at the exit, when the airow rate increases from 24 l/s/per m cavity width to 34 l/s/per m cavity width. The outlet air temperature of the case A (thee clear panes) is around 9C when shading devices are not applied and around 16.5C with shading devices. When a solar control external pane is applied (case D) the air temperature at the exit increases (around 11C) for the cases without shading devices due to the higher absorption of the external pane. For the same reason the air temperature difference for the cases with and without shading drops (by approximately 4.5C) compared with the case A. The results are similar when a low E internal pane is applied (case E). The lower air temperatures in case E (compared with the case D) can be explained by the lower heat transmission from indoors to the cavity. When the cases D and E with shading applied are compared, it can be noticed that the air temperatures at the exit slightly decrease. This can be explained by the larger absorption of the external pane. Finally, in the case with the advanced intermediate pane (low E + solar control pane) the air temperature increase is the highest both in the cases with (approximately 18 to 17C) and without (approximately 15C) shading devices. In this case, the air temperature increases due to the solar control pane treatment, while the low E coating reduces the heat transmission to or from the indoors. Since shading devices
257
are usually not applied during winter, the preferred cases for the winter conditions should be the cases F and D. On the other hand it is likely that there will be energy losses through the windows due to the higher U values then for E and F. This energy aspect is analyzed and discussed on a zone level using IDA ICE 3.0 (Subsection 6.3.2).
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
18,2 17,2 16,4 16,0 15,3 15,3 15,3 14,6 17,5
Air temperature at exit (C)
14,7
11,5 9,3 9,0
11,0
10,4
9,7
24 l/s/m width
34 l/s/m width
24 l/s/m width
34 l/s/m width
24 l/s/m width
34 l/s/m width
24 l/s/m width
34 l/s/m width
A3 A
D3 D
E3 E
F3 F
no shading
with shading
Figure 6.89
Calculated air temperatures at the exit of the mechanically ventilated cavity during a typical winter day (800mm deep cavity).
In order to calculate the inner panes surface temperatures, a box window faade (3.5 m high and 0.8 m deep) was considered. The surface temperature of the inner layer was calculated for both winter and (extreme) summer conditions. For the winter case the maximum airow (6 l/sec per m width) was assumed, while for the summer case the minimum one was considered (4.2 l/sec per m width). The main reason for these assumptions was to study the worst possible cases causing thermal discomfort problems. Both winter cases (with and without shading devices) were simulated as shown in Figure 6.90.
258
25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
21,9 20,1 19,8
23,1 21,5 20,9
22,0
22,7
Inner surface temperature (C)
no shading
shading
Winter
case A
case D
case E
case F
Figure 6.90
Calculated inner surface temperatures of mechanically ventilated box window facades (winter/extreme summer, with/without shading devices).
During a typical winter day the inner pane surface temperatures are quite close to the indoor air temperatures (23C), mostly for the alternatives E and F, with low U values. For the other two alternatives the surface temperatures are close to 20C, when shading is not applied. In the cases A and D the inner pane temperature is somewhat higher, when shading is applied, due to the clear inner pane. In the cases E (inner low E pane) and F (intermediate low E pane), however, the inner surface temperature remains almost the same for the cases with and without shading devices. During an extreme summer day the difference between the inner surface temperature and the indoor air temperature is 10 to 12C for the cases without the shading devices and 9 to 14C for the cases in which shading is applied. Simulations were carried out with naturally ventilated box window cases, in order to study the inuence of the reduced airows (mechanical ventilated cases) on the inner surface temperatures for an extreme summer day. For the naturally ventilated cavities the airow rate is much larger (than in the assumed mechanically ventilated ones) resulting in lower inner surface temperatures as shown in Figure 6.91. The airow rates for the naturally ventilated cases are presented in Table 6.5 (the air ow rate for the mechanically ventilated cavities is 4.2 l/sec per m of width of the faade). Regardless of whether shading is applied or not, a drop in the surface temperature can be noticed for the naturally ventilated cases due
259
to the highest airow rates inside the cavity. In the mechanically ventilated cases A and D, when shading is applied, the inner surface temperature slightly increases, while for the cases E and F it decreases. The absorbed radiation in the blinds results in higher air temperatures inside the cavity. In the cases with intermediate and inner clear panes (A and D) the air temperature increase has a considerable effect on the inner surface temperatures (resulting in higher inner surface temperatures when shading is applied), while for the cases E and F the inuence is much smaller (resulting in lower inner surface temperatures when shading is applied). In the naturally ventilated cases, however, the increase in air temperature inside the cavity when shading is applied results in a more intense stack effect and thus higher airows. The inner surface temperatures in all cases drop when shading is applied (most often cases during extreme summer days).
42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 case A case D case E case F
Inner surface temperature (C)
no shading mechanical vent. shading mechanical vent.
no shading natural vent. shading natural vent.
Figure 6.91
Calculated inner surface temperatures for box window facades (extreme summer day).
Table 6.5
Airow rates for naturally ventilated box window facades. case A (l/sec per m of width) case D (l/sec per m of width) 242 267 case E (l/sec per m of width) 248 248 case F (l/sec per m of width) 274 284
no shading shading
167 255
260
Finally, a comparison between a naturally and a mechanically ventilated cavity during an extreme summer day shows that (especially when shading is applied) the sufcient heat extraction can reduce the inner surface temperatures. The drop in temperature can reach 9C in the cases with clear inner and intermediate panes and 6C in the cases with a low E coated pane. Moreover it is obvious that in order to ensure low inner surface temperatures during extreme summer days, sufcient airow in the cavity should be provided. If the temperature does not drop enough with a naturally ventilated cavity, then the possibility of fan supported ventilation (Poirazis, 2006) should be examined. Airow window mode For the airow window cases the exhaust air (of the ofce space) enters the cavity and through the cavity is driven to the AHU. Thus, the temperature of the inlet air (to the cavity) is constant (i.e. 23C for a winter day, 24C for a typical summer and 25C for an extreme summer day, same as the indoor air temperatures ). Only box window faades were studied for the airow window mode, focusing on (a) the (inner surface) temperatures of the inner pane, for thermal comfort purposes and (b) the air temperatures at the exit from the cavity, for heat recovery purposes. The different glazing alternatives used are described in more detail in Subsection 4.1.3.1. A brief parametric study was initially carried out, regarding the impact of cavity depth on the inner surface temperatures and the air temperatures at the vertical and horizontal centres of the cavity. The calculations were made for a typical winter and an extreme summer day for cases without shading devices. The study showed that neither the air nor the surface temperatures are inuenced by the depth of the mechanically ventilated cavity. For this reason a 200 mm deep cavity was selected for the simulations. The properties of the airow window glazing systems are described in Table 6.6 and in more detail (e.g. visual transmittance) in Appendix I.
261
Table 6.6 Properties of the airow window glazing systems as calculated by WIS 3.
U value glazing system W/mK, closed cavity U value inner skin W/mK
External pane
Gap (200 mm)
Gap (12 mm)
Internal pane
Intermediate pane
AW Case
g value
0.627
Clear pane 8mm Clear pane 8mm Clear pane 8mm Optigreen 8mm Optigreen 8mm Solar control+low E 8mm Solar control+low E 8mm
Air
Argon
Argon
Argon
Argon
Clear pane 4mm Low E 4mm Optigreen 6mm Clear pane 4mm Low E 4mm
Ventilated
Ventilated
Ventilated
Ventilated
Ventilated
Clear pane 4mm Clear pane 4mm Clear pane 4mm Clear pane 4mm Clear pane 4mm
1.93
5.92
0.53
1.15
5.92
0.561
0.447
1.83
5.92
0.529
0.326
1.85
5.92
0.404
0.297
1.15
5.92
0.354
0.264
Argon
Clear pane 8mm
Ventilated
Clear pane 4mm
1.04
5.92
0.195
0.157
Argon
Clear pane 4mm
Ventilated
Low E 6mm
0.824
5.66
0.191
0.149
Inner surface temperatures of airow window faades
In order to carry out the parametric studies with the different glazing alternatives a typical winter and an extreme summer day were considered (where the results are more evident). Cases with and without shading were considered for the extreme summer conditions, in order to study the potential overheating problem, while the airows were selected for the worst case in terms of heat gain or extraction (6 l/sec per m width of faade for winter and 4.2 l/sec per m width of faade for summer conditions). During a typical winter day the inner surface temperature of all the simulated alternatives varies from 21C to 24C, as shown in Figure 6.92 (the inlet air temperature is the same as the indoor air temperature, 23C). The highest inner surface temperature is noticed in the third (C) case with an intermediate solar control pane and clear inner and outer panes (its performance regarding energy use is studied all year round on a zone level in Subsection 6.3.2 using IDA ICE 3.0 software) . The lowest temperature is noticed in the fourth (D) case in which the solar control pane was placed as an outer pane and the inner and intermediate panes are clear. For an extrene summer day the highest surface temperatures are still noticed in the third case, while the lowest are noticed in the seventh (G) case with an advanced (low E + solar control) outer pane, a clear intermediate pane and
262
Tsol
a low E inner pane (case with the lowest U and g values). The inner surface temperature variation of the simulated alternatives is from 32C to 47C, without shading, and from 33C to 50C when shading is applied. When three clear panes are applied (case A) the inner surface temperature is almost 22C, while for the extreme summer case the temperature rises up to 37C when shading is not applied and up to 48C for the case with shading. The surface temperatures for the second (B) case in which the clear intermediate pane was replaced by a low E coated one are slightly higher. By replacing the intermediate clear pane with a solar control one (case C) the surface temperature slightly rises even more during a typical winter day. For an extreme summer day, however, the highly absorbing intermediate pane results in increased air temperatures inside the cavity, and consequently (due to the relatively high thermal transmittance of the inner clear pane) high inner surface temperatures. When shading is applied the inner surface temperature increase is lower than in the cases A and B, since the solar control intermediate pane reduces the effect of shading devices. When a body tinted solar control pane is placed as an outer one (cases D and E) the surface temperatures drop to 21C in the case D and to 22C in the case E, for the typical winter day. During an extreme summer day (without shading devices) the inner surface temperatures are 38C for the case D (clear intermediate pane) and 36C for the case E (low E coated intermediate pane). A larger drop in inner surface temperatures (compared with the cases A, B and C) can, however, be noticed when shading devices are applied during an extreme summer day. In this case the temperatures rise to 42C and 41C respectively (i.e. much lower than the alternatives studied before), since the absorption takes place at the outer pane (same effect as case C but this time at the outer pane). When the cases D and E are compared it is obvious that the low E coated pane (with lower U value) placed as intermediate pane (case E) replacing the clear one (case D) results in a slightly higher (1C) surface temperature during winter, while during the summer this slight temperature increase brings the opposite results. The difference between the two alternatives is however quite small. In the last two cases an advanced solar coated (low E + solar control) pane is applied. In the case F the intermediate and inner panes are clear ones, while in the case G the inner pane is replaced by a hard coated low E one. In these two cases the inner surface temperature during the winter is around 22C (slightly higher for the case G), while for an extreme summer day the temperature rise is the lowest (compared with all previous cases) as it does not exceed 32C (no shading applied). When shading is applied, 263
the increase in the inner surface temperature is very small especially in the case with the inner low E coated pane (case G).
52 50 48 46 44 42 40 38 36 34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 typical winter surface temperature (no shading) extreme summer extreme summer surface temperature (shading)
Temperature (C)
Figure 6.92
Inner surface temperatures for an airow box window (with and without shading devices).
Outlet air temperatures of airow window faades
The outlet air temperatures are calculated only for the winter case, since in this case the air is brought to the AHU for heat recovery. In order to study the inuence of glazing combination on the outlet air temperature a 200 mm deep box cavity was selected with airow of 6 l/sec per m width of faade. The airow window alternatives are studied both with and without shading device. When shading is not applied, the highest outlet air temperature is noticed when the solar control pane is placed as intermediate pane (case C) as shown in Figure 6.93. The lowest temperatures are noticed for the case A, in which three clear panes are applied (case with the highest thermal transmittance). When shading is applied the cases with clear outer pane are the ones with the highest air temperatures at the exit of the cavity (cases A, B and C). In more detail, when shading is not applied the air temperature at the exit for the rst case (A) is 19C (4C of temperature drop), while, when shading is applied, the air temperature rises to 27.5C. When a low E coated pane is applied as intermediate pane (case B) resulting in a lower U value, the air temperature increases to 23C and 28.5C respectively. The advanced low E and solar control intermediate pane (case C) results
264
in a higher air temperature when shading is not applied (24C) but in a lower one (26) when shading is applied, due to the higher absorption at this pane. When a solar control pane is applied as outer pane (case D), the air temperature at the exit is 19C, without shading, and 21.5C with shading. When a low E pane is applied as intermediate one (case E), replacing the clear pane of the case D, the air temperature at the exit increases to 22C and 24.5C respectively. The temperatures are somewhat lower when the advanced coated pane (low E + solar control) is used as the outer one (cases F ad G).
30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0
Air temperature at the exit (C)
A A1
B B1
C C1
no shading
D D1
E E1
shading
F F1
G G1
Figure 6.93
Air temperature at exit for different airow window cases (winter day).
In general, solar control panes result in smaller air temperature differences between the cases with and without shading devices, since by absorbing a larger amount of radiation (than clear panes) they reduce the effect of shading. The concept of heat recovery is studied more extensively in the IDA ICE 3.0 simulations and conclusions are further discussed below.
6.3.2
Parametric studies on a zone level (IDA ICE 3.0)
As described in Subsection 4.1.3.2, a parametric study of different double skin faade alternatives was carried out, in order to evaluate their performance and better understand the inuence of design parameters on energy use and thermal comfort. A typical cell ofce (for one person) zone with normal control set points was selected for this study. Due to the large amount of output data, the results are presented selectively.
265
6.3.2.1 Standard double faade mode (naturally ventilated cavity)

For the naturally ventilated standard double faade mode the alternatives selected for the IDA ICE 3.0 simulations were A, D, E and F (see Subsection 6.3.1.1). Two types of shading devices were used (see Subsection 5.3.2.6) in the cavity with a depth of 0.8 m (see Subsection 5.3.2.3). The cavity depth was selected after consideration of minimum depth to ensure efcient heat extraction from the cavity as discussed in Subsection 6.3.1.2. For the naturally ventilated cavities nine different damper control set points were considered. For the rst case the dampers were assumed always open. For the second case (set point of 10C) the dampers were completely closed for cavity air temperature below 8C and completely open above 12C; between 8 and 12C the dampers open linearly. The dampers for the other set points (12, 14, 16, 18, 20 and 22C) are similar. In the last case the openings were considered always closed. The output parameters studied for the naturally ventilated cavities are related to energy use and indoor climate issues. In more detail, the study focuses on the inuence of design parameters (such as glazing and shading device type and the opening control of dampers) on energy use and inner pane temperatures. Furthermore their impact on operative temperature and comfort indices is presented. Energy use The design parameters studied are the faade orientation and the type of glazing and shading device. Each of these cases was simulated for the different damper control set points mentioned above and the alternatives with minimum total energy use were selected as optimal ones. The glazing type is crucial for energy savings. As shown in Figure 6.94, the alternative F (solar control + low E coating intermediate pane) performs best regardless of the faade orientation. The alternatives A and D have increased heating demand (due to the high U value of the system). The lower g value of the alternative D (solar control outer pane), results in a lower cooling and a higher heating demand. In total there is a slightly higher total energy demand for the north and east but a lower one for the south and west oriented faades. The alternative E has a lower heating demand due to the low E inner coating (lower thermal transmittance); the lower thermal transmittance of the inner skin of the alternative E (1.46 instead of 2.74 W/m2K, see Table 6.1) does not have much inuence on the cooling demand. The alternative F with the intermediate solar control and low E coating performs better during both the heating and cooling seasons, 266
due to the lower U and g values. The performance of the cases with blue (instead of white) venetian blinds is similar; the impact of shading devices is studied further in Subsection 6.3.2.6.
160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
Heating and cooling demand (kWh/m2a)
141
149
137
143
134
132
108
104
134
138 101
92
91
97
89
17
18
16
13
20
13
14
DSF D 10
DSF E 11
12
12
13
DSF A
DSF A
DSF A
DSF D
DSF D
DSF A
DSF D
DSF E
DSF E
DSF E
DSF F
DSF F
DSF F
north
east
south
west
cooling
heating
Figure 6.94
Energy use (heating and cooling) for a cell ofce for cases with white venetian blinds (standard double faade mode, naturally ventilated cavity with optimal temperature damper control).
Indoor Climate In order to study the thermal performance of the double faade alternatives, the inner pane temperatures and the monthly average PMV values were studied. Although similar output was obtained by WIS 3.0 simulations, this time all year round simulations were carried out, providing a more realistic view of the double faade thermal performance as to Scandinavian climatic conditions. For the simulations, cavities with optimal (as to energy use) temperature damper control were chosen.
Inner pane temperatures
For studying the inner pane temperatures a south oriented faade was selected, with optimal (as to energy use) damper control. The glazing type has a considerable inuence on the inner pane temperatures of the ventilated cavity as shown in Figure 6.95, which was also shown by the WIS 3.0 simulations. The best choice for glazing is alternative F, with a low U and g value of the inner skin. The inner pane temperature distribution is larger for the alternatives (A and D) without low E pane (higher U value) and as expected somewhat colder than the ones with low E panes.
267
DSF F
89
1200 1100 1000 900
Number of hours
800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 14 15 16 17 18 19 DSF A 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Inner pane temperature (C)

DSF D
DSF E
DSF F
Figure 6.95
Number of hours (in a year) for certain inner pane temperatures for different glazing alternatives for a cell ofce (south orientation, ventilated cavity with optimal temperature damper control, white venetian blinds).
Monthly average PMV
The Predicted Mean Vote (monthly average PMV values during the working hours) was studied in this section. North, east, south and west oriented single ofces with ventilated faades were simulated. All four glazing alternatives were selected with white venetian blinds. Due to the lower U value (when the dampers are closed) the alternatives E and F perform better than the A and D during the winter months (north oriented faades, see Figure 6.96). The higher indirect transmittance and slightly lower U values of the case F further improve the PMV values during winter (when compared with the case E), as explained in Subsection 6.1.3.1. During summer on the other hand the warm air is extracted through the ventilated cavity (cooling the intermediate pane), so the performance of alternative F is similar to that with the case E (see Figures 6.85 and 6.86). In the PMV comparison, however, it can be seen that the PMV values are lower in the case F. This can be explained by damper control set points, in combination with the fact that the cavity air temperatures tend to be higher in the case F. The dampers in this case are opened for more hours during the summer months resulting in lower U values (1.31 instead of 1.15 W/m2K of case E) and lower inner pane temperatures. The alternative with the outer solar control pane (D) also performs well during the summer but it has pretty low PMV values during
268
winter, due to a high U value. The lower PMV values (during summer) of the alternative D compared with those of alternative E during summer can be explained with the higher transmission losses from the zone to the cavity (due to the lack of the inner low E pane). Finally, the alternative A performs poorly during both winter and summer due to the high U and g values.
0,3 0,2 0,1
Monthly average PMV
0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7

DSF A
DSF D
DSF E
DSF F
Figure 6.96
Monthly average PMV values for the north oriented naturally ventilated cases for a cell ofce (white venetian blinds).
The monthly average PMV values during summer of the south oriented alternatives are somewhat lower (better being closer to zero) than those of the north oriented ones, as shown in Figure 6.97, due to the increased use of shading devices. Since the shading (due to the daylight control) is used more in the south oriented faade (e.g. 31% for the south and 1% for the north oriented alternative F during the summer months), the system g value drops, lowering the inner pane temperatures and consequently the monthly average PMV values. Another conclusion that can be drawn by observing the curves in Figure 6.97 is that the PMV values of the south oriented A and F alternatives (with clear outer pane) tend to decrease even more (compared with D and E that have outer solar control pane). Since the shading is used more for the cases with clear outer pane (due to the daylight control), the g values of the south oriented cases A and F are lower during the summer months. Furthermore, the more often the shading is applied, the warmer the cavity gets and the greater is the number of hours with opened dampers, resulting in lower inner pane temperatures and lower monthly average PMV values for the south oriented cases.
269
0,3 0,2 0,1
Monthly average PMV
0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7

DSF A
DSF D
DSF E
DSF F
Figure 6.97
Monthly average PMV values for the south oriented naturally ventilated cases for a cell ofce (white venetian blinds).
6.3.2.2. Standard double faade mode (mechanically ventilated cavity)

For the mechanically ventilated standard double faade mode the four glazing alternatives selected were the same as for the naturally ventilated one. For this mode the air enters the AHU in three ways: (a) from outdoors, (b) from the double skin faade cavity or (c) from both. All year round, the outlet air from the double skin faade cavity is warmer than the outdoor air. During the heating season the use of this air as supply air may have a positive effect on energy demand, while during summer the outdoor air should be preferred, in order to avoid increasing the cooling demand. In order to mix the outdoor air and cavity air properly, so as to meet the supply air temperature (into the zones), a mixing box was designed in IDA ICE 3.0. The parameters studied for the mechanically ventilated cavities are similar to those for the naturally ventilated ones. Energy use The design parameters studied are the faade orientation and the type of glazing. As for the naturally ventilated cases the glazing type is crucial for the energy savings. As shown in Figure 6.98, the DSF F (solar control + low E coated intermediate pane) performs best regardless of the faade orientation, while due to the high U value the alternatives A and D have increased heating demand. The total energy demand for the north and
270
east is slightly higher, while for the south and west oriented faades it is lower. The heating demand of the DSF E case is lower due to the low E inner coating. When the alternatives E and F are compared it is obvious that the position of the solar control pane is as crucial for the mechanically ventilated cases, as it was for the naturally ventilated ones. The intermediate solar control + low E pane results in a lower heating demand due to reduced transmission losses through the outer skin, while the lower g value of the alternative F results in a lower cooling demand during summer.
160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
128
133
119
124 124
142
134
129 93
102
97
89
86
82
78
26
28
20
32
19
21
17
16
18
13
19
DSF D 11
DSF E 11
12
DSF A
DSF A
DSF A
DSF A
DSF D
DSF D
DSF D
DSF E
DSF E
DSF E
north
DSF F
east
DSF F
south
DSF F
west
cooling
heating
Figure 6.98
Energy use (heating and cooling) for cases with white venetian blinds for a cell ofce (standard double faade mode, mechanically ventilated cavity).
Indoor Climate The parameters studied in this section were the inner pane temperatures and the monthly average PMV values.
Inner pane temperatures
As for the naturally ventilated cavity a south oriented faade was selected for studying the inner pane temperatures. The glazing type considerably inuences the inner pane temperatures of the ventilated cavity as shown in Figure 6.99 (cases with white venetian blinds). The low U and g values of the alternative F result once more in narrower temperature variation of the inner pane; the distribution is larger for the alternatives A and D without low E pane (higher U value) and as expected somewhat colder. When the inner pane temperatures for the south oriented naturally (Figure 6.89) and mechanically (Figure 6.99) ventilated cavities are compared it
271
DSF F
13
80
is obvious that the latter ones are much higher. This can be explained by the insufcient heat extraction due to the low airow rates.
1200 1100 1000 900
Number of hours
800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Temperature (C)
DSF A
DSF D
DSF E
DSF F
Figure 6.99
Number of hours (in year) for certain inner pane temperatures for different glazing alternatives for a cell ofce (south orientation, white venetian blinds, mechanically ventilated cavity).
Monthly average PMV
The monthly average PMV is presented for the north and south oriented double skin alternatives. As expected, for the north oriented faade the DSF F appears to be closer to the zero axis (due to the low U and g values) both during winter and summer (as shown in Figure 6.100. The low E coating of the DSF E results in higher PMV values (compared with the DSF D), while the solar control outer pane results in similar PMV values during summer. The clear outer pane of the DSF A results in slightly higher PMV values (than DSF D) all year round.
272
0,3 0,2 0,1
Monthly average PMV
0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7

DSF A
DSF D
DSF E
DSF F
Figure 6.100
Monthly average PMV values for the north oriented mechanically ventilated cases for a cell ofce (white venetian blinds).
The trend for the monthly average PMV values for the south oriented faade is similar as shown in Figure 6.101. As expected, when the naturally and mechanically ventilated cases are compared, the PMV values are somewhat higher during summer due to the lower air ow rates (mainly during the summer months) inside the cavity. Higher airow rates can partly solve this problem but they will increase the energy demand for fans. The lack of efcient heat extraction through the cavity has also another effect on the PMV values of the south oriented faades. While for the naturally ventilated cases the larger amount of absorbed radiation during the summer months, combined with the efcient heat extraction, resulted in lower PMV values, for the mechanically ventilated cases the insufcient ventilation rates lead to increased air temperatures inside the cavity, which inuences the inner pane temperatures (as shown in Figure 6.99) and increases the PMV values.
273
0,3 0,2 0,1
Monthly average PMV
0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7

DSF A
DSF D
DSF E
DSF F
Figure 6.101
Monthly average PMV values for the south oriented mechanically ventilated cases for a cell ofce (white venetian blinds).
6.3.2.3 Standard double faade mode (hybrid ventilated cavity)

For the hybrid ventilated standard double faade mode the same four glazing alternatives (as for the naturally and mechanically ventilated ones) were simulated in IDA ICE 3.0. For this mode the cavity is mechanically ventilated all year round, using the same mixing box as the one described in Subsection 6.3.2.2. In the hybrid ventilated case, however, the dampers open when the cavity air temperature exceeds a certain limit (for more efcient heat extraction purposes); this temperature limit was selected in such a way that the total (heating and cooling demand) is minimized. The main aim of the hybrid mode is to combine efcient heat recovery (as in the mechanically ventilated cases) and reduced cooling demand due to the better ventilated cavity (as in the naturally ventilated cases). Energy use The design parameters studied are the faade orientation and the type of glazing. As shown in Figure 6.102, the DSF F (solar control+low E coating intermediate pane) performs best once more regardless of the faade orientation , while due to the high U value the alternatives A and D have increased heating demand. The total energy demand for the north and east is slightly higher, while for the south and west oriented faades it is
274
lower. The heating demand of the DSF E case is lower due to the low E inner coating.
160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
137
145
133
140
130
127
107
101
129
134 98
89
86
94 82
17
17
15
20
14
13
13
DSF D 11
13
14
DSF E 10
DSF D 10
DSF A
DSF A
DSF A
DSF D
DSF A
DSF D
DSF E
DSF E
north
east
south
west
cooling
heating
Figure 6.102
Energy use (heating and cooling) for cases with white venetian blinds for a cell ofce (standard double faade mode- hybrid ventilated cavity).
Indoor Climate The parameters studied in this section were the monthly average PMV values for the north and south oriented faades.
Monthly average PMV
For the north oriented faades the alternative A (clear panes) has the highest monthly average PMV values during the summer months due to the high g values. The alternative with the inner low E and outer solar control pane (E) is next, while the alternatives D and F appear to perform best during the cooling period. As for the naturally ventilated cases, the inner low E pane prevents the transmission losses from the ofce space to the cavity resulting in slightly warmer conditions during the cooling period. During the heating season the alternatives with the lowest U values (E and F) perform best, while the intermediate solar control + low E pane (case F) results in more hours with open cavity, due to the increased air cavity temperatures and thus lower monthly average PMV values.
DSF E
DSF F 11
DSF F 10
DSF F 10
DSF F
82
275
0,3 0,2 0,1
Monthly average PMV
0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7

DSF A
DSF D
DSF E
DSF F
Figure 6.103
Monthly average PMV values for the north oriented hybrid ventilated cases for a cell ofce (white venetian blinds).
The south oriented alternatives follow a similar trend. As for the naturally ventilated cases the increased use of shading devices combined with efcient heat extraction (caused partly by the more intense stack effect during the summer) results in lower monthly average PMV values during the summer months for the south oriented faades; the effect is larger for the cases with clear outer pane (A and F).
276
0,3 0,2 0,1
Monthly average PMV
0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7

DSF A
DSF D
DSF E
DSF F
Figure 6.104
Monthly average PMV values for the south oriented hybrid ventilated cases for a cell ofce (white venetian blinds).
6.3.2.4 Airow window mode

In the airow window cases the air from the ofce zone is exhausted through the cavity to the heat exchanger for heat recovery purposes. The supply air to the zone is 11.5 l/s (equal to the airow rate inside the cavity). More information concerning the geometry of the airow window cases can be found in Subsection 5.3.1.2, while a description of the type and position of shading devices can be found in Subsection 5.3.2.6. The glazing properties of the studied alternatives are described in Appendices H and I. Energy use In Figure 6.105 the energy use of the airow window alternatives is presented. In general, the north facing alternatives tend to perform slightly better than the rest mainly due to the lower cooling demand. As expected, AW A (case with three clear panes) has the highest total (heating and cooling) demand, due to the high U and g values (1.93 W/m2K and 0.627, as shown in Appendix I). The outer solar control pane (AW D) results in a lower cooling and in a slightly higher heating demand (due to the lower g value of the outer skin). For the south and west orientation the decrease in total demand reaches 11%. When a low E intermediate pane replaces the clear one (AW E), decreasing the U value of the system (1.15 W/m2K), the heating demand drops drastically (approximately 33% regardless of
277
orientation, compared with AW D), since the air temperature drop inside the cavity is smaller due to the better insulation of the outer skin. The cooling demand, however, increases (although the g value is lower than in the two previous cases), since during the cooling period the low E intermediate pane does not allow the heat to transmit from the cavity to the outside. When the advanced low E + solar control pane is placed as the outer one (AW F), the cooling demand drops, while the heating demand increases due to the lower g value of the outer skin (compared with AW E); the decrease in total demand is more noticeable in the south, west and east orientations due to the larger cooling demand. Finally, when the clear inner pane (of the E case) is replaced by a low E pane the total demand drops further. The cooling demand in this case slightly increases (although the solar transmittance slightly drops) due to the improved insulation of the inner skin (less heat transmission from indoors to the cavity). AW G results in the lowest energy use for heating and cooling, due to the low thermal transmittance (both outer and inner skin).
180 170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
121
108
116 115 122 75 82 78 83 60 34 44 23
127
135
127 86 91 88
93
77
73
59
45
26
26
33
35
46
25
26
65
13
17
AW G 11
AW F 10
18
AW G
19
AW G
AW E
AW E
AW E
AW E
AW D
AW D
AW D
AW D
north
east
south
west
cooling sum
heating sum
Figure 6.105
Energy use (heating and cooling) for cases with white venetian blinds for a cell ofce (AW cases).
Indoor Climate
Inner pane temperatures The inner pane temperatures have been studied in this section for the different glazing alternatives. For all the cases white venetian blinds were assumed (when applied). As shown in Figure 6.106 the inner pane temperatures of the north facing alternatives hardly exceed 28C. For the
278
AW G
AW A
AW A
AW A
AW A
AW F
AW F
AW F
24
70
cases without low E pane (AW A and AW D) the temperature of the inner pane is somewhat lower due to the high thermal transmittance. The inner pane temperature of the alternatives E and F (with U of 1.15 and 1.04 W/m2K and g values of 0.354 and 0.195) increases, when low E panes are applied. The temperature variation is smaller in the case F due to the lower g value, while the slightly lower U value does not affect the lower inner pane temperatures. When the inner clear pane is replaced with a low E pane (case G), a slight decrease in the U value results in higher inner pane temperatures.
1300 1200 1100 1000 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
Number of hours
Inner pane temperature (C)

AW A
AW D
AW E
AW F
AW G
Figure 6.106
Inner pane temperatures for north facing AW alternatives for a cell ofce (white venetian blinds).
The inner pane temperatures, however, increase dramatically in the south, west and east orientations, as shown in Figure 6.107. When no solar control pane is applied (AW A), the number of hours with temperatures above 30C is 860 for the south, 650 for the west and 400 for the east oriented faade. As expected, the solar control outer pane (AW D) causes a decrease in the inner pane temperatures, especially for the south facing zone. When a low E intermediate pane replaces the clear one (AW E), the inner pane temperature slightly increases, although the solar transmittance of AW E is lower than that of AW D (0.354 and 0.404 respectively). The increased thermal insulation of the intermediate pane in combination with the low airow rates results in higher air temperatures inside the cavity and thus higher inner pane temperatures. Finally, the number of hours with inner pane temperatures higher than 30C is much lower for the last two AW alternatives (AW F and AW G), mainly due to the lower total solar
279
transmittance. The low E inner pane of AW G results in somewhat lower inner pane temperatures.
Number of hours with inner pane temperature above 30C
900 850 800 750 700 650 600 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0
868
627 535
645
465 406 426
275 229 142 107 48 65 24 116
East
South
West
AW A
AW D
AW E
AW F
AW G
Figure 6.107
Number of hours with inner pane temperatures above 30C for a cell ofce (white venetian blinds).
Monthly average PMV
The monthly average PMV values for the north oriented facades are presented in Figure 6.108. As expected, the cases without low E pane (AW A and AW D) have the lowest PMV values during the winter months, due to high U values. During spring and autumn, however, the PMV values of AW A increase due to the high total solar transmittance. AW D (case with outer solar control pane) is a somewhat cooler option during summer compared with AW A. When the low E pane is placed as the intermediate one (AW E) the PMV improves during the heating season but not during summer (compared with AW D), since less heat can be transmitted to the outdoors through the outer skin, increasing the air temperature and consequently the inner pane temperature. Finally, the monthly average PMV values are improved by AW F and AW G with the solar control+low E outer pane. The PMV during winter improves further, when the inner low E pane (AW G) is applied.
280
0,4 0,3 0,2
Monthly average PMV
0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7

AW A
AW D
AW E
AW F
AW G
Figure 6.108
Monthly average PMV values for the north oriented AW cases for a cell ofce (white venetian blinds).
For the south oriented faade the monthly average PMV values are shown in Figure 6.109. The tendencies remain the same as in the north oriented faade but in this case the PMV values are somewhat higher during the whole year. The alternatives performing best are the ones with the solar control + low E outer pane (AW F and AW G) for both the north and south oriented faades.
0,4 0,3 0,2
Monthly average PMV
0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7

AW A
AW D
AW E
AW F
AW G
Figure 6.109
Monthly average PMV values for the south oriented AW cases for a cell ofce (white venetian blinds).
281
6.3.2.5 Impact of the ventilated faade concept

In order to estimate the energy savings and the indoor climate improvements achieved by different ventilated facade concepts, a comparison between standard double faades, airow window cases and a non-ventilated faades was carried out at a zone level. The standard double faade mode (naturally, mechanically and hybrid) ventilated glazing alternatives were compared with the same ones in which no ventilation occurs. According to personal communication with Dr. Bengt Hellstrm (Division of Energy and Building Design, Lund University) the difference in thermal transmittance values between a closed double skin faade (with cavity depth of 0.8 m) and a single skin one with the same glazing (but cavity depth of 0.012 m) is 0.1 W/m2K. This difference is also what IDA ICE 3.0 results in. So consideration of the all year round closed double faade as a single skin one is reasonable. Similar comparisons have been carried out for the airow window cases. This comparison can be considered as a comparison between (triple glazed) single skin and double skin alternatives with intermediate venetian blinds. In order to reduce the size of output, south and north oriented faades were selected for the comparisons. Energy use When the cooling demand of the different north and south oriented alternatives is compared, it is obvious that the naturally and hybrid ventilated double faades use less energy than the mechanically ventilated and the closed double skin facades (see Figure 6.110). As expected, the effect of ventilated cavities is larger for the south oriented facades, with the alternative F giving the lowest energy use. When the naturally and hybrid ventilated faades are compared with the (all year round) closed ones, a larger drop in cooling demand can be observed in the case A (with the higher total solar and thermal transmittance; 52% lower cooling demand in the naturally ventilated case compared with the one with a closed cavity, for the south oriented zone). This can be explained by the fact that the heat extraction is more important due to the higher total solar transmittance of the outer skin (which results in increased air temperatures in the cavity) and the high thermal transmittance of the inner skin (increased heat transmission from the cavity to indoors). The outer solar control pane (case D) reduces the effect of ventilation, decreasing the cooling demand by 46% (naturally ventilated south oriented zone compared with the case with closed dampers). When the inner low E inner pane replaces the clear one (case E) the drop is 40%, while for the case with the advanced intermediate pane (case F) the drop is 42% (slightly higher drop due to
282
the higher indirect solar transmittance, when the cavity is closed). The results for the hybrid ventilated cases are similar.
34 32 30 28 26 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2 0
DSF A DSF D DSF A DSF D DSF E DSF E DSF F DSF F
Cooling demand (kWh/m2a)
north
south
closed
naturally
mechanically
hybrid
Figure 6.110
Cooling demand for faades with natural, mechanical, hybrid and no ventilation for the north and south oriented zones for a cell ofce (normal set points, white venetian blinds).
A comparison between a closed cavity and cavities with natural, mechanical and hybrid ventilation (Figure 6.111) shows that the closed and the mechanically ventilated cavities are the ones performing slightly better during winter. It should be stated, however, that for the naturally ventilated cavity the dampers are not completely closed (sealed), allowing a low airow inside the cavity. This assumption was made, since it is similar to the real case. The hybrid ventilated case has also slightly higher energy use for heating due to the damper control used (depending on the cavity air temperature); as a result, in some of the cases where the dampers are open to allow natural ventilation, heating is still needed. A more sophisticated damper control was assumed on a building level.
283
150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0

Heating demand (kWh/m2a)
north
south
closed
naturally
mechanically
hybrid
Figure 6.111
Heating demand for faades with natural, mechanical, hybrid and no ventilation for the north and south oriented zones for a cell ofce (normal set points, white venetian blinds).
As shown in Figure 6.112 the impact of ventilated faade on the total energy demand is limited. For the north facing alternatives the closed and mechanically ventilated cases perform best regardless of the glazing case, since the heating demand is the dominating factor; increased heating demand due to small openings, when the dampers are assumed closed can lead to slightly higher total energy use. For the south oriented cases the hybrid ventilated cavities perform slightly better than the rest (except in the case F in which the mechanically ventilated case is slightly better). The savings for the naturally ventilated case can reach 4% (south oriented, case A), for the mechanically ventilated case 4% (south oriented, case F) and for the hybrid case 7% (south oriented, case A).
284
170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0

Total demand (kWh/m2a)
north
south
naturally
mechanically
hybrid
closed
Figure 6.112
Total (heating and cooling) demand for cavities with natural, mechanical, hybrid and no ventilation for the north and south oriented zones for a cell ofce (normal set points, white venetian blinds).
Regarding the airow window cases, a comparison between these and the closed double faades was carried out (Figure 6.113). The U and g values of the system are kept the same, while the geffective is slightly different due to the position of shading devices. Regardless of the orientation, the cooling demand for the north facing airow window cases increases, while the heating demand drops. Due to the reduced heating demand, the total demand is lower for the airow window cases.
285
170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
127
140
135
148
91
108
93
26
20
13
17
11
11
10
aw
df (closed)
aw
df (closed)
aw
df (closed)
aw
df (closed)
case A
case D
case E
case F
cooling
heating
Figure 6.113
Total demand (heating and cooling) for the double faade and airow window north oriented zones for a cell ofce with normal set points.
When the south oriented zones are compared, however, the cooling demand increases dramatically due to the small airow rates and the increased inlet air temperatures (Figure 6.114). Another reason for the increased cooling demand is the position of shading devices. The shading devices for the airow window cases are placed between the intermediate and inner panes (while for the double faade cases they were placed between the outer and intermediate panes), increasing the amount of transmitted heat through the inner skin; the effect of shading devices is more important for the south oriented zones, since in this case they are used more. When the heating demand is examined, there is a drop regardless of the glazing case. The total demand is in most of the cases increased for the south facing faades.
286
92
170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
108
128
115
132
75
96
78
59
27
35
46
20
18
25
aw
df (closed)
aw
df (closed)
aw
df (closed)
aw
df (closed)
case A
case D
case E
case F
cooling
heating
Figure 6.114
Total demand (heating and cooling) for the double faade and airow window south oriented zones for a cell ofce with normal set points.
Indoor climate For the indoor climate comparisons, monthly average PMV for the south oriented faades were considered, while PPD values were examined on a building level. For the case with the three clear panes the naturally and hybrid ventilated cavities perform similarly resulting in lower monthly average PMV values as presented in Figure 6.115. For these cases the PMV values vary from -0.6 to 0.26.
13
86
287
0,3 0,2 0,1
Monthly average PMV
0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7

closed
naturally
mechanically
hybrid
Figure 6.115
Monthly average PMV values for the south oriented alternatives for a cell ofce (case A, normal set points, white venetian blinds).
The trend for the glazing alternatives D and E is similar (but lower), in which the monthly average PMV values vary from -0.6 to 0.2 and from -0.55 to 0.2 respectively (Figure 6.116). For the case F (with solar control and low E intermediate pane), however, a difference can be noticed in the naturally and hybrid ventilated cases. This difference can be explained by the increased number of hours with open cavity for the naturally ventilated cases. Since the temperature set point for the dampers (hybrid ventilate case) is set, in order to decrease the total energy demand, it was decided to have a much higher set point (in order to use the preheated air for heat recovery purposes for more hours).
288
0,3 0,2 0,1
Monthly average PMV
0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6

closed
naturally
mechanically
hybrid
Figure 6.116
Monthly average PMV values for the south oriented alternatives for a cell ofce (case F, normal set points, white venetian blinds).
The airow window cases tend to be warmer as discussed previously (Subsection 6.3.2.4). The monthly average PMV values were compared with the closed and naturally ventilated double faades, in order to investigate the impact of faade mode on thermal comfort. As shown in Figure 6.117 for the south oriented case A the monthly average PMV values are higher for the airow window than for the double faade alternatives during the whole year. The tendency for the cases D, E and F is similar. The impact of the increased PMV values on thermal comfort is examined quantatively on a building level.
289
0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7
Monthly average PMV
closed df
naturally ventilated df
aw
Figure 6.117
Monthly average PMV values for the south oriented (closed and naturally ventilated) double faade and airow window alternatives for a cell ofce (case A, normal set points, white venetian blinds).
The tendency for the north facing alternatives is similar. The difference in PMV values between the double faade and airow window alternatives is smaller (than for the south oriented ones) as shown in Figure 6.118. Since the shading devices are used less than in the south facing cases, the increased heat transmission (due to the application of shading devices) through the inner skin is limited during the summer months, resulting in smaller differences in PMV values during the whole year. The differences are reduced for the other glazing alternatives D, E and F.
290
0,4 0,3 0,2
Monthly average PMV
0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7

closed df
naturally ventilated df
aw
Figure 6.118
Monthly average PMV values for the north oriented (closed and naturally ventilated) double faade and airow window alternatives for a cell ofce (case A, normal set points, white venetian blinds).
6.3.2.6. Impact of shading device type

Two types of shading devices were used for the parametric studies. Their properties are given in Appendix K and also described in Subsection 5.3.2.6. The impact of shading type is larger for the closed and mechanically ventilated cases, due to the low airow rates (of the latter one), which result in high air temperatures inside the cavity (Figure 6.119). On the other hand, the impact of shading device type on the cooling demand for the naturally and hybrid ventilated cases is limited due to the efcient heat extraction from the cavity. For the case with three clear panes the increase is substantial (up to 56% in cases with closed or mechanically ventilated cavity) due to the high total solar transmittance of the outer skin (large amount of radiation is absorbed by the shading) and the high thermal transmittance of the inner skin (large proportion of the created heat is transmitted to the indoors). The solar control outer pane (case D) reduces the effect of shading devices, while the number of hours when shading is used drops (since the daylight sensor is at the inner skin). For the mechanically ventilated case there is a slight drop in cooling demand, since even the low ventilation rate is enough in this case to extract the increased heat created by the high absorbing shading device. The impact of shading on cooling demand is very small for the case with solar control outer and low E inner pane, while nally due to the clear outer pane the
291
closed and mechanically ventilated case F has increased cooling demand (due to the low total solar transmittance of the outer pane, the shading effect is more intense).
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 DSF A DSF D DSF E DSF F
Increase in cooling demand (kWh/m2a)
closed
naturally
mechanically
hybrid
Figure 6.119
Increase in cooling demand when the blue shading devices replace the white ones for a cell ofce (normal set points, south oriented zones).
The impact of shading type on heating demand is almost negligible. For the cases A and F (high total solar transmittance of the outer skin) the shading there has a positive effect for the closed faade, while for the mechanically ventilated cases the effect is negative. In general, darker shading devices (with higher absorptance) have a negative effect on the total energy demand for the different double faade alternatives as shown in Figure 6.120. The increase for the case A is larger due to the increased cooling demand. For the cases with efcient heat extraction (naturally and hybrid ventilated cavities) the effect is very small.
292
17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 DSF A DSF D DSF E DSF F
Increase in total demand (kWh/m2a)
closed
naturally
mechanically
hybrid
Figure 6.120
Increase in total demand when the blue shading devices replace the white ones for a cell ofce (normal set points, south oriented zones).
A comparison between white and blue venetian blinds regarding energy use has been carried out for air ow windows as well. For the north oriented facades the difference in energy use is very small, (since the venetian blinds are applied for fewer hours). For the south oriented faade, however, there is an increase in total demand in the cases with the darker shading devices due to the increased cooling demand, as shown in Figure 6.121. The heating demand, however, slightly increases due to the higher absorbtivity of the blinds, which results in an increase in air temperatures in the cavity. The differences in the cases with high U and g values are larger.
293
200 190 180 170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
108
106
115
114
75
75
78
78
59
84
35
43
46
51
65
white
blue
white
blue
white
blue
white
25
blue
25
white
26
blue
AW A
AW D
AW E
AW F
AW G
cooling sum
heating sum
Figure 6.121
Energy use (heating & cooling) for air ow window cases with white and blue venetian blinds for a cell ofce (normal set points, south orientation).
The impact of shading device type on thermal comfort is also studied for the ventilated cavities. Since the mechanically ventilated and closed cavities perform similarly, and the shading device type does not really inuence the inner pane temperatures of the naturally and hybrid ventilated faade (since the damper control is dependent on the cavity air temperature), only the south oriented mechanically ventilated case was examined. Further PPD comparisons were carried out on a building level. The larger differences in monthly average PMV values are noticed in the south oriented case A (with the three clear panes), as shown in Figure 6.122. The difference in PMV values is still rather small; thus, no further investigation of the impact of shading device on thermal comfort was carried out.
294
26
65
0,3 0,2 0,1
Monthly average PMV
0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6

DSF A white
DSF A blue
Figure 6.122
Monthly average PMV values for the mechanically ventilated, south oriented case A, for a cell ofce.
For the airow window cases the darker shading devices have a negative effect on thermal comfort, since they increase the monthly average PMV values when applied (during summer months). This increase can be noticed mostly for the south oriented zones, in which the shading is applied more often. For this reason, the impact of shading devices was not studied further.
6.3.3
Parametric studies on a building level (IDA ICE 3.0)
As described in Subsection 4.1.3.3, buildings with different fully glazed double skin faades were studied. The parameters varied for this study were the faade type (multi storey and box window), mode (standard double faade and airow window) and ventilation strategy (naturally, mechanically and hybrid ventilated cavities). The two best performing standard fully glazed double skin faade alternatives were selected for further study on a building level (cases E and F). Both cases have low U and g values due to low E and solar control panes (outer and intermediate for case E and advanced intermediate for F). When these two cases are compared with regard to optical and thermal properties it can be noted that:
295
the thermal transmittance is slightly lower in case F than in E (1.04 instead of 1.14 W/m2K) the total solar transmittance is somewhat lower in case F than in E (0.3 instead of 0.354), while the difference for the direct solar transmittance is higher (0.151 instead of 0.264) the light transmittance of case F is lower than for case E (0.416 instead of 0.551) The best performing alternative, with regard to energy use and thermal comfort, on a zone level was F. However, due to the low light transmittance (according to personal communication with the WSP consultant Peter Pertola low light transmittance is below 0.5) and the high temperatures noticed at the intermediate advanced pane (which can lead to possible cracks) the case E was also selected as an alternative solution. For the airow window cases the glazing alternatives chosen for simulations on a building level are E (low E inner, clear intermediate and solar control outer pane), F (clear inner and intermediate and solar control + low E outer pane) and G (low E inner, clear intermediate and solar control + low E outer pane). The best performing alternative according to the simulations on a zone level is G, with F and E next. The light transmittance of the cases F and G is low (0.357 and 0.344 respectively), so case E was also selected (with a light transmittance of 0.551). The case G, on the other hand, has very low thermal transmittance and a comparison with the standard double faade and single skin alternatives would be quite unfair; that is why case F (with similar thermal and optical properties to those of the double faade F) was selected. Finally, the case G was simulated on a building level, in order to investigate the importance of inner low E pane on energy use. The thermal and optical properties of the different glazing alternatives can be found in more detail in Appendix I. As stated in Subsection 5.3.2.2, the ground oor of the building has a single skin faade (for both the standard double faade and airow window alternatives). The glazing assumed for the ground oor has the same properties as the reference single skin glazing alternative (third case, see Figure 4.2). For the rest of the oors a double skin faade was assumed with glazing as stated above. For the standard double faade mode white shading devices are selected for the southwest and southeast orientations (in order to reduce the increased cooling demand) and blue for the northeast and northwest (in order to avoid increasing the heating demand); for the airow window cases only white venetian blinds were selected. The cavity depth of the standard double faade mode on a building level was assumed 0.8 m and for the airow windows 0.3 m.
296
A brief description of the naturally, mechanically and hybrid ventilated double faade and the airow window building alternatives is given below. Naturally ventilated, box window standard double faade: The air in this case is inserted from the lower opening of the cavity (when the faade is ventilated) and is extracted through the upper opening of the box window construction. The dampers were set to open, when the indoor (ofce zone) mean air temperature reaches 23C (while for the simulations on the zone level the dampers were functioning depending on the cavity air temperatures as described in Subsection 6.3.2.1). Naturally ventilated, multi storey standard double faade: The air in this case is inserted from the lower opening of the cavity of the second oor (when the faade is ventilated) and is extracted through the upper opening of the top oor. The dampers were set to open when the indoor (ofce zone) mean air temperature of the zones of the last oors reach 23C. Mechanically ventilated standard double faade: The outdoor air enters the cavity at a controlled rate and ends up in the AHU. A mixing box that mixes the outdoor and cavity air, in order to bring air temperatures as close as possible to the supply air temperature is installed in the AHU. If further heating or cooling is needed, then this is provided by the heating and cooling coils. The cavity air is used as supply air (when needed), while the exhaust air from the zone is driven to the AHU for heat recovery purposes. Hybrid ventilated standard double faade: The hybrid ventilated case is a combination of the natural and mechanical cases. A temperature control opens the cavity dampers allowing natural ventilation, when the indoor air temperature exceeds 23C (naturally ventilated case). When the indoor air temperature is below 23C, the ventilation inside the cavity is the same as in the mechanically ventilated standard double faade, with a mixing box optimizing the mixing of outdoor and cavity air for minimizing the energy demand. Airow windows: For the airow windows the exhaust air from the ofce zones enters through a bottom opening and passes through the cavity to the AHU for heat extraction purposes. The airow rates in the cavity for each zone are the same as the exhaust rates, as stated in Appendix F.
6.3.3.1 Energy use

A comparison regarding the total energy use of the two best performing glazing alternatives is carried out in this section. The main purpose of this comparison is to investigate the impact of ventilated faades for already 297
well performing glazing alternatives on a building level. It has to be noted that for this simulations the same glazing and ventilation modes were applied for all the orientations and no optimization for each orientation was considered. In practice the optimal faade type for each orientation should be considered. However, a comparison of the energy performance between single skin (with intermediate venetian blinds) and double skin alternatives can still be carried out. In Figure 6.123 a comparison for case E (solar control outer, low E intermediate and clear inner pane) is carried out. The larger drop in heating demand (compared with the case with closed cavity) can be noticed for the airow window and the mechanically ventilated standard double faade cavity, while a smaller drop can be seen in the hybrid ventilated case. As expected, the heating demand for the naturally ventilated cavity is higher, due to the realistic assumption that closed dampers are leaky (higher thermal transmittance). The results are opposite regarding the cooling demand. The naturally and hybrid ventilated faades perform best while the mechanically ventilated faade is slightly higher. Finally, the airow window case has the highest cooling demand due to the low airow rates and the increased inlet air temperatures (during the spring and autumn months) and the low thermal transmittance of the inner skin. The decrease in total energy use is larger for the hybrid ventilated case (138 instead of 145 kWh/m2a noticed for the case with closed cavity), while for the airow window case the total energy use increases to 148 kWh/m2a. When the multi storey and box window naturally ventilated standard double faades are compared an increase of 12 kWh/m2a of heating and a drop of 5 kWh/m2a of cooling demand can be seen. This can be explained by the temperature set points of the dampers. In order to avoid overheating of the cavity air, the dampers open when the indoor air temperature of the ofce of the last oor reaches 23C. The cavity air temperature inuences the inner pane temperature and the indoor air one. Since the cavity air temperature is higher at the top oors than in the rst ones, if the damper set points are connected with the top oors, more hours they will be opened resulting higher heating and lower cooling demand; opposite would have been the effect if the damper set points were connected with the rst oors.
298
150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
45
45 45 45 45
45
14,4 18
14,4 14,4 12 7 14,4 16 14,4 12
14,4 25
67
69
81 64 66 63
closed
naturally (box naturally mechanically window) (multi storey)
hybrid
airflow window
Space heating
Cooling
Lighting
Rest
Figure 6.123
Total energy use for the glazing alternative E (closed, naturally, mechanically and hybrid ventilated standard double faade and airow window, normal set points).
Similar comparisons are carried out for case F (clear inner and outer pane and solar control + low E intermediate pane). As shown in Figure 6.124 the decrease in cooling demand of the naturally ventilated cavity (when compared with the closed one) is 8 kWh/m2a. In case F the intermediate pane tends to overheat resulting in increased heat transmission to the inside; when natural ventilation occurs the temperature of the intermediate pane drops resulting in much lower cooling demand. For the same reason, a slight increase in heating demand can be noticed. As in case E, the mechanically ventilated case (when compared with the naturally ventilated one) results in increased cooling and decreased heating demand. The hybrid case is the one performing best (136 instead of 143 kWh/m2a for the case with closed cavity), with the heating demand slightly higher than in the mechanically ventilated case and with the cooling demand the same as in the naturally ventilated case. Finally, the airow window case performs worst in terms of total energy use.
299
150 140 130 120

45 45
110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 closed naturally

66 69 14,6 18 14,6 10
45
45
45
14,6 15
14,6 10
14,6 15
63
66
64
mechanically
hybrid
airflow window
Space heating
Cooling
Lighting
Rest
Figure 6.124
Total energy use for the glazing alternative F (closed, naturally, mechanically and hybrid ventilated standard double faade and airow window, normal set points).
From the Figures above it can be concluded that the decrease in total energy use is rather small, when double skin facades are used instead of single skin ones. However, the impact of ventilated faades on a zone level (Subsection 6.3.2.5) can give a better understanding as to which are the energy saving possibilities, since the study was focused only on heating and cooling demand (for which the savings occur) and was carried out for different oriented zones to point out the energy saving possibilities of each mode for each orientation. Although optimal double skin faade integration should denitely include consideration of the orientation, the comparison carried out above can give an understanding of the energy saving possibilities mostly for the hybrid ventilated case which can perform differently for the north, south, west and east oriented facades.
6.3.3.2 Thermal comfort

When the monthly average PMV values of the different modes are compared for the glazing alternative E, it can be noticed that the cases with closed and mechanically ventilated cavities perform similarly (with the mechanically ventilated case giving slightly lower PMV values than the case with closed cavity), while the naturally and hybrid ventilated ones perform
300
the same (giving slightly lower PMV values); nally, the airow window cases give the highest values during the whole year (Figure 6.125).
0,4 0,3 0,2
Monthly average PMV
0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7

closed hybrid ventilated
naturally ventilated airflow windows
mechanically ventilated
Figure 6.125
Monthly average PMV for the glazing alternative E (closed, naturally, mechanically and hybrid ventilated standard double faade and airow window, normal set points).
Regarding the number of hours (%) with PPD values lower than 10% and 15%, the double faade alternatives perform similarly to the case with closed cavity (62% and 85%) while for the airow window cases there is a slight increase (67% and 90%) due to the higher (and closer to the 0 axis) PMV values during the winter months. For case F with the advanced (low E + solar control) intermediate pane the monthly PMV values slightly drop during the summer months due to the lower total solar transmittance of the glazing unit. The percentage of working hours with PPD values lower than 10% is 64% for the closed and mechanically ventilated cavities, while for the naturally and hybrid ventilated ones it is 63%. For the airow window the percentage increases to 72%. Weighted average PPD values lower than 15% are noticed for 86% of working hours for the double faade and for 92% for the airow window alternatives.
301
6.4
6.4.1
Comparison of single and double skin faade building alternatives

Impact of glazing size on energy use and thermal comfort of single skin buildings
In order to study the impact of glass area on the energy use, 30%, 60% and 100% glazed alternatives with triple clear glazing (as in the reference building) were generated (in reality windows used for highly glazed alternatives have lower thermal transmittance). A cross comparison diagram of energy use of the 30%, 60% and 100% glazed alternatives (cell type) with strict and normal set points is presented in Figure 6.126. The increase in the total energy use for the 60% glazed building is 23% regardless of the set point (compared with the reference building). The increase for the 100% glazed alternatives is 45% for the strict and 47% for the normal set points. Both the heating and cooling demand increase in the highly glazed building alternatives as shown in Figure 6.126. However, the increase in cooling demand of the 100% glazed building, which reaches 112% for the strict and 177% for the normal set points, is substantial. One of the main arguments for using increased glazed areas in buildings is the provision of better indoor environment due to daylight. However, the increased window area does not necessarily lead to a reduction in energy use for lighting the building properly. To make use of daylight more efciently, attention has to be paid to how the daylight is controlled and brought into the building. Traditional control of solar shading and lighting was applied to the cases studied in this report.
302
200 190 180 170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
45 45 45 14,7 45 45 14,7 31 14,4 11 95 76 56 52 72 92 43 45 14,7 20 13,4 20 30 12,9
30%
60%
100%
30%
60%
100%
strict set points
normal set points
Space heating
Cooling
Lighting
Rest
Figure 6.126
Impact of glazing size on energy use (triple clear pane with intermediate shading devices, strict and normal set points).
As already stated, the perception of thermal comfort depends on the permissible mean air temperatures, but also on the surface temperatures that surround the occupant. Thus, the size of the window is crucial for the perception of thermal comfort as seen in Figure 6.127. The considered glazed alternative with the triple clear glazing tends to give both high and low PMV values due to the high thermal and total solar transmittance. For the reference building alternative the monthly average PMV varies from -0.55 to 0.3, while for the 60% and 100% glazed alternatives the monthly average PMV varies from -0.68 to 0.36 and from -0.84 to 0.43 respectively.
303
0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2
Monthly average PMV
0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7 -0,8 -0,9
30%
60%
100%
Figure 6.127
Monthly average PMV for the 30%, 60% and 100% glazed alternatives with triple clear pane and intermediate shading devices with normal set points.
6.4.2
Impact of glazing type on energy use and thermal comfort
In order to study briey the impact of the windows and shading devices on the energy use, the seven 100% single skin glazed alternatives with normal set points (cell type plan) are compared (Figure 6.128). For the best performing case the total energy use of the glazed alternative is only 20 % higher than for the reference building, (122 kWh/ma with three clear panes and normal set points). A decrease in the thermal transmittance of the window (alternatives 2-7) results in a reduction in the energy use for heating and a smaller increase in cooling demand (comparison of alternatives 1 and 2). The alternatives (2nd and 5th) with high glazing solar factor values (0.584) have also a slightly lower heating demand (compared with the 3rd one with g=0.354), while the one (4th) with lower g values (0.27) has a slightly higher heating demand. The effect on cooling demand is the opposite; the 4th alternative uses less energy for cooling than the 3rd and 5th. Another parameter studied was the position of shading devices on the energy use. Intermediate blinds result in lower geffective values and thus lower energy use for cooling. When the 2nd and 5th alternatives (same window and shading device properties) are compared, it is obvious that the cooling demand increases dramatically (37%), when the blinds are
304
placed intervally (5th alternative). The heating demand is almost the same (slightly higher in the 2nd alternative), since the blinds were used mostly during the warm periods. When xed external louvres are applied (7th alternative), the cooling demand reduces dramatically while the heating demand increases. Different types of internal shading (blinds in the 3rd and screens in the 6th) with similar properties do not much inuence the energy use. The type of glazing (solar factor values) inuences the energy use for lighting in the building. For a set point of 500 lux at the work place the energy use increases up to 14.3 kWh/m2a, when xed external louvres are applied (seventh alternative), from 12.9 kWh/m2a (rst alternative). Often, the low g and geffective values lead to increased lighting demand.
190 180 170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
45 45 12,9 30 45 45 45 45 13,4 13,9 54 19 14,3 24 9 45
13,5
14,0 27
14,2
37
92 59 65 68 58 66 72
1st alt
2nd alt
3rd alt
4th alt
5th alt
6th alt
7th alt
Space heating
Cooling
Lighting
Rest
Figure 6.128
Impact of glazing type and shading device position on energy use (100% glazed alternatives, normal control set points).
The rst glazed alternative (triple clear glazing) tends to give both high (during summer) and low (during winter) monthly average PMV values due to the high thermal and total solar transmittance (Figure 6.129). Although the g value of the windows slightly increases in the second alternative, the PMV values are still slightly higher due to the much lower thermal transmittance; the effect during winter is similar. When the total solar transmittance of the glazing in the third alternative is reduced the PMV values drop during the summer, resulting in lower PPD values. A further decrease in the total solar transmittance of the fourth alternative brings similar results as before, lowering the PMV values during the cooling period. When geffective increases (the fth case is the same as the second
305
one but the shading is placed internally instead of between the panes), the PMV values increase dramatically. The alternative with internal screens (sixth) has PMV values similar to the third one. Finally, when the xed horizontal external louvres are applied (seventh alternative) the PMV is lower all year round.
0,7 0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7 -0,8 -0,9
Monthly average PMV
1st alt
2nd alt
3rd alt
4th alt
5th alt
6th alt
7th alt
Figure 6.129
Impact of glazing type and shading device position on monthly average PMV values (100% glazed alternatives, normal control set points).
6.4.3
Comparison of buildings with single and double skin faades
In Figure 6.130 single and double skin alternatives with the same thermal and optical properties are compared (thermal transmittance of glazing 1.14 kWh/m2a and solar transmittance of glazing 0.354). In the rst case internal shading was applied resulting in a high geffective value. When xed horizontal external louvres (second case) replace the internal venetian blinds (rst case) the heating demand increases (7 kWh/m2a), while the cooling demand drops drastically (18 kWh/m2a) resulting in lower energy use. Intermediate placed shading devices (third case) result in lower heating (due to the increased solar gains during the heating season) and increased cooling demand (due to the increased indirect solar transmittance and to the daylight solar control of the shading that allows shading not to be used, when cooling is needed). A hybrid ventilated double faade (fourth case) with venetian blinds results in a slight decrease (when compared with the third case) in both heating (due to the reduced transmission losses
306
from the cavity through the outer skin) and cooling demand (due to the heat extraction from the cavity when open). Finally, the airow window (fth case) has the lowest heating but increased cooling demand (due to the low airow rates and the increased inlet to the cavity air temperature) that leads to high total energy use.
160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
45 45 14,0 14,3 27 9 14,4 14,4 18 12 45 45
45
14,4 25
65
72
67
66
63
single skin single skin internal shading external shading
single skin intermediate shading
double skin airflow window hybrid ventilated
Space heating
Cooling
Lighting
Rest
Figure 6.130
Energy use for single and double skin alternatives with similar thermal and optical properties of the glazing (100% glazed alternatives, normal control set points).
When the monthly average PMV values (Figure 6.131) of these alternatives are compared, it can be noted that the case with internal shading devices has low values during winter and high values during summer. For the case with external shading the PMV values drop during summer (values closer to the 0 axis), but also during spring and autumn resulting in higher PPD values. The monthly average PMV values for the single skin case with intermediate venetian blinds are placed in between the previous two cases, while for the hybrid ventilated cases they are slightly lower mainly during the spring and summer. Finally, the airow window case results in similar (with the case with internal shading) values during summer but somewhat increased values during winter, improving the thermal comfort.
307
0,5 0,4 0,3 0,2 0,1 0,0 -0,1 -0,2 -0,3 -0,4 -0,5 -0,6 -0,7
Monthly average PMV
single skin internal shading double skin hybrid ventilated
single skin external shading airflow window
single skin intermediate shading
Figure 6.131
Monthly average PMV values for single and double skin alternatives with similar thermal and optical properties of the glazing (100% glazed alternatives, normal control set points).
6.4.4
Comparison of best performing alternatives
Finally, a comparison of the best performing alternatives as to energy use and thermal comfort is carried out (Figure 6.132). An improved version of the reference (30% glazed) single skin building was simulated. The Uglazing and Uframe were assumed 1.14 W/m2K and 1.6 W/m2K, while the g value was set to 0.354 (for the initial reference case with triple clear pane the values were 1.85 W/m2K, 2.31 W/m2K and 0.69 W/m2K respectively). The low thermal transmittance and smaller area of widows result in a very low (compared with the rest of the cases) heating and cooling demand and the lowest total demand (113 kWh/m2a). The next two alternatives have the same glazing type but larger window to external wall area ratio (60% and 100% respectively). For buildings with larger glazed area the heating, cooling and thus total energy use increases by 18 kWh/m2a for the 60% and by 38 kWh/m2a for the 100% glazed alternative (from 113 to 131 and 151 kWh/m2a). On considering the fully glazed case for comparison, it is seen that xed externally placed shading devices reduce the total energy use by 10 kWh/m2a (to 141 kWh/m2a) due to a drastic decrease in the cooling demand. A hybrid ventilated double faade (with the same glazing type as in the two previous cases) can result in a further drop of 3 kWh/m2a in total energy use compared with the case with xed
308
external louvres; for a more fair (considering the concept of clean, highly glazed faade) comparison, the total demand decreases by 13 kWh/m2a compared with the case with internal shading devices (total energy use of 138 kWh/m2a). Finally, an airow window case with even lower thermal and optical transmittance was considered (U=0.824, g=0.191, Tvis=0.344; inner low E coated, and advanced solar control + low E outer pane); this case results in even lower energy use (132 kWh/m2a), but the low visual transmittance can often be a drawback. Energy wise, the poorer performance of highly glazed ofce buildings is inevitable. Careful selection of shading and glazing, however, can decrease the difference, resulting in reasonable solutions.
160 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
45 45 45 14 45 14 14,7 10 54 65 72 66 56 18 27 14 9 14,4 12 16 15 45 45
44
improved reference building
60% (3rd) 100% (3rd) 100% (7th) 100% (E) 100% (G) glazed single glazed single glazed single glazed double glazed airflow skin building skin building skin building skin hybrid window ventilated
Space heating
Cooling
Lighting
Rest
Figure 6.132
Comparison of the energy use for the best performing alternatives, normal set points.
Regarding the quality of indoor environment it is evident that smaller glazing areas provide a more stable environment with fewer dissatised occupants. In more detail, PPD values lower than 10% and 15% are achieved for 81% and 97% of the working hours for the improved reference building, while for the alternatives with larger glazed area (and the same window type) these values drop to 70% and 93% (for the 60% glazed building) and to 57% and 82% (for the 100% glazed building). The improvement is rather small when external shading is applied, since PPD values lower than 10% and 15% occur for 60% and 83% of the working hours; the improvement with a hybrid ventilated double faade cavity (63% and 85% respectively) is similarly small. Finally, due to the increase in the already low PMV values during winter, the airow window
309
case provides clearly improved thermal environment resulting in the same PPD values as the improved reference alternative (PPD values lower than 10% and 15% are achieved for 81% and 97% of the working hours).
310
Conclusions
Conclusions
The energy efciency and thermal performance of highly glazed ofce buildings are often questioned. However, nowadays glazed buildings are increasingly being built around the world, because (a) there is a growing tendency among architects to use large areas of glass in the faade, often with the aim of contributing to a better view of the outside and access to daylight, (b) users often like the idea of increased glass area, relating it to a better view of the outside and a more pleasant indoor environment and (c) many companies prefer the distinctive image of themselves (e.g. transparency or openness) that a glazed ofce building can provide. Achieving good building performance, when using fully glazed faades is a great challenge. The energy efciency and provision of an acceptable indoor climate are issues that should be considered. This thesis compares the performance (as to energy use and indoor climate issues) of an ofce building with different faade alternatives, both conventional and highly glazed ones. Optimizing the energy and indoor climate performance of highly glazed buildings by achieving proper construction and integration of single and double skin faade systems is an important and challenging goal. This chapter is divided into three main sections: Energy use and thermal comfort for highly glazed ofce buildings located in Scandinavia. Within this section the main conclusions from the simulations are described. The aspects discussed are the impact of plan type, orientation, control set points, glazing area and type and faade (single and double skin) on energy use and thermal comfort. Methods used to determine the energy and indoor climate performance of single and double skin faade glazed ofce buildings. Improving the energy efciency and thermal comfort of ofce buildings with highly glazed faades. Suggestions are given for further studies that can be carried out regarding the components and their efcient integration. The possibilities of double skin faade systems are further discussed. 311
7.1
Energy use and thermal comfort for highly glazed ofce buildings located in Scandinavia
Plan type
7.1.1
The plan type of ofce buildings plays a considerable role in building performance regarding energy use and indoor environment issues. There are two clearly distinguishable plan types: the open plan and cell ofce. The use of the ofce space, ventilation rates, occupant density and the quantity of ofce equipment are some of the main parameters that differ between these two types. Due to the higher internal loads, mainly caused by higher occupancy and lower ventilation rates, an open plan ofce building is likely to have higher cooling and lower heating demand. In this study the increase in cooling demand for an open plan compared to a cell ofce reference building (30% window to external wall area ratio) was 57% (6 kWh/ma) for the normal set points for the indoor air temperature, while the decrease in heating demand was 14% (7 kWh/ma). The energy use for lighting the open plan ofce space increases (5 kWh/ma), since all the space is considered to be working area. The tendencies for the highly glazed building alternatives are similar. The risk of discomfort increases in cell ofce zones, compared with zones of the open plan type, due to the larger external wall to occupied ofce oor area ratios (the occupants of the open plan are more evenly distributed within the whole oor space). In fully glazed building alternatives the risk of comfort problems is higher; especially in cases when windows with high thermal, total solar and effective solar transmittance were applied. The variation in operative temperatures increased, leading to an unacceptable thermal environment. The increased oor to external wall area ratio of the open plan type, combined with the position of the occupants within the working area (in the open plan some occupants are distributed more evenly in the working space, decreasing the impact of radiant temperature on the perceived thermal comfort), results in a more stable thermal environment.
7.1.2
Control set points
The control set points for the indoor air temperature are crucial for the energy and the thermal performance of a given building alternative. The 312
Conclusions
three mean air temperature set points considered within this thesis were the strict (22-23C), the normal (22-24.5C) and the poor (21-26C). In general, the energy use increases when strict set points are applied. For the studied typical cell type reference building with 30% window to external wall area ratio (with 3 clear panes) the difference in energy use for heating between the strict normal and strict - poor set points respectively is 7% (4 kWh/ma) and 16% (9 kWh/ma) . This difference tends to decrease as the glazing area increases (e.g. 5% and 7% are the corresponding values for a 100% glazed alternative); the difference for cooling demand is similar. When windows with lower thermal and total solar transmittance are used, the difference in energy use between the different set points drops. Despite a common perception that strict control set points often lead to an improved thermal environment, this study has shown that the key to choosing proper set points is the consideration of design parameters such as plan type, internal loads and glazing area and type. In general, the choice of set point requires the determination of (a) the permissible air temperature variation and (b) the minimum and maximum permissible air temperature. Two of the main parameters that highly inuence the PMV values are the indoor air and operative temperatures. For a given position of an occupant inside the ofce space, the operative temperature depends on the surrounding surface temperatures. In order to achieve an improved thermal environment (assuming that the indoor air is well mixed), the optimal indoor air temperature should take into consideration the surface temperatures of, mainly, the external walls. In general, a wide variation in indoor air temperatures results in PMV curves with larger difference between minimum and maximum PMV, while the maximum and minimum air temperature limits inuence the absolute PMV levels. Since, however, the PMV values are also inuenced by the radiative temperatures of the surrounding surfaces and the occupants position, it is obvious that the indoor air temperature is not the only factor that determines the quality of thermal environment. As mentioned before, the two parameters that should be determined when deciding the set points are (a) the permissible air temperature variation and (b) the minimum and maximum air temperatures. Three of the most important input design parameters to be considered for this selection are (a) the internal loads (e.g. the open plan requires lower maximum air temperature limits due to the increased occupancy), (b) the window size (since a larger variation in surface temperatures results in a larger variation in PMV values) and (c) the glazing and shading device type used (since the different thermal and optical properties have a large impact on the radiative temperatures). 313
For the reference building alternatives (30% window to external wall area ratio) strict set points may lead to comfort problems with excessive energy use, when the maximum and minimum temperature limits are not chosen properly (e.g. the strict set points with maximum air temperature limit of 23C resulted in negative PMV values all year round, while the increased PMV values of the normal set points with maximum air temperature limit of 24.5C resulted in similar PPD values with reduced cooling demand). Thus, for building alternatives with lower window to external wall area ratios, the PMV values can still vary within the acceptable PMV limits of 0.5 (ISO Standard 7730), when set points with wider variation are allowed. For highly glazed facades narrow variations may have to be chosen. When the glazing area increases, windows with low thermal transmittance can ensure inner pane temperatures closer to the indoor air ones. For the cases when low inner pane temperatures occur, increasing the minimum temperature limit can only improve the situation to some extent, since cold drafts can still occur, lowering the quality of thermal environment. During summer, attention should be paid to the selection of the maximum permissible air temperature, in order to avoid excessive cooling of the ofce space. Windows with low total solar transmittance and/or shading devices that result in low geffective values (i.e. externally placed louvres or naturally ventilated double faades with venetian blinds) partly lower the inner pane temperatures. The maximum permissible air temperature should be decided according to the PMV values given for a certain window alternative. For cases with internally placed shading devices the maximum air temperature of 23C was considered sufcient, while for cases with lower g and geffective values the air temperature limit of 24.5C was preferred. Another parameter that should be considered in highly glazed buildings is the larger inner pane temperature variation that occurs during the year. Thus, stricter set points (narrower air temperature variation) should be preferred in general, requiring more careful consideration of the input parameters, leading to optimal selection of maximum and minimum limits that will ensure acceptable PMV values throughout the year. The selection of optimal temperature set points that ensure an acceptable thermal environment (avoiding at the same time excessive heating or cooling) is a complicated task. The selection of strict set points does not always guarantee improved indoor thermal environment, since if the input design parameters (e.g. occupancy, internal loads, window type and size, etc) are not considered thoroughly and the maximum and minimum permissible temperatures are not selected correctly, both discomfort and excessive heating or cooling may occur. Highly glazed buildings are more likely to lead to comfort problems and the selection of proper temperature 314
Conclusions
set points is more difcult. However, in any case the set points should be selected individually for each building and in cases with increased glazing areas further analysis should be carried out.
7.1.3
Orientation
The orientation of a building may have an effect on the energy use; however, if the design is the same for the opposite sides of the faades the effect is negligible. Strict temperature control set points (22-23C) decrease the impact of orientation on energy use. Although the orientation of a zone has limited impact on the mean air temperatures, the directed operative temperatures may vary considerably. Wider permissible air temperature variations increase impact of the orientation in each zone (wider variation in operative temperature), mostly for zones with highly glazed areas. It is evident that, in order to achieve an acceptable indoor thermal environment, proper set points should be selected after considering zones with different orientations. For buildings with larger window to external wall area ratios the need for careful set point selection increases, since in these cases the impact of orientation on the perception of thermal comfort increases.
7.1.4
Glazing area
As expected, the total use of energy increases with the glazing area. Assuming a triple clear glazed window, the increase in energy use of a studied typical 60% single skin glazed building, compared with the studied typical reference building, is 28 kWh/ma (23%) for the normal indoor temperature control set points. The increase for the studied typical 100% single skin glazed alternatives is 57 kWh/ma (47%). This difference in energy use would of course decrease if glazed facades with lower thermal and total solar transmittance (including solar shading, which results in lower geffective values) were chosen. Increased window area does not necessarily mean a substantial decrease in the electricity for lighting. When the 30% and 100% alternatives are compared the decrease in energy does not exceed 1.3 kWh/ma for the normal (with a set point of 500 lux at desktop) and 1.9 kWh/ma for the poor set points (with a set point of 300 lux at desktop) and is even smaller for glazing with lower visual transmittance. Thus, the energy savings for lighting highly glazed buildings are often very small. The access to daylight might be higher with increased glazing area, but the quality of visual comfort could be compromised due to glare problems. 315
The larger the window to external wall area ratio, the larger the comfort problems are during the whole year, especially when the comparison is based on triple-glazed (clear glass) windows. During the winter the PMV drops from -0.55 (reference building) to -0.82 (100% glazed alternative) and during the summer it increases from 0.3 (reference building) to 0.45 (100% glazed alternative). This corresponds to a number of hours with PPD values lower than 10% of 73% for the reference building, 57% for the 60% glazed alternative and 31% for the 100% glazed alternative (with normal control set points). Thus, the need of glazing with lower thermal and total solar transmittance is evident, especially for highly glazed alternatives.
7.1.5
Glazing and solar shading type
The window properties (U, g and geffective) have, as expected, a remarkable impact on energy use, which is also a main conclusion from this study. However, one of the main aims of the study was also to quantify the impact for Scandinavian climatic conditions. A description of the energy use, as simulated for the cases with normal control set points for the indoor air temperature, is given below. Large glazing areas with three clear panes (with high U and g values) result in a high energy use for heating and cooling. When the three clear panes were replaced by glazing with lower U values (from 1.85 to 1.14 W/m2K), the total energy use for the studied fully glazed building with normal control set points dropped from 180 to 155 kWh/ma mainly due to reduced heating. By decreasing the total solar transmittance of the glazing (0.35 instead of 0.58), the energy use for cooling dropped (from 37 to 27 kWh/ma), while the energy use for heating increased (from 59 to 65 kWh/ma); a further decrease in the total solar transmittance had a similar effect. The position of shading, however, had a positive effect, with the intermediate placed shading decreasing the cooling demand, while having almost no effect on the heating demand. Simulations have shown that for intermediate blinds the cooling demand (of a 100% glazed alternative with normal control set points) is 37 kWh/ma, while when the blinds are internally placed, it increases to 54 kWh/ma (both cases have Uglazing of 1.14 and gglazing of 0.58). Finally, externally placed shading devices decreased substantially the cooling demand compared with intermediate shadings. The cooling demand then dropped from 27 to 9 kWh/ma, although the heating demand increased by 7 kWh/ma, for alternatives with Uglazing of 1.14 and gglazing of 0.35. This case resulted in the lowest total energy use (141 kWh/ma). 316
Conclusions
For 100% glazed alternatives (a) a decrease in thermal transmittance of the windows can lead to considerable energy savings for heating, (b) low total solar transmittance of the glazing unit results in lower cooling and higher heating demand and (c) low effective total solar transmittance by using intermediate or external shading devices can achieve a lower cooling demand, while it doesnt have much effect on the energy use for heating. As to indoor climate, highly glazed single skin alternatives give a wide variation in PMV values resulting in a poorer thermal environment. In general, narrower PMV variation can be achieved by applying windows with low thermal transmittance and low g and geffective values. However, the PMV values during winter still exceed the PMV comfort limit of 0.5 due to the low radiant temperatures. Fixed, external shading devices lower the PMV values during summer months but also during spring and autumn.
7.1.6
Double skin faades
In order to reduce the energy use and improve the indoor thermal environment of highly glazed buildings, double skin faades can be implemented. The double skin faade is a system consisting of two glass skins (single or double) placed in such a way that air can ow through the intermediate cavity. In principle the main purpose of the double skin faades, as to energy use and thermal comfort, is to allow the useful solar gains into the building when shading is not needed, and to extract, through the ventilated cavity, the heat absorbed by the shading to lower the cooling demand of the building. The distance between the skins usually varies from 0.2 m up to 2 m. For protection and heat extraction reasons the solar shading devices are placed inside the cavity. The ventilation of the cavity can be natural, fan supported or mechanical; the origin and destination of the air can also vary depending on the location, the use and HVAC strategy of the building. The two modes considered in this study were the typical double faade and the airow window mode. In the typical double faade air always enters the cavity from outdoors. The cavity can be (a) closed during the heating season for increased thermal insulation and opened during the cooling season for heat extraction purposes (naturally ventilated cavity), (b) used for preheating the air supplied in the AHU (as supply air) during the heating season and extracted during cooling periods (mechanically ventilated case) or (c) opened during the cooling periods, as in the naturally ventilated cases and used for preheating the air supplied in the AHU, as in the mechanically ventilated cases (hybrid ventilated cavity). 317
For the airow window mode, the air always enters the cavity from the indoor ofce space (exhaust air) all year round. The aim is to improve the inner glass temperatures for extreme winter and extreme summer conditions. During the heating season the cavity air ends up in the AHU for heat recovery purposes, while during the cooling season the air is extracted to the outside. A main requirement to be fullled when ventilated cavities of double skin faades are designed is efcient heat extraction during the summer months. For naturally ventilated cavities the key parameters for achieving this are the characteristic height of the cavity (height to depth ratio) and the inlet and outlet opening size of the dampers. In general, the area occupied by the dampers when the cavity is fully open should be as small as possible, since the opening size is crucial for the size of the air ows. Cavities with the same opening size result in almost the same airows independently of the cavity depth. Another parameter that has to be considered is the type and position of panes, since they have a considerable impact on the minimum cavity depth that ensures efcient heat extraction. During the parametric studies on a component level it was noted that solar control outer and especially intermediate panes require wider cavities, due to the increased cavity air temperatures that result in high inner pane temperatures. Finally, for naturally ventilated cases, the position of shading device inside the cavity has limited impact on the thermal comfort; the lower the thermal and indirect solar transmittances of the inner skin, the smaller is the impact. However, if the operable cavity is used for natural ventilation of the ofce space, then the shading position should be considered. The ventilation rate is crucial for the inner pane temperatures. Low airow rates in the ventilated cavity can increase the risk of overheating the air and inuence the inner pane temperatures. Especially in cases when no low E coated pane is applied at the inner skin, sufcient heat extraction reduces the risk of thermal discomfort. This problem is more evident in mechanically ventilated cavities with lower airow rates. In airow window cases, in which the air enters the cavity from the ofce zone, the overheating risk of the cavity air increases; especially when the indoor air temperature is lower than the outdoor air temperature, which is typical for Scandinavia. In that case a low E coated pane could reduce the heat transmission through the inner skin, keeping the cooling demand at reasonable levels. Ofce zones with all year round closed, naturally, mechanically or hybrid ventilated cavities perform well, mainly due to a decreased heating demand, when equipped with a window with an advanced intermediate pane (solar control and low E coated). Reducing the heating demand is essential for ofce buildings located in Nordic countries. The position 318
Conclusions
of the advanced pane in this case is essential for its performance, since the increased indirect solar transmittance results in reduced transmission losses though the outer skin when the cavity is closed. This is true at least compared with an alternative with an outer solar control and low E intermediate pane. On the other hand, during the summer months, the sufcient ventilation results in efcient heat extraction and low cooling demand. The performance is better for a north oriented ofce zone, since the heating demand is normally larger for a zone facing north. The effect is similar on thermal comfort; PMV values are higher in the winter and slightly lower during summer due to the lower total solar transmittance. Similar but less intense is the trend for the mechanically and hybrid ventilated cavity, with an advanced (low E + solar control) intermediate pane performing best. A single skin case with intermediate blinds compared with the naturally and hybrid ventilated double skin case shows that the savings in cooling demand of the south oriented zones are important, while for the north they are very small. Larger are the savings in the glazing alternatives with high thermal and total solar transmittance values. The heating demand tends to increase, however, due to (a) leaky dampers in the case when the cavity is considered closed and (b) not optimal damper control set points (dependence of the dampers temperature set points on the cavity air temperature). When the total energy use is compared, the single skin faades perform better than the double for the north oriented zones for the two reasons mentioned above. This can be explained by the fact that the simulations were carried out for Sweden where the heating demand is a dominating factor. However, for the south oriented zones a decrease in energy use can be noted with the double faade cases, with the hybrid ventilated one performing best. In general, hybrid ventilated cases tend to perform best as to energy use (regardless of the orientation), while airow windows provide a better indoor thermal environment, mostly with north oriented faades, due to the higher PMV values during winter. The energy savings, which can be achieved for a highly glazed ofce building by using double skin faades instead of single skin faades, are rather small. A typical double faade hybrid building (best performing) has a total energy use of 137 kWh/m2a vs. 144 kWh/m2a for a single skin faade building (same glazing cases with low U and geffective values, non-ventilated cavity and intermediate shading). As regards thermal comfort, the double faade alternatives perform similarly to the single skin ones (PPD values), while the airow window cases perform slightly better due to the higher (and closer to the 0 axis) PMV values during the winter months. Airow windows with the same thermal and optical properties, on the other hand, result in high energy use (but still lower than the inter319
nally placed shading devices) due to increased cooling demand. However, when the inner clear pane is replaced with a low E hard coated pane, the performance increases dramatically. In airow window cases with low E inner pane the quality of the thermal environment can improve drastically, reaching the comfort levels of a 30% glazed building with improved window thermal and optical properties.
7.1.7
Best performing alternatives
Often, highly glazed buildings perform poorly when compared to a traditional building with e.g. 30% glazed facade (reference case) with regard to energy use and thermal comfort. As to energy use, windows with low thermal and total solar transmittance are essential for improving the buildings performance, especially since the energy use may vary substantially in highly glazed buildings, depending upon design. The position of shading devices also plays a major role. Fixed external louvres decrease the cooling and increase the heating demand. The effect is opposite for the internally placed venetian blinds resulting in the highest total energy use due to the drastic increase in the cooling demand. Glazed faades with intermediate venetian blinds can perform slightly poorer than those with externally placed ones due to the larger cooling demand. However, if a double skin faade is used and the cavity with the shading device is ventilated, the total demand can drop further. The difference in total energy use between a reference building (30% glazed alternative) and a highly glazed hybrid ventilated double skin faade, could for the studied cases be reduced by 25 kWh/m2a, (113 kWh/m2a vs. 138 kWh/m2a), if the glazing properties are kept the same. When external louvres are placed in a single skin alternative (100% glazed) with the same window properties, the building performs similarly (increase in total demand by 3 kWh/m2a). The same alternative but with internal venetian blinds instead results in a further increase by 10 kWh/m2a giving a total energy use of 151 kWh/m2a. An airow window alternative with further improved glazing properties results in a total demand of 132 kWh/m2a; only 19 kWh/m2a higher than in the reference case. As regards the quality of indoor environment it is evident that smaller glazing areas provide a more stable environment with fewer dissatised occupants. If the glazing is selected carefully (i.e. low U values), the percentage of dissatised occupants will still increase mainly due to the low inner surface temperatures during winter. The reference building can provide a thermal environment, in which there will be fewer than 15% of dissatised occupants for 97% of the working hours. This value drops for the alternative with the hybrid ventilated double faade to 85% of the 320
Conclusions
working hours. However, if the glazing is further improved it is possible that the quality of thermal environment can reach the level of the reference case by using an airow window.
7.2
Methods for determining energy and indoor climate performance
Energy and indoor climate simulations of an ofce building should preferably be carried out already at an early design stage and then be rened during the actual design. This will ensure improved energy and indoor climate performance of the building. In order to achieve energy efcient buildings and improved thermal environment, it is essential that the steps described below should be followed: Validation of the calculation methods used should be the rst step in a successful energy efcient building design. Understanding of the possibilities and limitations of the computing tools and the physical models used, enables accurate predictions. Validation tests that have been carried out in the past can help the user recognize the strengths and weaknesses of each tool and use the right tool for the right purpose or even combine different ones when needed. Simulations on a component level (such as those carried out for the double skin faade alternatives) can provide the necessary background to the possibilities and limitations of the system used. These simulations can often be very detailed and require a lot of time and effort, in order to meet a certain level of accuracy. In practice, however, deciding the acceptable level of accuracy is not an easy task, since this depends on the scale and complexity of the project, the experience of the user and the available time. Performance and quality specications have to be fullled. Once the validation of the calculation methods has been completed and a deeper understanding of the integrated components has been achieved, it is essential that the client and the design team, including the engineer responsible for energy and thermal simulations, prioritize the goals and decide to what extent achieving low energy and improved thermal environment can and should inuence the building design. In practice, many mistakes may originate from the lack of communication and clear goals of the design team. Parametric studies on a zone level: A clear view of the parameters that can be varied, in order to lower the energy use and improve the thermal performance is the rst step for selecting the simulated 321
alternatives. In general, parametric studies on a zone level can provide useful information regarding the impact of different design parameters on the building performance, especially regarding comfort. The reduced simulation time can allow the user to investigate a larger number of alternatives, but can not predict absolute values for the whole building performance. Simulations on a building level: Once the best performing alternatives on a zone level are selected, the whole building should be modelled. However, if the implimented building model is too simplied (e.g. assuming the whole oor as one zone or calculating the average cavity air temperature of a multi storey faade), this can lead to wrong values and overestimation of the building performance. Simulations on a building level can predict and improve the building performance, as long as input parameters (e.g. internal loads, thermal mass, control set points, ventilation rates, etc) are correctly estimated.
7.2.1
Lessons learnt from the simulation work
A challenge in this thesis has been to correctly simulate buildings with double skin faades, since the modelling of especially naturally ventilated double skin faades is a complicated task. On a component level the software tool WIS 3 was used. WIS 3 can provide a wide range of output values but on the other hand the simulations are carried out for steadystate boundary conditions, which do not allow the user to investigate the faade performance throughout the year. The determination of input parameters, such as cavity geometry, position of shading devices inside the cavity etc, allows the user to carry out an extensive parametric study, in order to understand the inuence of the key parameters on the faade performance. Energy and indoor climate simulations on a zone and building level were carried out using IDA ICE 3.0. The dynamic building energy simulation tool IDA ICE 3.0 allows energy and indoor climate simulations of complicated buildings with integrated double skin faades during the whole year. The input options regarding a double skin faade e.g. cavity geometry, shading position, are not so many and certain values (such as discharge coefcients for the openings, etc) have to be calculated by the user before being input in the software. At the advanced level of IDA ICE 3.0 the user has a great variety of options. Some of these options, used within this study, were (a) different modelled ventilation modes (such as the naturally, mechanically and hybrid ventilated double facades and airow windows), (b) different damper controls, e.g. dampers opening 322
Conclusions
according to the cavity air temperature for the zone simulations, while on a building level they were dependent on the indoor air temperature and (c) multi storey faades simulated by connecting cavities at different oors. In general IDA ICE 3.0 allows a wide variety of congurations, since the user can build his/her own case. The main drawback, however, is that the user has to be quite experienced, since most of the models have to be developed at the advanced level. Correct modelling of ofce buildings can be a complicated task. The large number of ofce zones can be a drawback for the speed of simulation, often limiting the number of parametric studies. On the other hand, simplifying the building model too much can lead to wrong assumptions which diminish the quality of output results and mislead the design team regarding the energy and thermal building performance. Further improvement of the advanced building simulation tools, which includes easier interfaces, reduced simulation time, but also more options for the user to create individual building components and insert them into the building model, are essential for broader use. In order to correctly use building simulation software, documentation of the physical and mathematical models included should be available to the user. In this way, the possibilities and limitations would be clear when the user attempts to do his/her own modelling.
7.3
Improving the energy and indoor climate performance of highly glazed buildings: general recommendations and further studies
Low energy building design would be a relatively easy task, if it were always prioritized as one of the main performance requirements to be achieved. However, in practice the building concept is often initially created leading to a building design that does not always take into account energy and thermal performance. An example of this is the increasing number of highly glazed ofce buildings built all around the world during the last decades. Despite their poorer energy and thermal performance, most architects (following the trend of highly glazed areas), companies (which want to create a distinctive image for themselves) and users (who relate highly glazed faades to a more pleasant environment) prefer this building type. Before anything else, it has to be stated that the low energy building design is directly connected with the location of the building, since the 323
climatic conditions are essential to its performance; especially for buildings with large glazing areas, general recommendations should be avoided. Thus, careful and individual design is an indisputable requirement, in order to achieve improved building performance. For Swedish climatic conditions, windows with low thermal transmittance are essential. This is especially true for highly glazed buildings, in order to improve the buildings performance as to energy use and thermal comfort during the winter months. The results have shown that in cases with windows with low g values, the increase in heating demand is unavoidable; this is not the case when windows with relatively high g but low geffective (when shading is used) values are applied. Similar results were obtained for the perception of thermal comfort, since the cold pane surfaces result in negative PMV values during winter. Hybrid ventilated double faades, however, can reduce the heating demand and improve the quality of thermal environment. Airow windows have a positive effect on thermal comfort mainly during winter due to the increased PMV values. The results show that airow windows may perform better in north facing faades. Air ow windows with (hard coated) low E inner pane result in a radical improvement of the indoor climate, since the PPD values are the same as for a 30% glazed building with windows of low U and g values. On the other hand, glazing with low total solar transmittance values reduces the cooling demand and decreases the risk of overheating. Fixed external louvres have denitely a positive effect on cooling, but since they are applied all year round they have a negative effect during winter, increasing the heating demand. Internally placed venetian blinds have the opposite effect, but the radical increase in cooling demand and radiant temperatures leads to poor all-year performance. Intermediate placed movable shading improves the buildings performance, since they result in higher g values when the shading is not in use and solar heat gain is needed, but also due to low geffective values that result in acceptable performance during summer. When the cavity in which the shading is placed in the double faade is ventilated, a further improvement can be noticed. When integrated properly, double skin faades result in improved (compared with single skin facades) energy and thermal performance of the building, mainly when used on the south faade. However, since the cooling demand is rather limited for Scandinavian climatic conditions, their impact is also limited. Hybrid ventilated faades perform better than naturally or mechanically ventilated ones, since they efciently combine heat recovery during winter and efcient heat extraction by natural ventilation during summer. Optimal damper control set points and sufciently sealed cavities when dampers are closed are essential to the systems performance. The usually higher construction cost of double skin faades, on the other hand, makes 324
Conclusions
their application in buildings located in Scandinavia questionable. Further investigation of their possibilities for buildings located in warmer climates, however, should be carried out, since their impact on the building performance may be promising. Individual building design that takes into consideration the type of faade including the size and type of glazing and the position of shading devices, the temperature set points, the building occupancy and plan type, can denitely lead to improved building performance. A holistic view that takes into account the interaction of the different building components is essential for low energy building design. If this is established, even in highly glazed cases, the building performance can reach reasonable levels as to energy use and indoor climate. Further studies are suggested in the following elds: impact of building shape on the energy and thermal performance of highly glazed buildings detailed CFD calculations on double skin facades; inuence of geometrical characteristics on airows optimization of DSF constructions and modes for different climates to study the potential of energy savings due to the use of double skin faades optimization of damper control set points for double skin faades (cavity air, indoor air, operative temperatures, etc) further development of dynamic building energy simulation tools with integrated double faade further validation of tools for double skin faade cases with venetian blinds
325
326
Summary
Summary
8.1
Introduction
Highly glazed ofce buildings are considered to be airy, light and transparent with more access to daylight than traditional buildings, but their energy efciency is often questioned. However, nowadays glazed buildings are increasingly being built around the world, because (a) there is a growing tendency among architects to use large areas of glass in the faade, often with the aim of contributing to a better view of the outside and access to daylight, (b) users often like the idea of increased glass area, relating it to a better view of the outside and a more pleasant indoor environment and (c) many companies prefer the distinctive image of themselves (e.g. transparency or openness) that a glazed ofce building can provide. Achieving low energy use and improved thermal environment when using a fully glazed faade can be a great challenge; energy efciency and the provision of an acceptable indoor climate are essential for improved building performance. Other parameters to be taken into consideration during the decision and design process are visual comfort, building aesthetics, sociological and psychological determinants (such as visual and acoustical privacy), life cycle cost, etc. By prioritizing at an early stage the goals to be achieved, the design team can improve the building performance and fulll the design requirements.
8.2
Background
Today, there is insufcient knowledge of the function, energy use and indoor environment of ofce buildings with highly glazed facades for Scandinavian conditions. Therefore, a project was initiated to gain knowledge of the possibilities and limitations of glazed ofce buildings in Scandinavian climates. This means further development of calculation methods and analysis tools, improvement of analysis methodology, calculation of life-cycle costs (LCC), compilation of advice and guidelines for the construction of glazed ofces, and strengthening and improving the 327
competence regarding sustainable buildings in Sweden. This thesis, which is a part of the Glazed Ofce Buildings project, aims to (a) determine how the energy and indoor climate performance can be analysed, (b) clarify and quantify how highly glazed faades affect the energy use and thermal comfort and (c) determine how the design can be inproved with regard to energy efciency and thermal comfort. Through extensive parametric studies the impact of design parameters on building performance has been studied. Optimizing energy and indoor climate performance of single skin highly glazed buildings was the rst goal to be achieved. The proper integration of double skin faade systems was also investigated with the aim of further improvements.
8.3
Methods
A virtual reference building was initially created, which was considered to be representative of Swedish ofce buildings built in the late nineties with regard to design, energy and indoor climate performance. The design of the building was determined by researchers from the Division of Energy and Building Design, architects and engineers from WSP and Skanska. First, detailed performance specications for energy and indoor climate were established and then typical constructions were determined for the reference building. System descriptions and drawings were prepared. The building was approved by a reference group. Finally a validation of the simulated performance of the reference building showed that the performance specications were fullled. The reference building is a 6 storey building of rectangular shape (21 m high, 66 m long and 15.4 m wide; the room height is 2.7 m) and the distance between oors is 3.5 m. Two plan types were assumed for the simulations; cell and open plan. In order to reduce the simulation time in IDA ICE 3.0, but still be able to analyse the indoor climate for individual rooms, the number of zones was reduced to 11 per oor for the cell type and to 7 per oor for the open plan type. Input parameters such as occupancy, HVAC strategy, internal loads, etc, were decided after thorough consideration and long discussions with experts of the working group; these parameters are described in great detail in the report. Three different control set point intervals for the indoor temperature were chosen for the simulations of the building alternatives. The normal control set point (22 - 24.5C) is considered the standard (reference) case, since the lower and upper temperature limits are common practice in modern Swedish ofces. However, the two other control set points (21 - 26C (poor) and 22 - 23C (strict)) can provide useful information concerning 328
Summary
the variation in energy use with indoor temperature and the perception of thermal comfort. For this building, a parametric study of energy use and indoor climate was carried out. The building construction, the HVAC system, the occupancy, etc were modelled in great detail. Parameters such as the buildings orientation, plan type, control set points, faade elements (window type and area, shading devices, etc) and faade type (single and double skin) were varied during the simulations, while others such as building shape, occupants activity and schedules, etc were kept the same. A sensitivity analysis based on the simulated alternatives was carried out regarding the occupants comfort and the energy use for operating the building. The window to external wall area ratio of the simulated single skin building alternatives varied from 30% (reference case), to 60% and 100%. For the 30% glazed alternatives a triple-glazed (clear glass) window with a venetian blind between two of the panes was assumed, while the buildings construction was kept the same. The simulations were carried out for three orientations, three control set points (strict, normal and poor) and two plan types (cell and open). For the 60% and 100% single glazed alternatives, 7 different (commercially available) window constructions were studied. The rest of the building construction was kept the same as for the 30% glazed alternative. Each case was then simulated for both cell and open plan type and for strict, normal and poor control set points. In total 84 (60% and 100%) glazed alternatives were simulated. The simulation tools used were (a) IDA ICE 3.0, a dynamic building energy simulation tool, and (b) WIS 3, a calculation tool developed to calculate the thermal and solar characteristics of window systems and components. Validation tests have shown that both programs give reasonable results and are applicable to detailed simulations. In order to analyse the large amount of output data from the IDA ICE 3.0, simulations a post processor in MS Excel was developed. The performance parameters examined on a building level in this report are (a) heating demand, cooling demand and electricity for lighting, pumps and fans, etc, (b) weighted (average) air temperatures for the working area, (c) number of hours between certain (weighted) average air temperatures for the working space, (d) weighted average PMV and (e) number of working hours for certain average PPD. On a double skin faade component level the main parameters calculated were the temperatures of different layers at the vertical and horizontal centre and the airow rates and temperatures along the ventilated cavity.
329
8.4
8.4.1
Discussion and conclusions

Glazing area
In general, the total use of energy increases with increased glazing area. Assuming a triple clear glazed window the energy use of the studied typical 60% single skin glazed building is 23% higher for the strict and normal indoor temperature control set points, compared with the studied typical reference building. The increase for the 100% single skin glazed alternatives is 45 % and 47 % respectively. This difference in energy use would of course decrease if glazed facades with lower thermal and total solar transmittance (including solar shading, which results in lower geffective values) were chosen. Furthermore, increased window area does not necessarily mean a substantial decrease in the electricity for lighting. According to the simulations the maximum savings did not exceed 2 kWh/ma. Additionally, the larger the window to external wall area ratio, the larger are the comfort problems during the whole year, especially when triple-glazed (clear glass) windows are used. Thus, the need of glazing with lower thermal and total solar transmittance is evident, especially for highly glazed alternatives.
8.4.2
Glazing and solar shading type
The window properties (U, g and geffective values) have a remarkable impact on energy use, as concluded from the study and as already expected. For the Swedish climatic conditions, windows with low thermal transmittance are essential, in order to improve the buildings performance during the winter months regarding energy use and thermal comfort. The results have shown that in cases with windows with low g values, the increase in heating demand is unavoidable. Similar results were obtained for the perception of thermal comfort, since the cold pane surfaces result in negative PMV values during winter. On the other hand, glazing with low total solar transmittance values reduces the cooling demand and decreases the risk of overheating. Fixed external louvres have denitely a positive effect on cooling, but since they are applied all year round they increase the heating demand during winter. Movable shading and efcient heat extraction (as in the case of exterior shading) can be achieved with the use of venetian blinds in double skin faades. Internally placed venetian blinds have the opposite effect. The radical increase in cooling demand and radiant temperatures leads to poor year- round performance. Intermediate moveable shading improves performance, since they result in higher g values when
330
Summary
the shading is not in use and solar gain is needed, but also due to low geffective values that provide acceptable performance during summer.
8.4.3
Double skin facades
In order to reduce energy use and improve the indoor thermal environment, double skin faades were introduced. The double skin faade is a system consisting of two glass skins (single or double) placed in such a way that air can ow through the intermediate cavity. In principle the main purpose of the double skin faades (as to energy use and thermal comfort) is to allow the useful solar gains into the building when shading is not applied, and to extract through the ventilated cavity the heat absorbed by the shading to lower the cooling demand of the buildings. The distance between the skins usually varies from 0.2 m up to 2 m. For protection and heat extraction reasons the solar shading devices are placed inside the cavity. The ventilation of the cavity can be natural, fan supported or mechanical; the origin and destination of the air can also vary depending on the location, the use and HVAC strategy of the building. A main requirement when ventilated cavities of double skin faades are designed, is efcient heat extraction during the summer months. For naturally ventilated cavities the key parameters for achieving that are the characteristic height of the cavity (height to depth ratio) and the inlet and outlet opening sizes of the dampers. Another parameter that has to be considered is the type and position of panes, since they have a considerable impact on the minimum cavity depth that ensures efcient heat extraction. For naturally ventilated cases, the position of shading device inside the cavity has limited impact on the thermal comfort, unless the openable cavity is used for natural ventilation of the ofce space. The energy savings achieved for a glazed ofce building by using double skin faades instead of single skin faades are rather small. When the double faade hybrid case (best performing as to energy use) is compared with single skin faade buildings (same glazing cases with low U- and geffective values, no ventilated cavity and intermediate shading), the total energy use decreases by 7 kWh/m2a (137 instead of 144 kWh/m2a). Regarding thermal comfort, the double faade alternatives perform similarly to the single skin ones (PPD values), while the airow window cases perform slightly better due to the higher (and closer to the 0 axis) PMV values during the winter months. Airow windows with the same thermal and optical properties, on the other hand, result in high energy use due to increased cooling demand, but still lower than for the case with internally placed shading devices. However, when the inner clear pane is replaced with a low E hard coated pane, the performance improves dramatically. 331
As to thermal comfort the airow windows perform better than the rest of the cases due to the increased PMV values during winter months. In cases with low E inner pane the quality of the thermal environment can improve drastically, reaching the comfort levels of a 30% glazed building with improved window thermal and optical properties.
8.4.4
Other parameters that inuence the building performance
The plan type of ofce buildings plays a considerable role in the building performance regarding energy use and indoor environment issues. The two clearly distinguishable plan types studied in this thesis were the open plan and cell ofce. The use of the ofce space, ventilation rates, occupant density and the quantity of ofce equipment are some of the main parameters that differ between these two types. This results in (a) often higher cooling and lower heating demand of the open plan ofce building due to higher internal loads, mainly caused by higher occupancy and lower ventilation rates and (b) the risk of discomfort increases in cell ofce zones, compared with zones of the open plan type, due to the larger external wall to ofce oor area ratios (the occupants of the open plan are more evenly distributed within the whole oor space). In fully glazed building alternatives the risk of comfort problems is higher, especially in cases when windows with high thermal, total solar and effective (i.e. shading is applied) solar transmittance were applied. The control set points for the indoor air temperature are crucial for the energy and the thermal performance of a given building. Despite a common perception that strict control set points lead to an improved thermal environment, this study has shown that the key to choosing proper set points is the consideration of design parameters such as plan type, internal loads and glazing area and type. In general, the choice of set point requires the determination of (a) the permissible air temperature variation and (b) the minimum and maximum permissible air temperature limits. The selection of strict set points does not always guarantee an improved indoor thermal environment, since if the input design parameters (e.g. occupancy, internal loads, window type and size, etc) are not considered thoroughly and the maximum and minimum permissible temperature limits are not selected correctly, both discomfort and excessive heating or cooling may occur. Highly glazed buildings are more likely to lead to comfort problems and the selection of proper temperature set points is more difcult. In any case, the set points should be selected individually for each building and in cases with increased glazing areas further analysis should be carried out.
332
Summary
The orientation of a building may have an effect on the energy use; however, if the design is the same for the opposite sides of the faades the effect is negligible. The orientation of a zone has limited impact on the mean air temperatures, but the directed operative temperatures may vary considerably. The wider the permissible air temperature variation, the bigger is the impact of the orientation in each zone (wider variation in operative temperature) mostly for zones with highly glazed areas. This could provide useful information for the choice of the permissible air temperature variation of certain zone types, in order to keep the operative temperature within acceptable limits.
8.4.5
Best performing alternatives
Often, highly glazed buildings perform poorly when compared to a traditional building with e.g. 30% glazed facade (reference case) with regard to energy use and thermal comfort. As to energy use, the use of windows with low thermal and total solar transmittance is essential for improving the buildings performance, since especially in highly glazed buildings the energy use may vary substantially, depending upon design. The position of shading devices also plays a major role; xed external louvres decrease the cooling and increase the heating demand. The effect is opposite for internally placed venetian blinds resulting in the highest total energy use due to the drastic increase in the cooling demand. Glazed faades with intermediate placed venetian blinds can perform slightly poorer than externally placed shadings due to the larger cooling demand, unless the cavity where the shading devices are placed is ventilated. In this case the total demand can drop further. The difference in total energy use between the reference building (30% glazed alternative) and the best performing highly glazed building (hybrid ventilated double faade), could be limited to only 25 kWh/m2a in cases when the glazing properties were kept the same. When external louvres are placed in a single skin alternative with the same window properties, the building performs similarly. The same alternative but with internal venetian blinds instead results in a further increase by 10 kWh/m2a (total energy use of 151 kWh/m2a). An airow window alternative with further improved glazing properties results in a total demand of 132 kWh/m2a; only 19 kWh/m2a higher than in the reference case. Regarding the quality of the indoor environment, it is evident that smaller glazing areas provide a more stable environment, with fewer dissatised occupants. If the glazing is selected carefully, the percentage of dissatised occupants will still increase mainly due to the low inner surface temperatures during winter. For the reference case with the same window 333
properties as described above, the reference building can provide a thermal environment, in which there will be fewer than 15% dissatised occupants for 97% of the working hours. This value drops for the alternative with the hybrid ventilated double faade to 85% of the working hours. However, if the glazing is further improved, it is possible that the quality of thermal environment may reach the level of the reference case.
8.4.6
Determination of energy and indoor climate performance
In principle, energy and indoor climate simulations have to be carried out already at an early design stage and then be rened during the actual design. This will ensure improved energy and indoor climate performance of the building. In order to achieve energy efcient building design and improved thermal environment it is essential to (a) validate the calculation methods, (b) carry out simulations on a component level in order to gain the necessary background to the possibilities and limitations of the system, (c) prioritize the performance and quality requirements to be fullled and (d) carry out simulations on a zone and on a building level. Parametric studies on a zone level can provide useful information regarding the impact of different design parameters on the building performance, while parametric studies on a building level predict absolute values of the building.
8.5
General recommendations for improvements of highly glazed ofce buildings
In general, low energy building design would be a relatively easy task if it were always prioritized as one of the main performance requirements to be achieved. However, in practice the building concept is often initially created leading to a building design that does not always take into account energy and thermal performance. An example of this is the increasing number of highly glazed ofce buildings built all around the world during the last decades. Within this study, however, an effort has been made to quantify the performance of highly glazed ofce buildings, as to energy use and indoor climate issues, for Scandinavian climatic conditions and suggest improving solutions. It is always required that the low energy building design is directly related to the building location, since the cli334
Summary
matic conditions are essential to its performance. Especially for buildings with large glazing areas, general recommendations should be avoided. For instance a double faade performing well in a south European country could be unacceptable for Scandinavia, and vice versa. Thus, careful and individual design is an indisputable requirement, in order to achieve improved building performance. For Swedish climatic conditions during the winter months, windows with low thermal transmittance are essential, especially for highly glazed buildings, in order to improve the buildings performance as to energy use and thermal comfort. Glazing with low total solar transmittance values reduces the cooling demand and decreases the risk of overheating. The best solution is external movable solar shading to arrive at low g-values during periods with warm weather, as in winter low g values are not needed and the solar gains can contribute to space heating. However, if the g value of the glazing is too low, the light transmittance might be insufcient. The external movable solar shading can also be located in the cavity of a double skin faade, in order to be protected. When g values and U values are chosen for a faade, the area and orientation of the glazing have to be taken into account. The total solar gains and total thermal losses of a zone are important. When integrated properly, double skin faades result in improved energy and thermal performance of the building mainly when applied on the south faade, but since cooling is not the main issue for Scandinavian climatic conditions, their impact is limited. Individual building design that takes into consideration the type of faade including the size and type of glazing, the position of shading devices, the temperature set points, the building occupancy and plan type, can denitely lead to improved building performance. If this is established, even in highly glazed cases, the building performance can reach reasonable levels as to energy use and indoor climate. However, a building with low energy demand cannot be achieved with a highly glazed building in a Scandinavian climate.
335
336
References
References
Achermann, M., & Zweifel, G. (2003). RADTEST Radiant Heating and Cooling Test Cases. Universtiy of Applied Sciences of Central Switzerland, Lucerne, Switzerland. Action Plan for Energy Efciency: Realising the Potential, COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES, Brussels, 19.10.2006 Architect's Council of Europe, Brussels, Energy Research Group, University College Dublin, Suomen Arkkiteillitto, Helsinki and SOFTECH, Turin (1999). A Green Vitruvious. ISBN: 1-873936-94-X Adalberth, K. (2000). Energy Use and Environmental Impact of New Residential Buildings. Department of building Physics, Lund University, Lund, Sweden. Report TVBH-1012. Andersen, I. (2000). A Multi-Criteria Decision-Making Method for Solar Building Design. PhD thesis for the degree of Doctor Ingenir at the Nowegian University of Science and Technology, Faculty of Architecture, Planning and Fine Arts, Department of Building Technology, Norway. ASHRAE (American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers). (2001). Handbook of Fundamentals. Atlanta, USA ASHRAE (American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers). (2005). Handbook of Fundamentals. Atlanta, USA ASHRAE Standard 55 (1992). Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy BLAST software (1998). USA CERL and the University of Illinois. Web address: http://www.cecer.army.mil/ BRIEFING: Directive 2002/91/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2002 on the Energy Performance of Buildings, 7 November, 2006
337
Bring, A., Sahlin, P., & Vuolle, M. (1999). Models for Building Indoor Climate and Energy Simulation. Report of IEA, Task 22, Subtask B: Building Energy Analysis Tools Model Documentation BSim 4 software (2004). Danish Building Research Institute Web address: http://www.sbi.dk Blow-Hbe, H., (2007) Daylight in Ofce Buildings. Division of Energy and Building Design, Department of Architecture and Built Environment, Lund Institute of Technology, Lund University, Sweden. Button, D., & Pye, B. (1993). Glass in building; A guide to modern architectural glass performance. Pilkington Glass Ltd. with Butterworth Architecture. ISBN 0750605901 CAPSOL software. Physibel, Belgium. Web address: http://www.physibel. be/ Champagne, C. (2002). Computational Fluid Dynamics and Double Skin Facades. Assignment for the Architectural Engineering Computer Labs, Pennsylvania State University, USA Web address: http://www.arche. psu.edu/courses/ae597J/Champage-Hw1.pdf Carlson, P.-O. (2003). Glazed facades double skin facades requirements and methods. Arkus, Byggfrlaget skrift nr 42, Stockholm (in Swedish). Carlsson, P.O., 2005. Construction with glass. Swedish glass trade union, Stockholm, Sweden (in Swedish). Chen, Q. (1997). Computational uid dynamics for HVAC: successes and failures. ASHRAE Transactions, 103(1), 178-187. Chrisoffersen, J. (1995). Daylight utilization in ofce buildings. PhD thesis, Danish Building Research Institute, Report 258. Claessens, J., & DeHerte, A. Active Solar Heating and Photovoltaics. Solar Energy in European Ofce Buildings. Energy Research Group, School of Architecture, University College of Dublin, Ireland. Web address: http://erg.ucd.ie/mid_career/mid_career.html Compagno, A. (2002). Intelligent Glass Facades (5th revised and updated edition). Berlin: Birkhuser Crawley, D. B., Hand, J. W, Kummert, M., & Grifth, B. T. (2005). Contrasting the Capabilities of Building Energy Performance Simulation Programs. Proceedings of Building Simulation IBPSA 2005, 15-18 August 2005, Montreal, Quebec, Canada. 338
References
Derob-LTH software (2007). Lund Institute of Technology, Lund University. Web address: http://www.derob.se Di Maio, F., & van Paassen, A.H.C. (2000). Second skin faade simulation with Simulink code. International symposium air conditioning in high rise buildings (Shanghai), s.n.,s.l.,ISBN 2-913149-07-3, cat c, Projectcode: 06A-V Di Maio, F., & van Paassen, A.H.C. (2001). Modelling the air inltrations in the second skin facade. Proceedings of the 4th international conference on indoor air quality, ventilation and energy conservation in buildings, October 2-5 (pp. 873-880). Hong Kong: City University of Hong Kong. (TUD) Ding, W., Hasemi, Y. & Yamada, T. (2004). Natural Ventilation of a Double-Skin Faade with Solar Chimney. Energy and Buildings Vol. 37, No. 4, 411-418, 2005. DIRECTIVE 2002/91/EC OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL of 16 December 2002 on the energy performance of buildings Ofcial Journal of the European Communities, 2003 Djunaedy, E., Hensen, J.L.M., & Loomans, M.G.L.C. (2002). Towards a Strategy for Airow Simulation in Building Design Center for Building & Systems. TNO - TU/e. Technische Universiteit Eindhoven, the Netherlands. Web address: http://sts.bwk.tue.nl/erdj/papers/roomvent2002.pdf DOE-2.1E software. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory. Web address: http://simulationresearch.lbl.gov/ ECOTECT software. c/o Centre for Research in the Built Environment. Web address: http://www.squ1.com Energiboken (1995), Swedish Council for Building Research (in Swedish) Ofce Buildings. Energy plus software (v. 1.2.2). U S Department of Energy. Web address: http://www.energyplus.gov Erhorn, H., & Stoffel, J. (eds.) (1996). ADELINE 2.0, Advanced daylighting and electric lighting integrated new environment, Documentation of the software package ADELINE, version 2.0 (9 volumes), IEA Solar Heating and Cooling Program, Task 12: Solar Building Energy Analysis Tools.
339
ESp-rsoftware (v. 10.1). Department of Mechanical Engineering, University of Strathclyde. Web address: http://www.esru.strath.ac.uk/ Faist, A. P. (1998). Double Skin Walls. Institut de technique du batiment. Department d Architecture. cole Polytechnique Fdral de Lausanne (EPFL), Switzerland Fanger, P. O. (1970). Thermal Comfort: Analysis and Applications in Environmental Engineering: Danish Technical Press, Copenhagen, Denmark Flamant, G., Heijmans N., Guiot E., Gratia, E. & Bruyer,e I. (2004). Ventilated Double Facades. Determination of the energy performances of ventilated double facades by the use of simulation integrating the control aspects Modelling aspects and assessment of the applicability of several simulation software. Final report, Belgian Building Research Institute, Dept. of Building Physics, Indoor Climate and Building Services, December, 2004. Fuller, S. K., & Petersen, S. R. (1996). Life Cycle Costing Manual. Building and Fire Research Laboratory, Ofce of Applied Economics, Gaithersburg, MD 20899 Gertis, K. (1999). Sind neuere Fassadenentwickelungen bauphysikalisch sinnvoll? Teil 2: Glas-Doppelfassaden (GDF) (in German), Bauphysik, vol. 21, pp. 54-66. Gratia, E. and De Herde, A. (2004). Natural Ventilation in a Double-Skin Faade. Energy and Buildings 36(2004) 137-146. Hanssen, O. S. (2000). Evaluation of association between indoor air climate wellbeing and productivity, Healthy Buildings, Helsinki, Finland. Hendriksen, O. J., Srensen, H., Svensson, A., & Aaqvist, P. Double Skin Facades Fashion or a Step towards Sustainable Buildings Hensen, J.L.M. (2002). Integrated Building (and) airow Simulation: an overview. Proceedings form the Ninth International Conference on Computing in Civil and Building Engineering, Taipei, Taiwan. Web address: http://www.bwk.tue.nl/fago/hensen/publications/02_icccbe_airow.pdf Hensen, J.L.M., Bartak, M., & Drkal, F. (2002). Modelling and simulation of double-skin facade systems. ASHRAE Transactions, vol. 108:2, IDA software (v. 3.0). Equa. Web address: http://www.equa.se/
340
References
ISO Standard 7730, (1984). Moderate thermal environments determination of the PMV and PPD indices and specications of conditions for thermal comfort. International Organization for Standardization. Geneva. ISO Standard 15099, (2003). Thermal performance of windows, doors and shading devices Detailed calculations. International Organization for Standardization. Geneva. Jacobs, P., & Henderson, H. (2002). State-of-the-Art Whole Building, Building Envelope and HVAC Component and System Simulation and Design Tools. Prepared for the Air-Conditioning and Refrgeration Technology Institute, Arlington, VA Jaro, M., Charvt, P., vork, P., & Gorn, R. Possibilities of CFD Simulation of Solar Heated Spaces. Brno University of Technology, Faculty of Mechanical Engineering. Institute of Power Engineering, Dept. of Thermodynamics and Environmental Engng, Brno, Czech Republic. Web address: http://dt.fme.vutbr.cz/~cfd/solar/paper3.htm Jaros, M., Gorny, R., Katolicky, J., & Sedlak, J. (2002). Numerical and Experimental Investigation of the Conditions in the Double Solar Energy Faade. Proceedings of Indoor Air 2002. Jensen, S. ., Poulsen, C. S., & Rasmussen, L. (2003). Cooling of Server rooms (Kling i serverrum). Center for Energi i bygninger and Center for Kle-og Varmepumpeteknik, Teknologisk Institut, Denmark, (in Danish). Judkoff R., & Neymark, J. (2001), International Energy Agency Building Energy Simulation Test (BESTEST) and Diagnostic Method. IEA SHC Task 12 Building Energy Analysis and Design Tools for Solar Applications. NREL Report TP -472-6231, Golden: NREL. Kalyanova, O., & Heiselberg, P. K. (2005). Comparative Test Case Specication Test Cases DSF100_2 and DSF400_3. Report for IEA ECBCS Annex 43/SHC Task 34 Validation of Building Energy Simulation Tools. Aalborg University, Department of Civil Engineering Kalyanova, O., & Heiselberg, P. K. (2006). Empirical Test Case Specication : Test Cases DSF200_3 and DSF200_4. IEA ECBCS Annex43/SHC Task 34 : Validation of Building Energy Simulation Tools. Aalborg University, Department of Civil Engineering Kleibrink, (2002). The changing world of ofce work. Detail 2002/9. Lee, E., Selkowitz, S., Bazjanac, V., Inkarojrit, V., & Kohler, C. (2002). High-Performance Commercial Building Faades. Building Technologies 341
Program, Environmental Energy Technologies Division, Ernest Orlando Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (LBNL), University of California, Berkeley, USA (LBNL 50502) Web address: http://gaia. lbl.gov/hpbf/documents/LBNL50502.pdf Li, Shang-Shiou. (2001). A Protocol to Determine the Performance of South Facing Double Glass Faade System. Msc Thesis in Architecture Submitted to the Faculty of the Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, USA. Web address: http://scholar.lib.vt.edu/theses/available/etd-04212001- 152253/unrestricted/ Limb, M. (1992). Air Inltration and Ventilation Glossary; Technical Note AIVC. Air Inltration and Ventilation Centre. University of Warwick Science Park, Barclays Venture Centre, Coventry, Great Britain. ISBN 0946075581. Liddament, M. W. (1996). A guide to Energy Efcient Ventilation. Air Inltration and Ventilation Centre (AIVC). Manz, H., & Frank, Th. (2005). Thermal Simulation of Buildings with Double-Skin Facades. Energy and Buildings, 37 (2005) 1114-1121. Nathanson, T. (1995). Indoor Air Quality in Ofce Buildings: A Technical Guide. Report of the Federal-Provincial Advisory Committee on Environmental and Occupational Health, Minister of National Health and Welfare, Canada. ISBN 0-662-23846-X Nilson, A., Uppstrm, R., & Hjalmarsson, C. (1996). Rendering the use of energy efcient in ofce buildings a gain not only for the environment! Swedish council for building research, T10:1996, Stockholm, Sweden (in Swedish). Nilsson, P.E., (2003). Achieving the Desired Indoor Climate; Energy Efciency Aspects of System Design. Printed by Narayana Press, Denmark. ISBN 91-44-03235-8 Oesterle, E., Lieb, R-D., Lutz, M., & Heusler, W. (2001). Double Skin Facades Integrated Planning. Prestel Verlag: Munich, Germany Park, C.-S., Augenbroe, G., Sadegh, N., Thitisawat, M., & Messadi, T. (2003). Occupant Responsive Optimal Control of Smart Facade Systems. Proceedings of Building Simulation'03, August, 2003, Netherlands. Pedersen, S. (2001). Low Energy Building Design. Lecture note, BYG, DTU, U-018, ISSN 1396-4046, Danish Technical University (DTU), Lyngby, Denmark
342
References
Peterson, F., (1987). Heating Systems. Department of Heating and Ventilation. Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden Peterson, F., (1991). Climate Calculations. Department of Heating and Ventilation. Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden Pilkington Glass Catalogue, (2004) Poirazis, H. (2004). Double skin facades for ofce buildings; a literature review. Division of Energy and Building Design, Department of Construction and Architecture, Lund Institute of Technology, Lund University, Sweden. ISBN 91- 85147 02 -8 Poirazis, H. (2005a). Introductory report to the Glazed Ofce Building Project. Division of Energy and Building Design, Department of Architecture and Built Environment, Lund Institute of Technology, Lund University, Sweden. Report EBD-R--05/10 Poirazis, H. (2005b). Single Skin Glazed Ofce Buildings; Energy Use and Indoor Climate Simulations. Division of Energy and Building Design, Department of Architecture and Built Environment, Lund Institute of Technology, Lund University, Sweden. Report EBD-T--05/4 PowerDomus software. Thermal Systems Laboratory, Curitiba, Brazil. Poirazis H. (2006). Double Skin Faades; a literature review. Report for the IEA SHC Task 34 ECBCS Annex 43. Public Technology Inc. and US Green Building Council, (1996). Sustainable Building Technical Manual; Green Building Design, Construction and Operations. Sponsored by U.S. Department of Energy, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency REPAB, (2003). rskostnader Kontor 2003 (Yearly costs Ofce buildings). REPAB AB, Mlndahl (in Swedish). Saelens, D., & Hens, H. (2001). Experimental evaluation of naturally ventilated active envelopes, International Journal of Thermal Envelopes and Building Science, vol. 25, nr. 2, pp. 101-127. Saelens, D., Carmeliet, J., & Hens, H. (2001). Modelling of Air and Heat Transport in Active Envelopes, Proceedings of ICBEST 2001, International Conference on Building Envelope Systems and Technologies, Ottawa, Canada, pp. 243-247.
343
Saelens, D. (2002). Energy Performance Assessments of Single Storey MultipleSkin Facades. PhD thesis, Laboratory for Building Physics, Department of Civil Engineering, Catholic University of Leuven, Belgium. Saelens, D., Carmeliet, J., & Hens, H. (2003). Energy performance assessment of multiple skin facades. International Journal of HVAC&R Research 9 (2): 167-186. Web address: http://www.bwk.kuleuven. ac.be/bwf/pdf_artikels/I_J_HVACR_DS_2003.pdf Saelens, D., Blocken, B., Roels, S., Hens, H. (2005). Optimization of the energy performance of the multiple skin facades. Proceedings of the Ninth International IBPSA Conference, MOndreal, Canada SCB, (2001). Energy statistics for non-residential premises. Statistics Sweden, Statistiska meddelande EN 16 SM 0203 (in Swedish). Sjodin L., (2007). LCC Calculations of Glazed Ofce Buildings. WSP Management Internal Report, Malm, Sweden (in Swedish) Stec, W., & van Paassen, A.H.C. Integration of the Double Skin Faade with the buildings. Energy in Built Environment, Energy Technology, TU Delft, Mekelweg 2, 2628 CD, Delft, The Netherlands. Stec, W., and van Paassen, A.H.C. (2003). Dening the Performance of the Double Skin Facade with the Use of the Simulation Model. Proceedings of Building Simulation '03, 1243-1250, Netherlands. Svensson, A. (2000). Glazed facades a question of image or? Journal Byggkontakt May 2/2000 (in Swedish). Svensson, A., & qvist, P. (2001). Double skin glazed facades Image or at step on the road to a sustainable society? Arkus skrift nr 37, Stockholm (in Swedish) TAS software (v.907). EDSL Ltd. Web address: http://ourworld.compuserve.com/homepages/edsl Travesi, J. G., Maxwell, K., Klaassen, M. & Holtz. (2001). Empirical Validation of Iowa Energy Resource Station Building Energy Analysis Simulation Models, A report of Task 22, Subtask A Building Energy Analysis Tools Project A.1 Empirical Validation, June 2001. TRISCO software. Physibel, Belgium. Web address: http://www.physibel. be/ TRNSYS software (v16.037). University of Wisconsin, USA Web address: http://sel.me.wisc.edu/trnsys
344
References
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, (1997). Design Guide for Interiors. DG 1110-3-122 van Dijk, D. H.A.L. & Henk Oversloot, H.P. (2003). WIS, the European Tool to Calculate Thermal and Solar Properties of Windows and Window Components. Proceedings of Building Simulation '03, 259-266, Netherlands.Web address: http://www.ibpsa.org/PDFs/ BS03%20Papers/BS03_0259_266.pdf van Paassen, A.H.C., & Stec, W. (2001). Controlled Double Facades and HVAC. 7th world congress Clima 2000/Napoli 2001, September 1518 (CD-ROM). Indoor environment technology: towards a global approach (Napels), REHVA, Brussels, 2001, p. 1-15 VVS, (2000). Classication of indoor climate systems. Guidelines and specications. R1, Swedish HVAC association (in Swedish). Wall, M., & Blow-Hbe, H. (2001). Solar protection in buildings. (Report TABK- 01/3060). Lund: Lund University, Dept of Construction and Architecture. Wall, M., & Blow-Hbe, H. (2001). Solar Protection in Buildings. Part 2: 2000 2002 (2003). (Report EBD-R03/1). Lund, Sweden: Energy and Building Design, Dept of Construction and Architecture, Lund Institute of Technology, Lund University. Wall, M., & Kvist, H. (2003), SunSpace- a user friendly design tool to predict temperatures and energy demands for different types of glazed spaces. Report EBD-R--03/2, the department of Energy and Building Design, Lund Institute of Technology, Lund University. Wilkins, C., & Honsi, M. H. (2000). Heat Gain from Ofce Equipment. ASHRAE Journal. Wouters, P. (1999-2000). Quality in Relation to Indoor Climate and Energy Efciency. An analysis of trends, achievements and remaining challenges. PhD thesis in Universit Catholique de Louvain (UCL), Facult des Sciences Appliques, Dpartement Architecture et Construction (ARCH), Belgium. Wyon, D. (1986). The effects of indoor climate on productivity and performance. Simplied summary of results: Indoor climate, accidents, human efciency and comfort, Revised version of a summary prepared by the author for Scandinavian Indoor Climate Year, published in Swedish in VVS & Energi, 59-65.
345
Wyon, D. (1987). The importance of our indoor climate. Flkt Review No. 71, Indoor climate systems, Flkt AB, Stockholm, Sweden, ISSN 0015-3400. Wyon, P. D. (2000a). Enhancing Productivity While Reducing Energy Use in Buildings. Proceedings of the Conference held at The Ronald Reagan Building and International Trade Center Washington, D.C Wyon, D. (2000b). Individual control at each workplace: the means and the potential benets In: Clements-Croome, D. (editor). Creating the productive workplace. E&FN Spon. London and New York.
346
Appendix A
Appendix A
Germany
347
348
Free window ventilation is possible for 50- 60% of the year. During winter, the airextract shaft is also designed to be closed if required The faade is roughly 70 cm deep. Each of the box windows has its own 15 cm high airintake opening in the form of a closable flap The inner faade layer is constructed with conventional vertically pivoting aluminum casements with low-E glazing. Louvred blinds were installed in the outer third of the faade.
Faade type Corridor faade
Ventilation strategy The faade was designed to naturally ventilate the rooms with outside air during long periods of the year. The first years of operation show that the building can be naturally ventilated for roughly 70-75% of the year.
Construction Two corridor widths are encountered in the building (90 cm and 140 cm). The entire building is enclosed in a glass skin so that a 56-meter-high atrium space is created at the centre.
Panes and shading devices The outer layer consists of a 12 mm safety glass and the inner is a low E glazing with a wooden frame. The solar blinds are situated near the outer glazing layer.
Comments No complete air conditioning of the office room was installed. The office rooms are equipped with chilled ceiling.
Building Dsseldorf city gate (Dsseldorfer Stadttor) BBRI, (2002), Oesterle et al., (2001), Lee et al., (2002), Compagno, (2002) ARAG 2000 Tower Oesterle et al., (2001), Compagno, (2002)
Shaft-box system
Multi storey high Three storey sealed outer skin, a continuous cavity and an inner faade with operable windows.
The outer skin consists of 8 mm toughened glass. Air louvres were provided at the lower and upper ends of the cavity.
During periods of extreme weather conditions, a high level of thermal comfort can be attained with mechanical ventilation. None
Headquarters of Commerzbank Compagno, (2002) Eurotheum Lee et al., (2002)
Box window
Two variations on the principle of the buffer zone for natural ventilation of the offices were used: as a double skin faade and as a winter garden. Fresh air is supplied through 75-mm diameter holes in the vertical metal fins on each side of the glazing unit. Warm air is extracted through an exterior opening at the ceiling level.
The faade grid is 1350 mm wide 3350 mm tall and 340mm deep. Each unit, which is prefabricated offsite, consists of a 6-grid span, one-storey tall.
The internal skin consists of thermally-broken aluminum frames and double-pane, manually-operated, tilt-and-turn windows. The external skin consists of single-pane, fixed glazing. Power-operated blinds are applied.
Only part of the building is designed with a double-skin faade, which provides natural ventilation for most of the year.
Building Debis headquarters Lee et al., (2002), Crespo, Oesterle et al. (2001)
Construction Walkway grills occur at every floor within the 70-cm wide interstitial space and are covered with glass to prevent vertical smoke spread between floors.
Panes and shading devices The inner skin consists of a double low-E insulating glazing in aluminum frames. The exterior skin consists of 12mm thick laminated glass louvres. Sliding louvre blinds were installed in front of the inner faade.
(GSW) Headquarters Lee et al., (2002)
Multi storey high The cavity is 0.9 m deep.
Comments Night-time cooling is automated. The main objective of the clients and the planner was to create an environmentally sustainable and userfriendly building. To achieve these goals, large scale investigations and research work were undertaken. Radiant heating and cooling are provided to the building. Various building systems such as lighting and diffusers are integrated.
Halenseestrae Lee et al., (2002)
Corridor faade
Ventilation strategy The external skin is openable. Opening the external skin to a greater degree has a positive influence on the ventilation, since it helps to remove the heat in the intermediate space. The users can open the interior windows for natural ventilation. A mechanical ventilation plan was installed to provide partial air conditioning for those periods in winter and summer when extreme weather conditions prevail. Cross ventilation; the double faade operates as a thermal shaft. During the heating season, the air cavity acts as a thermal buffer when all operable windows are closed. Warm air is returned to the central plant via risers for heat recovery. During the summer, the cavity is mechanically ventilated. At night, internal heat gains are removed with mechanical ventilation. During the winter, solar gains pre warm the air in the interstitial space.
The cavity is 0.85 m deep.
Interior double pane windows that are operated both manually and automatically and a sealed 10-mm exterior glazing layer. Wide, vertical, perforated aluminum louvres are located in the cavity and are automatically deployed and manually adjustable. The 12-mm single-pane external skin of this double-skin faade is completely sealed while the internal skin consists of sliding double pane glass doors. A blind was installed within the 1-storey high interstitial space.
Appendix A
349
Only the top westfacing seven stories of this ten storey building are designed with a double skin faade. The double-skin faade reduces noise from the adjacent highway towards the west.
Building Galleries Lafayette Compagno, (2002)
Construction The cavity is 0.2 m deep.
350
The cavity is roughly 0.22 m deep.
Panes and shading devices The 29 mm thick insulating glass unit with an 8 mm glass on the outside and a 6 mm low E coated glass on the inside, has a cavity filled with argon. Perforated louvres of stainless steel are fitted as solar control.
Potsdamer Platz 1 Oesterle et al., (2001)
Box window
Ventilation strategy The inlet and outlet vents are placed at each floor. The openings remain permanently open. The faade enables natural ventilation of the offices for most of the year. If the outside temperature is too low or too high, a mechanical ventilation system is switched on. The ventilation of the cavity and the internal rooms is effected via a 6 cm high gap beneath the outer pivoting casement.
Comments The unusually designed Double Skin Faade is intended to serve as an information carrier and act as an optical attraction. It also serves as protection against the external noise. The combination of window ventilation with additional mechanical support under extreme weather conditions allows a very high degree of thermal comfort to be achieved.
Corridor type
None
Deutscher Ring Verwaltungsgebude Lee et al., (2002) Print Media Academy Bohren and Boake, (2001)
Box window
The top of the four-storey faade has a rainproof opening with overlapping glass panes that allow air exchange. The cavity is naturally ventilated for heat extraction Cross ventilation. A cross ventilation control system moderates the buffer space between the outer and inner glazing. Some of the interior windows are operable to allow for cleaning within the interstitial space. Walkway grills occur at every floor within this interstitial space. The cavity is roughly 0.46 m deep.
The internal window is a low-E glazing in an oak frame and with aluminum cover strips externally. A louvred blind is installed, the location of which was optimized in respect of its rear ventilation by designing the upper louvres to be fixed at a flatter angle, so that they remain permanently open, even when the blind is lowered. The exterior skin is toughened, solar control, single pane. The interior skin consists of a low-E coated, double-glazed, window. Blinds are positioned interior to the internal glass windows Single glass exterior pane and a sealed double glass pane on the inner side. The shading system is a mechanical aluminium blind system that controls solar heat gain.
The building's central system controls the rate of air flow into the cavity space.
Building RWE AG Headquarters Lee et al., (2002), Kragh, (2000), Collins, (2000), Space modulator, Arons, (2000)
Faade type Box window
Construction Openable interior full-height, double-pane glass doors that can be opened 13.5 cm wide by the occupants (and wider for maintenance). The cavity is 0.5m deep, 3.6m high and 2m wide.
Panes and shading devices The exterior layer is a 10-mm extra-white glass. The interior layer consists of full-height, double-pane glass doors. An anti-glare screen is positioned on the interior. Retractable venetian blinds are positioned just outside the face of the sliding glass doors within the cavity. Daylight, direct solar and glare can be controlled with blinds and an interior antiglare screen.
Comments The design of the RWE faade system was influenced by the clients desire for optimum use of daylight, natural ventilation, and solar protection.
Multi storey The cavity is 0.8m deep.
Ventilation strategy The extra air cavity acts as a thermal buffer, decreasing the rate of heat loss between outside and inside. Fresh air is supplied through the opening at the bottom and warm air is exhausted through the opening at the top of the faade. During extreme cold conditions, the windows are closed. Warm air is returned to the central plant via risers for heat recovery in the winter. The type of ventilation is diagonal. Fresh air is supplied at the bottom level and is extracted at 21 m height through poweroperated vents.
The main advantage of the double-skin faade system is the improvement in thermal comfort.
Victoria Life Insurance Buildings Lee et al., (2002), Compagno, (2002) Victoria Ensemble Oesterle et al., (2001)
Multi storey
The faade is used exclusively as a means of regulating thermal insulation for different weather conditions. The intake of air is at the foot of the building and extracted at roof level.
Openable dampers. A central control system keeps the flaps closed when external temperatures are low, ensuring maximum thermal insulation. When external temperatures rise, the flaps are opened to allow the ventilation of the cavity preventing overheating.
The external skin consists of 15 mm laminated solar control glazing; the internal skin consists of solar control glazing. Aluminum 50mm deep louvres are integrated into the cavity. Continuous strips of flaps were installed around the entire building at the foot and the top of the faade to control temperatures.
None
Shaft box
Appendix A
351
Gladbacher Bank Oesterle et al., (2001)
Air-intake and extract openings ensure a satisfactory supply of external air for the rooms when the inner faade is open.
A single layer of reflecting, sun-screen glazing was inserted in the outer skin. Adjustable shading in the cavity.
The Double Skin Faade was a part of a refurbishment project.
352
Construction The cavity is 0.23m deep. Panes and shading devices Aluminum louvred blinds Comments Taking into account the savings made in the air-conditioning, the simple form of construction and the high degree of prefabrication of the faade resulted in an economical solution. Ventilation strategy Natural ventilation. The construction of a double-skin faade made window ventilation possible, thereby overcoming the problem of a non-openable faade with inevitable air-conditioning of the adjoining rooms. A partial air-conditioning system was installed, providing a 2.2 fold hourly air change (ach). Air is injected at slightly higher than ambient pressure into the lower part of the cavity and the warming effect results in a natural stack effect.
Building DB Cargo Building Oesterle et al., (2001)
Faade type Combination of boxwindow and corridor faade types
Business Promotion Centre and the Technology Centre Compagno, (2002)
Box window
The faade consists of 1.50 3.30 m toughened 12 mm thick panes suspended in vertical aluminum mullions. The inner faade skin consists of storey high
Outside is a 6 mm float glass, inside is an 8 mm laminated glass with low-E and the cavity between is filled with argon gas. Perforated, computercontrolled aluminum louvres are incorporated into the cavity
Since the building went into operation, overheating problems have been reported in the top floors.
Finland
Building Sanomatalo Uuttu, (2001)
Faade type Multi storey
Ventilation strategy The cavity is closed and can be vented by motoroperated vents at the top and bottom, which are controlled by thermostats.
Construction The depth of the cavity is 0.7m The inner envelope consists of three glass layers, while the outer consists of two.
Comments A maintenance gondola fixed onto the girders of the roof enables outside maintenance.
SysOpen Tower Uuttu, (2001)
Box window
No information given
The depth of the cavity is 0.55m
None
Martela Uuttu, (2001)
Multi storey
The depth of the cavity is 0.7m
Panes and shading devices inner glass: toughened and laminated 6 mm, middle glass: toughened 4 mm and outer glass: toughened and solar control 6 mm. The space: argon and krypton gas. The outer envelope: toughened and laminated 6+6 mm panes. Blinds exist inside the inner envelope. The inner envelope consists of 2k=2k418, 26 mm thick glass and the outer envelope consists of 1k=1k8 tempered, 8 mm thick glass. Automatic solar blinds are placed inside the cavity. Inner heat insulating glass, 4 mm + 4 mm laminated due to the rail requirements Outer 12 mm tempered glass
The double-skin faade is totally separated from the main frame of the office building.
Itmerentori Uuttu, (2001)
Multi storey The depth of the cavity is 0.925m
The outer glazed skin consists of 6-8 mm toughened glass. The circular part of the building has laminated glass. Motorized solar shading blinds are placed outside the inner envelopes windows.
None
Nokia Ruoholahti Uuttu, (2001)
Multi storey
Each floor has two service doors to the cavity. Ventilators are installed at the corners of the cavity area in order to move warm air through the corners. The windows of the inner envelope are fixed. However ventilation doors open to the intermediate space. The intermediate space has gravitational ventilation. No information given
Inner: double insulating glass Outer: 6 mm tempered glass. The top of the cavity has an adjustable louvre, while the bottom is open.
The double skin faade helps to restrict the excessive amount of solar heat and traffic noise.
Appendix A
353
354
Ventilation strategy The cavity formed is open at bottom and top. Construction No information given Comments None
Building Sonera Uuttu, (2001)
High Tech Centre Uuttu, (2001)
Corridor faade
The depth of the cavity is 0.342m and is not accessible.
The inner envelopes windows can be opened to perform cleaning inside the cavity. Outside cleaning is performed from a hoist.
Radiolinja Uuttu, (2001)
Multi storey
The air in the cavity can be used for heating and cooling purposes.
The depth of the cavity is 0.65m.
None
Nokia K2 Uuttu, (2001)
Multi storey
The cavity is open from the bottom and each floor has vents, which can be opened.
Panes and shading devices Inner skin: green 6 mm glass (outer), selective 4 mm Ekoplus- glass (inner) argon gas 15 mm (in between) Outer envelope: 4+4 mm laminated glass (in between 0.76 mm opal sheet) elements. One of the glasses is clear and the other one is grey with a silk screenprinted pattern. The inner envelope consists of two different kinds of windows. The lower windows consist of: - float glass 6 mm - argon gas 18 mm - clear selective float glass 6mm and the upper windows consist of: - tempered float glass 6 mm - argon gas 18 mm - clear selective float glass 4 mm The outer glass skin consists of 10 mm tempered glass. Inner skin: 6 mm selective glass (inner), 4 mm float glass (middle) and 6 mm tempered glass (outer) The outer envelope: 12 mm thick tempered glass. Motorized solar shading blinds are placed in the cavity. Inner envelope: double insulating glass Outer envelope: 6 mm thick tempered glass. Solar blinds are installed in the cavity.
None
Building Iso Omena mall Uuttu, (2001)
Construction The depth of the cavity is 1m.
Panes and shading devices The inner envelopes glass panes are float glass. The outer envelope has 8 mm thick tempered glass.
Kone Building Uuttu, (2001)
Multi storey
Comments Two of the faades include a doubleskin faade. One of them is installed to reduce the traffic noise. None
Nokia Keilalahti Uuttu, (2001)
Multi storey
Ventilation strategy The cavity is not open at the top. The cavity is closed at its sides. The bottom of the cavity is closed with a laminated glass for sound insulation purposes. The cavity is open from the bottom and each floor has vents, which can be opened. The cavity is open from the bottom and each floor has vents, which can be opened.
None
Korona Uuttu, (2001)
Multi storey Part of the cavity is about 2 metes deep and another partly wider to form winter gardens.
In winter fresh air is taken from the southern side of the building and used in the HVAC system. In summer the fresh air is taken from the northern side.
Inner envelope: insulating glass Outer envelope: 8 mm tempered clear glass panes with a silk screen pattern. The inner envelope: 2k6-12 selective glass, argon gas in between The outer envelope: 6 mm tempered clear glass. Solar blinds are placed outside the inner envelope to restrict the excessive amount of solar heat. At the upper end of the intermediate space motorized louvres are placed. The windows in the inner envelope have a selective 2k insulating glass where the outer glass is K Glass and the inner glass is clear 4-6mm laminated glass. The outer envelope consists of clear, 6 mm thick float glass and partly also selective glass.
The cylindrical form of the building has an energy saving effect; the area of the envelope is small compared to the volume of the building.
JOT Automation Group Uuttu, (2001)
Multi storey
The depth of the cavity is 1m.
Inner envelope (triple): 6 mm antisun, green glass (outer), 4 mm clear glass (middle), 4 mm clear glass (inner) Outer envelope: 10 mm tempered, green sun protective glass panes.
Appendix A
355
Sweden
Building Kista Science Tower, Kista
Ventilation strategy Diagonal ventilation.
356
The depth of the cavity is 0.7m with gangways on each floor.
Construction Prefabricated one-storey high aluminum construction Non-openable windows.
NOKIA House, Kista
Multi Storey
One-storey high cavity divided into five slits construction
Comments Two of the three facades (triangular floor construction: plan) are double skin facades, the third (to the north) is a single skin facade. Radiators and active cooling beams. District heating.
Arlanda, Pir F, Sigtuna
Multi Storey
Motorized exhaust opening at roof level. 9.5 m long Non-openable windows.
None
ABB Business Center, Sollentuna
Multi Storey The depth of the cavity is 0.8m with gangways on each floor. Non-openable windows.
Air enters at the bottom through the grating and leaves at the top through motorized controlled dampers
Calculations with double skin faade resulted in lower cooling demand than single skin facade. Sound proofing against the motorway E4.
GlashusEtt
Multi storey On-site erected steel construction. Nonopenable windows.
At the top and at the bottom there are automatically controlled dampers for controlling the airflow in the cavity.
Panes and shading devices Outer skin: 8/10 mm H, non-coloured Inner skin: double-pane sealed glazing units with LowE glass, non-coloured, 1.35m on centre Venetian blinds will be installed on the north side Outer skin: 10 mm Inner skin: Double pane sealed glazing unit with outer pane of soft coated LowE glass, 12 mm argon gas and inner pane of 300/30 clear glass for the wall below the window. Motorized venetian blinds, controlled by a pyranometer. Outer skin: 6 mm float glass. Lower big panes: 12 mm H Diamant Securit (iron free). Inner skin: 6 mm Planitherm Futur, 20mm argon, 6 mm clear float. Lower big panes: 8mm Planitherm Futur, 16 mm argon, 8.76 mm Contrasplit. Venetian blinds Aluminum frame construction with 8 mm H single panes in the outer skin and LowE glass in the inner skin (double pane sealed glazing unit) with Argon filling. Venetian blinds and with grating gangway on each floor. Inner curtains have been added for daylight control. Outer skin: 28 mm Planibel Top N. Sealed glazing units with argon. Same parts are laminated and hardened. Uvalue=1,1, and for the faade < 1,3. Inner skin: 8 mm single-pane hardened glass.
Daylight redirection with automatically controlled venetian blinds manually controlled for each faade and floor.
Appendix B
Appendix B
Performance specications for the reference building
The project team within the project Glazed Ofce Buildings developed performance specications for the reference building, a typical ofce building of the nineties. The performance specications were approved by a reference group.
Energy use
For the entire building:
Energy use, kWh/m2a District heating Electricity for pumps, fans etc. Electricity for lighting, PCs etc. Electricity for cooling Total use of electricity Total use of energy Reference 80 20 50 30 100 180
m2 refers to non-residential/premises oor area (LOA see Swedish standard SS 021053 Area and volume of buildings)
Energy use, kW/m3s Ventilation Reference 2.5
Indoor environment
The performance specications below are valid for the whole building
357
Air tightness
Description Air tightness Reference <1.8 litre/(ms) at 50 Pa difference pressure
Performance specications for rooms

The performance specications below are valid within the occupied zone for every ofce room. Work places are in a cell-type or open-plan or combination ofce.
Description Sound: Reference from HVAC LAeq< 35 dB, LAmax < 35 dB, LCeq < 50 dB; from outside LAeq< 30 dB; airborne sound insulation to other rooms >44 dB (>40 dB for walls with door), to corridors > 30 dB reverberation time for open-plan < 0.4 s for cell-type ofce room < 0.5 s Light: Lighting: should be possible to shade against direct sun light. daylight factor min 1% and max 5% Cell-type: 300 -500 lux, < 12 W/m2 electricity Corridors: > 100 lux, < 6 W/m2 electricity Open-plan: 300 - 600 lux, < 12 W/m2 colour rendering index (Ra-index) > 80 luminance distribution working material : nearest surrounding : surrounding areas 10 : 3 : 1 Luminance within the normal visual eld < 1000 cd/m2 Outside the normal visual eld < 2000 cd/m2 Internal gains: from ofce equipment: < 20 W/m2 from PC + monitors: < 125 W i.e. < 5 W/m2 from ofce copier: < 400 W i.e. < 1 W/m2 from laser printer: 50 W i.e. < 2 W/m2 from persons: 4 W/m2 (100 W/person) Ventilation: IAQ: > 0,35 l/sm2 + > 7 l/sperson, air change efciency > 40% < 1000 ppm CO2 air velocityW < 0.15 m/s radiant temperature asymmetryW from vertical surfaces < 10 K vertical air temperature differenceW between 1,1 and 0.1 m < 3 K
S W
Comments The performance specications are applicable during ofce hours.
Thermal comfort: air temperature minimumS 22C and maximumS 24-26C
summer conditions where clothing of 0,6 clo is assumed winter conditions where clothing of 1 clo is assumed
358
Appendix C
Appendix C
Architectural drawings
Figure C.1
Drawings of the cell type ofce plan.
359
Figure C.2
Drawings of the open type ofce plan.
360
Appendix C
Figure C.3
Cross section of the reference building.
361
Figure C.4
Gable elevation of the reference building.
362
Appendix C
Figure C.5
Front elevation of the reference building.
363
364
Appendix D
Appendix D
Geometry of the cell and open plan thermal zones
Cell Type: Geometry of the ofces - thermal zones

Corner ofce rooms
Thermal zone type A1(1), A9(1), B1(4), B4(4), B6(4), B9(4), C1(1), C4(1), C6(1), C9(1). The ofce area is 15.1 m2 (including half internal wall a and half b). The numbers in the parenthesis show how many identical thermal zones are in the building. Typical corner ofce room is shown in Figure D.1. The total area of the all the corner ofce rooms is 331.8 m2.
4.19 m
a
3.6 m
Figure D.1 Typical corner ofce.
365
Typical double ofce rooms

Thermal zone type A2(8), A6(5), B2(28), B8(28), C2(7), C8(7). The ofce area is 15.3 m2 (including whole internal wall b and the half a). The numbers in the parenthesis show how many identical thermal zones are in the building. Typical double ofce room is shown in Figure D.2. The total area of the typical double ofce rooms is 1272.8 m2.
4.19 m
a
3.66 m
Figure D.2 Typical double ofce room.
Typical single ofce rooms

Thermal zone type A3(4), A7(12), B3(56), B7(56), C3(14), C7(14). The ofce area is 10.05 m2 (including whole internal wall b and half a). The numbers in the parenthesis show how many identical thermal zones are in the building. Typical single ofce room is shown in Figure D.3. The total area of the typical single ofce rooms is 1568 m2.
366
Appendix D
4.19 m
a
2.4 m
Figure D.3 Typical single ofce room.
Typical meeting rooms

Thermal zone type A10(1), B5(4), B10(4), C5(1), C10(1). The ofce area is 12.96 m2 (including whole internal wall b and half a). The numbers in the parenthesis show how many identical thermal zones are in the building. Typical meeting room is shown in Figure D.4. The total area of the typical meeting rooms is 142.56 m2.
3.6 m
b
3.6 m
Figure D.4 Typical meeting room.
367
Meeting room (12 persons)

Thermal zone type A4(3). The ofce area is 25.14 m2 (including half internal wall b and whole a). The numbers in the parenthesis show how many identical thermal zones are in the building. A 12 persons meeting room is shown in Figure D.5. The total area of the meeting rooms (12p) is 75.42 m2.
4.19 m
6.0 m
Figure D.5 Meeting room for 12 persons.

Thermal zone type A8(1). The ofce area is 20.2 m2 (including half internal wall b and whole a). The numbers in the parenthesis show how many identical thermal zones are in the building. An 8 persons meeting room is shown in Figure D.6. The total area of the meeting room (8p) is 20.2 m2.
368
Appendix D
4.19 m
4.82 m
Figure D.6 8 persons meeting room.
Storage room (1st oor)

Thermal zone type A5(1). The room area is 56.2 m2 (including half b). The numbers in the parenthesis show how many identical thermal zones are in the building. . The storage room is shown in Figure D.7. The total area of the storage room is 56.2 m2.
369
15.6 m
3.6 m
Figure D.7 Storage room.
370
Corner office room
Double office room
Single office room
Typical meeting room
Storage room
Table D.1
HVAC
Water radiator (Pmax = 1000W/unit) Cooling Beams (number of units, design air flow) 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 1 unit 2 units 2 units 4 units
1 unit d.a.f.= 15 l/s
2 units d.a.f.= 21 l/s (each)
External wall with windows Long external facade Long external facade Short external facade Long external facade
Construct.
Long external facade
External wall without windows Number of occupants Occupants schedule
Short external facade 1 Schedule for offices
Long external facade Short ext. facade 1 Schedule for offices
1 Schedule for offices
6 Schedule for meeting rooms
Occupants
1 clo (w), 0.6 clo (s)
1 clo (w), 0.6 clo (s)
1 clo (w), 0.6 clo (s)
1 clo (w), 0.6 clo (s)
1 clo (w), 0.6 clo (s)
1 clo (w), 0.6 clo (s)
1 met
1 met
1 met
1 met
1 met
1 met
Properties of the cell type ofces.
Lights
Equipment
Clothing (s: during summer, w: during winter) Activity level (sitting, reading) Number of units PC: 125W, PR: printer : 30W, Fax : 30W Schedule
1 PC, 1 printer 1 fax 1 PC -
2 PCs
Equipments schedule 61.67W 1 175 W 41.67 lm/W 0.3
Equipments schedule 125W 1 175 W 41.67 lm/W 0.3
1 148 W 41.67 lm/W 0.3
1 291 W 41.67 lm/W 0.3
1 233 W 41.67 lm/W 0.3
1 233 W 41.67 lm/W 0.3
Furniture
Average emitted heat per unit Number of units Rated input per unit (12W/m2) Luminous efficacy* Convective fraction Units desks (d), chairs (c), bookshelves (b) Construction
1 (d), (c), (b)
2 (d), (c), (b)
1 (d), (c), (b)
1 (d), 6 (c)
1 (d), 12 (c)
1 (d), 8 (c)
shelves
Appendix D
371
Default furniture
Default furniture
Area
Default furniture 10 m2
25 m2
20 m2
Corridor for the ground oor

Since the corridors and the common spaces are (almost) internal thermal zones, they are not so interesting for the energy and thermal comfort simulations. Thus, they were considered as one thermal zone as shown below. Thermal zone type A11(1). The corridor area (including the reception and 1 meeting room is) 470 m2. The numbers in the parenthesis show how many identical thermal zones are in the building. The total area of the corridor of the ground oor is 470 m2 (Figure D.8).
Figure D.8.
Corridor of the ground oor.
Corridors for the 1st-5th oor

Thermal zone type B11(4), C11. The corridor area (including the reception and 1 meeting room is) 444.8 m2. The numbers in the parenthesis show how many identical thermal zones are in the building. The total area of the corridors is 2224 m2 (Figure D.9).
Figure D.9
Corridor of the 1st-5th oor.
372
Appendix D Table D.2. Properties of the cell type corridors.

Corridor (ground floor) Corridor (1st-5th floor)
HVAC
Construct.
Occupants
Equipment
Lights
Furniture
Water radiator (Pmax = 1000W/unit) Cooling Beams (number of units, design air flow) External wall with windows External wall without windows Number of occupants Occupants schedule Clothing (s: during summer, w: during winter) Activity level (sitting, reading) Number of units Copy machines: 500W PR: printer : 50W, Fax : 30W Schedule Average emitted heat per unit Number of units Rated input per unit (6W/m2) Luminous efficacy* Convective fraction Units desks (d), chairs (c), bookshelves (b) Construction Area
2 units
4 units
Short external facade Long external facade -
Short external facade Long external facade 0 -
4 Printers, 4 Copy machines, 2 Faxes
4 Printers, 4 Copy machines, 2 Faxes
Chairs, etc
Chairs, etc
Open Plan Type: Geometry of the ofces - thermal zones

Typical corner zones
Thermal zone type A1(1), B1(4), B4(4), C1(1), C4(1). The zone area is 258.7 m2 (including half internal wall a and half b). The numbers in the parenthesis show how many identical thermal zones are in the building. Typical corner zone is shown in Figure D.10. The total area of the corner ofce rooms is 2846 m2.
373
Figure D.10
Typical corner zone.
Intermediate zones
Thermal zone type A8(1), B(8), C8(1). The zone area is 430 m2 (including half internal wall a and half b). The numbers in the parenthesis show how many identical thermal zones are in the building. Typical corner zone is shown in Figure D.11. The total area of the intermediate zones is 2577 m2.
Figure D.11
Typical intermediate zone.
374
Appendix D
Reduced corner zone

Thermal zone type A4 (1). The zone area is 203 m2 (including half internal wall a and half b). The numbers in the parenthesis show how many identical thermal zones are in the building. Typical corner zone is shown in Figure D.12. The total area of the reduced corner zone is 203 m2.
Figure D.12
Reduced corner zone.
Meeting rooms and Storage room

These two zones are completely identical with the meeting room for 8 persons (cell type) and the storage room (cell type) correspondently.
375
Single and Double Skin Glazed Ofce Buildings Table D.3 Properties of the open plan type zones.
Typical corner zone Intermediate zones Reduced corner zone Meeting room (8 persons) Storage room
Water radiator (Pmax = 5000W/unit) Cooling Beams (number of units, design air flow)
HVAC
2 units
2 units
2 units
4 units
2 units
Construct.
External walls (a)
3 units d.a.f.= 28 l/s (each) Long external facade
External walls (b)
Number of occupants
Short external facade 16
24
Occupants
Occupants schedule
Schedule for offices
Schedule for offices
Equipment
Clothing (s: during summer, w: during winter) Activity level (sitting, reading) Number of units PC: 125W, PR: printer : 30 or 50W, fax : 30W, copy machines: 500W
1 clo (w), 0.6 clo (s)
1 clo (w), 0.6 clo (s)
1 clo (w), 0.6 clo (s)
1 clo (w), 0.6 clo (s)
1 met
1 met
1 met
1 met
16 PCs 4 PR (30W), 4 faxes
24 PCs 4 PR (50W), 4 c.m.
Schedule
Equipments schedule
Equipments schedule
Furniture
Average emitted heat per unit Number of units Rated input per unit (12W/m2) Luminous efficacy* Convective fraction Units desks (d), chairs (c), bookshelves (b), Common furniture (cf)
93.4 W
159.3W
Lights
3104 W
5148 W
233 W
233 W
291 W
41.67 lm/W 0.3
41.67 lm/W 0.3
41.67 lm/W 0.3
41.67 lm/W 0.3
41.67 lm/W 0.3
16 (d), (c), (b), (cf)
24 (d), (c), (b), (cf)
1 (d), 8 (c)
shelves
1 (d), 12 (c)
Construction
Area
376
Appendix E
Appendix E
Corrected theoretical U-values (including thermal bridges)
The thermal bridges caused by the steel columns and the wooden studs were calculated using the two-dimensional software Heat 2 (version 6). Due to the fact that when dening a thermal zone in IDA ICE 3.0 one has to insert the loss factor for thermal bridges (W/C) for each thermal zone type (depending on the geometry of the zone) we decided to calculate the U-value of the external wall including the thermal bridges (using Heat 2) and then design an equivalent new wall in IDA ICE 3.0 assuming that the loss factor = 0. The 4 steps followed are: 1. We dened wall structure without the steel columns and the material properties in IDA ICE 3.0 (heat conductivity, density and specic heat). IDA ICE 3.0 calculated the U-value of the external wall (=0.2201Wm-2K-1) as show in Figure E.1.
Figure E.1
U-value (without the columns) calculated by IDA ICE 3.0.
377
2. We built the same model in Heat 2 and calculated the U-value. Since the minimum material properties and thickness (minimum thickness 10mm) were not exactly the same, we tuned the model in order to get the same U-value with the one calculated by IDA ICE 3.0 (step 1) as shown in Figure E.2.
Figure E.2
U-value (without columns) calculated by Heat 2.
The construction was: 120mm facing bricks 40mm air gap 10mmgypsum 150mm insulation 10mm gypsum
The properties of the materials were the same with the IDA ICE 3.0 model The boundary conditions assumed were: Inside temperature: 1C Outside temperature: 0C (temperature difference 1C in order to get the Wm-2K-1) Heat ow from both sides q=0 Wm-1, i.e. sideways in the wall The U value calculated was 0.2027 Wm-2K-1. The calculations were steady state.
378
Appendix E
3. We added the columns in the Heat 2 model as shown in Figure E.3. The distance between the centres of the steel columns is 2.4m, between the centres of studs 0.6m and between centres of the oors 3.5m.
Figure E.3
External wall construction (with columns).
Using the same assumptions as in step 2, we simulated the new model (Figure E.4). The new U-value calculated was 0.27 Wm-2K-1.
Figure E.4
Simulation with the steel columns (Heat 2).
4. We assumed an equivalent external wall (with the same U-value) in IDA ICE 3.0 by reducing the insulation from 0.137m to 0.1125m as shown in Figure E.5.
379
Figure E.5
Final model of the external wall in IDA ICE 3.0 (reduced thermal insulation).
380
Appendix F
Appendix F
AHU- Ventilation rates
AHU for Cell type

For the cell type air the air exchange with the outdoor environment takes place in 4 different ways: o Supply air to the ofces and meeting rooms during the working hours (mechanical ventilation) o Inltration to all the zones always (natural ventilation) o Exhaust air from the corridors during the working hours (mechanical ventilation) o Exltration from all the zones always (natural ventilation) In all the ofces and the total ingoing air is due to mechanically supplied air and the inltration and the total outgoing air is due to exltration. The supplied air to the ofces is extracted though leakages to the corridor and exhausted from there through the AHU. The inltration and exltration are assumed to be 0.1ach for all the zones. In the meeting rooms all the air supplied is also exhausted. The reason for that is that if the supplied air (VAV CO2 control) was extracted to the corridors the total exhaust air would be unknown. This means that any mistake in the estimation of the VAV supplied air would destroy the balance of the total supply exhaust air inuencing the AHU efciency. However, the VAV CO2 control applied in the meeting rooms caused 2 problems for the simulations: o Inltration (increase the mechanical ventilation) could not be added since the rooms were supplied with the necessary air so we had to add this inltration to the ofces. o The supplied air was not known so it was not possible to know how much the efciency of the AHU should be decreased. In order to solve the problem the airow was estimated
381
The Table E.1 below shows the ventilation rates of each zone as inserted in IDA ICE 3.0. o The Supplied air per zone (mech. ventilation) shows the air that is provided by the AHU as mechanical ventilation. In the corridors there is not any supplied air and in the meeting rooms is shown the estimation we made. o The supplied air per zone (mech. ventilation) is increased in the ofces (natural ventilation in the ofces, corridor and meeting rooms). In the meeting rooms the airow is the same since inltration was added to the ofces. o The Total Exhaust air (l/s) per oor shows in each zone the exhaust air. There is not any exhaust air in the meeting rooms since they do not contribute in the total exhaust air from the corridors. However in reality it should be considered in order to nd the proper amount of total airows which will give the correct decrease of the AHU efciency.
382
Appendix F
Table F.1
Room type
Ventilation rates for cell type.

Zone Supplied air per zone (mech. vent.) (l/s) 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 21 21 21 21 21 28 42 62 0 0 0 Supplied air per zone (total) (l/s) 17.01 17.01 17.01 17.01 17.01 17.01 17.01 17.01 17.01 17.01 22.04 22.04 22.04 22.04 22.04 22.04 11.34 11.34 11.34 11.34 11.34 11.34 21 21 21 21 21 28 42 70.58 0 0 0 Total Exhaust air (l/s) per zone 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 577.10 699.67 699.67 Supply air/ Exhaust air Input for IDA
Corner ofce rooms
B1 B4 B6 B9 C1 C4 C6 C9 A1 A9 A2 A6 B2 B8 C2 C8 B3 B7 C3 C7 A3 A7 B5 B10 C5 C10 A10 A8 A4 A5 A11 B11 C11
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 0.001 0.001 0.001
0.017008 0.017008 0.017008 0.017008 0.017008 0.017008 0.017008 0.017008 0.017008 0.017008 0.022042 0.022042 0.022042 0.022042 0.022042 0.022042 0.011339 0.011339 0.011339 0.011339 0.011339 0.011339 0.022726 0.022726 0.022726 0.022726 0.022726 0.03069 0.045349 0.070576 577.10 699.67 699.67 242.5 462.9 462.9 4075.4 3612 2398.2 53.773 1 0.1038 0.551
Double ofce rooms
Single ofce rooms
Meeting rooms (6p)
Meeting rooms (8p) Meeting rooms (12p) Storage room (1st oor) Corridor (1st oor) Corridor (2-6 oors)
Natural Ventilation (not including the corridors and the meeting rooms) Natural Ventilation ( including the corridors and the meeting rooms) Weighted Natural Ventilation) Total Weighted Natural Ventilation Total Mechanical Ventilation Recovered heat (60%) Equivalent percentage for recovered (%) AHU on Value AHU off Value Weekends off value (=50% mechanical ventilation +100% natural ventilation)
383
AHU for Open plan type

For the open plan type the calculations were much simpler since both supply and exhaust air were provided in all the thermal zones. However, the meeting rooms were treated exactly in the same way as the cell type ofce building. In Table F.2 are shown the airows of the building.
Table F.2
Room type
Ventilation rates for open plan type.

Zone Supplied air per zone (mech. vent.) (l/s) 112 112 112 112 112 84 168 168 168 0 0 0 0 0 0 62 Natural ventilation per zone (l/sec) 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4 19.4 15.2 32.22 32.22 32.22 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 4.83 Ventilation per zone (l/s) 131.4 131.4 131.4 131.4 131.4 99.2 200.22 200.22 200.22 29.5 29.5 29.5 29.5 29.5 29.5 66.83 Supply air/ Exhaust air Input for IDA
Typical corner zones
B1 B4 C1 C4 A1 A4 A8 B8 C8 A2 A5 B2 B5 C2 C5 A9
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
133.0366 133.0366 133.0366 133.0366 133.0366 100.4822 202.938 202.938 202.938 0 0 0 0 0 0 67.23745 426.75 462.75 462.75 3520.75 3074 1844.4 52.387 1 0.1314 0.5679
Reduced corner zone Intermediate zones
Meeting Rooms
Storage room (1st oor)
Natural Ventilation (not including the meeting rooms) Natural Ventilation ( including the meeting rooms) Weighted Natural Ventilation (the natural ventilation of the meeting rooms is added as nat. vent. In the ofces) Total Weighted Natural Ventilation (the natural ventilation of the meeting rooms is added as nat. vent. In the ofces) Total Mechanical Ventilation Recovered heat (60%) Equivalent percentage for recovered (%) AHU on Value AHU off Value Weekends off value (=50% mechanical ventilation +100% natural ventilation)
384
Appendix G
Appendix G
Frame Construction for the single skin glazed alternatives
The improved frame constructions were suggested by Schco International. For the rst to sixth 60% glazed alternatives the frames used are the Royal FW 50+ Hi and FW 60+ Hi as shown in Figure G.1 and G.2.
Glass thickness (mm)
Frame depth (mm)
Insulation thickness (mm)
Frame depth (mm)
Figure G.1
System FW 50+ Hi.
385
Figure G.2
System FW 60+ Hi.
The Uframe depends on the frame depth. As shown in Figure F.3
Figure G.3
Relationship between Uframe and frame depth.
386
Appendix H
Appendix H
Pane properties for the glazing used for the double skin faade alternatives
Table H.1
Pane properties for the glazing used for the double skin faade alternatives.
Thickness (mm) 4 8 4 6 Corrected emissivity indoor outdoor 0.837 0.837 0.837 0.837 0.837 0.837 0.092 0.837 Reectance indoor 0.078 (s) 0.082 (v) 0.074 (s) 0.081 (v) 0.207 (s) 0.059 (v) 0.053 (s) 0.067 (v) 0.053 (s) 0.067 (v) 0.293 (s) 0.146 (v) outdoor 0.078 (s) 0.082 (v) 0.074 (s) 0.081 (v) 0.179 (s) 0.064 (v) 0.053 (s) 0.067 (v) 0.053 (s) 0.067 (v) 0.412 (s) 0.134 (v) 0.820 (s) 0.893 (v) 0.742 (s) 0.870 (v) 0.666 (s) 0.865 (v) 0.460 (s) 0.751 (v) 0.389 (s) 0.703 (v) 0.201 (s) 0.440 (v) Direct solar transmittance
Glazing Unit Clear pane Clear pane Low E coated Optigreen (s. c. tinted) (OpGrn6 pgl) Optigreen (s. c. tinted) (OpGrn8 pgl) Solar control + low E (soft coated) (galaxy6gvb) Solar control + low E (soft coated) (galaxy8gvb) Solar control + low E (hard coated) (sunnycl8 gvb) Low E (hard coated) (Kglass6pgl) (s) = solar (v) = visual
0.837
0.837
0.837
0.042
0.837
0.042
0.268 (s) 0.143 (v)
0.412 (s) 0.133 (v)
0.198 (s) 0.435 (v)
0.298
0.837
0.102 (s) 0.101 (v)
0.088 (s) 0.085 (v)
0.520 (s) 0.669(v)
0.170
0.837
0.108 (s) 0.109 (v)
0.090 (s) 0.098(v)
0.677 (s) 0.822 (v)
387
388
Appendix I
Appendix I
Optical and thermal properties of the double skin faade alternatives
Table I.1
Glazing properties for the standard double faade mode (closed cavity).
DSF A 1.93 0.627 DSF B 1.15 0.551 DSF C 1.85 0.516 DSF D 1.85 0.404 DSF E 1.15 0.354 DSF F 1.04 0.301 DSF G 1.14 0.443
Case U-value g-value (total solar energy transmittance) solar direct transmittance solar direct reectance outdoor solar direct reectance indoor light transmittance reectance outdoor reectance indoor
0.53 0.153 0.169 0.708 0.194 0.201
0.447 0.188 0.248 0.683 0.18 0.174
0.326 0.123 0.132 0.594 0.168 0.173
0.297 0.0848 0.159 0.571 0.141 0.191
0.264 0.0867 0.241 0.551 0.132 0.166
0.151 0.327 0.422 0.416 0.395 0.311
0.335 0.15 0.25 0.526 0.16 0.177
Table I.2
Properties of the inner and outer skin of the standard double faade mode (closed cavity).
U value Outer skin Inner skin 5.79 5.79 5.79 5.79 2.9 2.74 1.46 1.31 g value Outer skin Inner skin 0.789 0.532 0.532 0.789 0.746 0.746 0.655 0.215 Tsol Outer skin Inner skin 0.742 0.389 0.389 0.742 0.685 0.685 0.565 0.179
DSF Case A D E F
389
Table I.3
Glazing properties for the Airow window mode (closed cavity).

AW A 1.93 0.627 AW B 1.15 0.561 AW C 1.83 0.529 AW D 1.85 0.404 AW E 1.15 0.354 AW F 1.04 0.195 AW G 0.824 0.191
Case U-value g-value (total solar energy transmittance) solar direct transmittance solar direct reectance outdoor solar direct reectance indoor light transmittance reectance outdoor reectance indoor
0.53 0.153 0.169 0.708 0.194 0.201
0.447 0.201 0.224 0.683 0.173 0.182
0.326 0.123 0.132 0.594 0.168 0.173
0.297 0.0848 0.159 0.571 0.141 0.191
0.264 0.0861 0.216 0.551 0.128 0.174
0.157 0.279 0.311 0.357 0.172 0.238
0.149 0.278 0.322 0.344 0.169 0.208
Table I.4
Properties of the inner and outer skin of the airow window mode (closed cavity).
U value Outer skin Inner skin 2.87 2.71 1.45 1.30 1.31 5.92 5.92 5.92 5.92 5.66 g value Outer skin Inner skin 0.688 0.419 0.369 0.213 0.214 0.846 0.846 0.846 0.846 0.738 Tsol Outer skin Inner skin 0.624 0.338 0.299 0.169 0.176 0.82 0.82 0.82 0.82 0.677
AW Case A D E F G
390
Appendix J
Appendix J
Description of the opening areas for the box window and multi-storey double skin faade
Table J.1
Description of the opening areas for the box window and multistorey high cavities.
Discharge coeff. bottom (Cdbottom)
Damper free area, m
Corner ofces (short faade) Corner ofces (long faade) Double ofce rooms (long faade) Double ofce rooms (short faade) Single ofce rooms Corridor
1:
0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80
4.19 3.60 4.19 3.60 2.40 1.60
0.87 0.87 0.87 0.87 0.87 0.87
0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65
0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55
2.94 2.52 2.94 2.52 1.68 1.12
1.84 1.58 1.84 1.58 1.06 0.70
2.18 1.87 2.18 1.87 1.25 0.83
2.35 2.02 2.35 2.02 1.34 0.90
3.35 2.88 3.35 2.88 1.92 1.28
ELA: Equivalent Leakage Area
391
ELA1 Multi storey
Leak in between rest oors
Zone type
Discharge coeff. top (Cdtop)
Leak in between oors, m
Cavity Width, m
Cavity Depth, m
Bottom leak, m
Upper leak, m
Damper Copen
1.60 1.38 1.60 1.38 0.92 0.61
392
Appendix K
Appendix K
Shading properties for the double skin faade alternatives
Table K.1
Properties of the venetian blinds.

White venetian Dark venetian blinds blinds
Diffuse reectance (shortwave radiation, front and back) Absorbtance (shortwave rad., front and back) Diffuse reectance (longwave rad., front and back) Emitance (longwave rad., front and back) Width of slat Slat spacing Slat angle
67% 33% 10% 90% 28 mm 22 mm 45
19% 81% 10% 90% 28 mm 22 mm 45
393
Table K.2
Multipliers for the shading devices for the standard double faade alternatives.
Orientation north northeast east southeast south southwest west northwest White venetian blinds U value g value Tsol 0.6144 0.6102 0.6012 0.5936 0.5938 0.5964 0.604 0.61 0.7218 0.7198 0.7144 0.7148 0.7192 0.7208 0.7212 0.7208 0.2554 0.2332 0.2058 0.1962 0.1996 0.1952 0.2032 0.2294 0.2512 0.236 0.2004 0.192 0.1962 0.1912 0.198 0.2252 Blue venetian blinds U value g value Tsol 0.7524 0.762 0.7726 0.7732 0.773 0.777 0.7768 0.7642 0.803 0.809 0.8176 0.821 0.8236 0.8264 0.8242 0.8122 0.153 0.1294 0.1016 0.0968 0.1032 0.0954 0.0982 0.1248 0.1524 0.1282 0.0998 0.0962 0.1032 0.0948 0.0966 0.1236
Case
DSF A,F
0.923
0.923
north northeast east DSF D,E southeast south southwest west northwest
0.923
0.923
394
Appendix K
Table K.3
Multipliers for the shading devices for the airow window alternatives.
Orientation north northeast east southeast south southwest west northwest north northeast east southeast south southwest west northwest north northeast east southeast south southwest west northwest north northeast east southeast south southwest west northwest White venetian blinds U value g value Tsol 0.6852 0.6836 0.6804 0.6762 0.6764 0.6792 0.6844 0.6856 0.7454 0.7442 0.7426 0.7414 0.7442 0.7452 0.747 0.7466 0.7874 0.7876 0.788 0.7882 0.7916 0.7922 0.792 0.79 0.7926 0.7926 0.793 0.793 0.7966 0.7978 0.7972 0.795 0.2692 0.2468 0.2196 0.2106 0.2146 0.21 0.217 0.2432 0.2668 0.2442 0.216 0.2082 0.213 0.2072 0.2134 0.2406 0.2832 0.2612 0.2334 0.2266 0.232 0.2258 0.231 0.2576 0.2806 0.2584 0.2314 0.2234 0.2276 0.2224 0.229 0.2548 Blue venetian blinds U value g value Tsol 0.8134 0.8242 0.8388 0.8406 0.84 0.8444 0.8434 0.8284 0.8424 0.8514 0.8662 0.8662 0.8638 0.8698 0.8668 0.8554 0.859 0.8678 0.8798 0.8824 0.883 0.8858 0.884 0.8714 0.8618 0.8694 0.8808 0.8834 0.885 0.8876 0.885 0.8728 0.1566 0.1322 0.1038 0.0998 0.1068 0.0986 0.1008 0.1276 0.1562 0.1314 0.099 0.099 0.1018 0.0982 0.107 0.1266 0.159 0.1344 0.1048 0.102 0.1106 0.1012 0.1018 0.1292 0.159 0.1342 0.1058 0.102 0.1092 0.1008 0.1026 0.1296
Case
AW A
0.955
0.955
AW D
0.952
0.952
AW E
0.951
0.951
AW F,G
0.954
0.954
395
396
Appendix L
Appendix L
Energy use
Table L.1
Energy use for the reference building alternatives.

Use of electricity for server rooms (kWh/am2) Use of electricity for equipment (kWh/am2) Energy use for cooling server rooms (kWh/am2) Use of electricity for pumps, fans (kWh/am2)
Energy use for cooling (kWh/am2)
Use of electricity for lighting (kWh/am2)
Energy use for heating (kWh/am2)
SS-30%-Cell-NS-strict SS-30%-Cell-NS-normal SS-30%-Cell-NS-poor SS-30%-Cell-NS45-strict SS-30%-Cell-NS45-normal SS-30%-Cell-NS45-poor SS-30%-Cell-EW-strict SS-30%-Cell-EW-normal SS-30%-Cell-EW-poor SS-30%-Open-NS-strict SS-30%-Open-NS-normal SS-30%-Open-NS-poor SS-30%-Open-NS45-strict SS-30%-Open-NS45-normal SS-30%-Open-NS45-poor SS-30%-Open-EW-strict SS-30%-Open-EW-normal SS-30%-Open-EW-poor
56 52 47 56 52 47 56 52 47 50 45 38 50 45 38 51 45 38
21 11 7 20 11 7 19 10 7 29 18 11 29 17 10 28 16 9
14.7 14.4 14.2 14.7 14.4 14.2 14.7 14.4 14.2 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19
22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
137 123 114 136 123 114 136 122 113 144 127 114 144 127 113 143 126 112
397
Total (kWh/am2)
Table L.2
Energy usefor the 60% glazed alternatives (cell plan type).

Use of electricity for server rooms (kWh/am2) Energy use for cooling server rooms (kWh/am2) Use of electricity for pumps, fans (kWh/am2)
Use of electricity for equipment (kWh/am2)
SS-60%-Cell-NS45-strict (1) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-strict (2) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-strict (3) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-strict (4) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-strict (5) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-strict (6) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-strict (7) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-normal (1) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-normal (2) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-normal (3) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-normal (4) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-normal (5) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-normal (6) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-normal (7) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-poor (1) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-poor (2) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-poor (3) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-poor (4) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-poor (5) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-poor (6) SS-60%-Cell-NS45-poor (7)
76 54 58 59 53 58 62 72 50 54 55 48 54 59 66 44 48 50 43 48 53
31 36 28 22 48 27 14 20 24 18 13 36 16 7 14 17 12 9 28 12 5
14.7 14.7 14.7 14.7 14.7 14.7 14.7 13.4 13.8 14.2 14.4 13.8 14.2 14.4 13.2 13.7 14.1 14.3 13.6 14.2 14.4
22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
167 150 146 142 161 145 137 151 133 131 129 143 130 126 138 120 120 118 130 119 118
398
Total (kWh/am2)
Appendix L
Table L.3
Energy use for the 60% glazed alternatives (open plan type).
Use of electricity for server rooms (kWh/am2) Energy use for cooling server rooms (kWh/am2) Use of electricity for pumps, fans (kWh/am2) Use of electricity for equipment (kWh/am2)
SS-60%-Open-NS45-strict (1) SS-60%-Open-NS45-strict (2) SS-60%-Open-NS45-strict (3) SS-60%-Open-NS45-strict (4) SS-60%-Open-NS45-strict (5) SS-60%-Open-NS45-strict (6) SS-60%-Open-NS45-strict (7) SS-60%-Open-NS45-normal (1) SS-60%-Open-NS45-normal (2) SS-60%-Open-NS45-normal (3) SS-60%-Open-NS45-normal (4) SS-60%-Open-NS45-normal (5) SS-60%-Open-NS45-normal (6) SS-60%-Open-NS45-normal (7) SS-60%-Open-NS45-poor (1) SS-60%-Open-NS45-poor (2) SS-60%-Open-NS45-poor (3) SS-60%-Open-NS45-poor (4) SS-60%-Open-NS45-poor (5) SS-60%-Open-NS45-poor (6) SS-60%-Open-NS45-poor (7)
70 49 52 53 47 52 56 65 43 46 48 42 47 50 57 36 39 41 35 39 43
38 44 34 29 54 33 21 26 31 22 17 41 21 10 18 22 17 10 31 15 6
19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19
21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
172 157 151 147 166 150 142 156 139 133 130 148 132 125 139 123 120 116 131 119 113
399
Total (kWh/am2)
Table L.4
Energy use for the 100% glazed alternatives (cell plan type).
Use of electricity for server rooms (kWh/am2) Use of electricity for equipment (kWh/am2) Energy use for cooling server rooms (kWh/am2) Use of electricity for pumps, fans (kWh/am2)
SS-100%-Cell-NS45-strict (1) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-strict (2) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-strict (3) SS-100%-Cell-NS-strict (3) SS-100%-Cell-EW-strict (3) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-strict (4) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-strict (5) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-strict (6) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-strict (7) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-normal (1) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-normal (2) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-normal (3) SS-100%-Cell-NS-normal (3) SS-100%-Cell-EW-normal (3) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-normal (4) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-normal (5) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-normal (6) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-normal (7) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-poor (1) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-poor (2) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-poor (3) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-poor (4) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-poor (5) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-poor (6) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-poor (7)
95 63 69 69 69 71 75 92 59 65 68 58 66 72 84 53 59 61 52 59 66 95 63 69 71
43 50 37 38 34 29 16 30 37 27 19 54 24 9 22 28 20 13 44 17 6 43 50 37 29
14.7 14.7 14.7 14.7 14.7 14.7 14.7 12.9 13.5 14.0 14.2 13.4 13.9 14.3 12.7 13.3 13.8 14.1 13.2 13.7 14.2 14.7 14.7 14.7 14.7
22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 30 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
198 173 166 168 164 160 151 180 155 151 147 170 149 141 186 140 138 134 154 136 131 198 173 166 160
400
Total (kWh/am2)
Appendix L
Table L.5
Energy use for the 100% glazed alternatives (open plan type).
SS-100%-Open-NS45-strict (1) SS-100%-Open-NS45-strict (2) SS-100%-Open-NS45-strict (3) SS-100%-Open-NS45-strict (4) SS-100%-Open-NS45-strict (5) SS-100%-Open-NS45-strict (6) SS-100%-Open-NS45-strict (7) SS-100%-Open-NS45-normal (1) SS-100%-Open-NS45-normal (2) SS-100%-Open-NS45-normal (3) SS-100%-Open-NS45-normal (4) SS-100%-Open-NS45-normal (5) SS-100%-Open-NS45-normal (6) SS-100%-Open-NS45-normal (7) SS-100%-Open-NS45-poor (1) SS-100%-Open-NS45-poor (2) SS-100%-Open-NS45-poor (3) SS-100%-Open-NS45-poor (4) SS-100%-Open-NS45-poor (5) SS-100%-Open-NS45-poor (6) SS-100%-Open-NS45-poor (7)
86 58 63 64 56 63 68 82 53 58 59 51 58 63 75 45 51 52 44 51 56
48 56 41 33 71 39 21 36 44 30 22 58 27 11 27 34 21 15 47 19 6
19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19
21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
199 179 169 162 193 167 154 183 161 152 146 174 150 140 167 144 136 132 157 135 127
401
Total (kWh/am2)
Table L.6
Energy use for the 1st and 5th (cell type) 100% glazed alternatives (increased heating and cooling capacity).
SS-100%-Cell-NS45-strict (1-cor) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-normal (1-cor) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-poor (1-cor) SS-100%-Open-NS45-strict (1-cor) SS-100%-Open-NS45-normal (1-cor) SS-100%-Open-NS45-poor (1-cor) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-strict (5-cor) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-normal (5-cor) SS-100%-Cell-NS45-poor (5-cor)
99 95 87 90 85 77 62 58 52
43 31 22 48 36 27 68 55 45
14.7 12.9 12.7 19.2 19.2 19.2 14.7 13.4 13.2
22 22 22 21 21 21 22 22 22
8 8 30 6 6 6 8 8 8
10 10 10 13 13 13 10 10 10
5 5 5 6 6 6 5 5 5
202 184 189 203 186 168 190 171 155
402
Total (kWh/am2)
Appendix M
Appendix M
Number of working hours with PPD values lower than 10% and 15% for the 90% of the working hours
Table M.1
Percentage of working of hours with PPD below 10% and 15% for the cell type alternatives.
Cell type plan Open type plan 30% glazed 60% glazed 100% glazed 30% glazed 60% glazed 100% glazed PPD PPD PPD PPD PPD PPD PPD PPD PPD PPD PPD PPD 10% 15% 10% 15% 10% 15% 10% 15% 10% 15% 10% 15%
strict(1) normal(1) poor (1) strict(2) normal(2) poor (2) strict(3) normal(3) poor(3) strict(4) normal(4) poor (4) strict(5) normal(5) poor (5) strict(6) normal(6) poor(6) strict(7) normal(7) poor (7)
66 73 39
93 93 63
61 57 27 72 70 31 68 70 34 66 71 38 71 65 30 68 70 33 68 71 33
83 82 45 94 94 52 93 93 57 92 93 61 93 90 49 93 93 57 93 92 57
46 31 15 68 55 27 62 57 27 60 59 30 64 50 25 62 58 27 57 60 40
65 60 30 87 84 42 84 82 45 83 83 49 84 78 40 84 83 45 82 83 58
63 84 44
97 97 64
69 65 27 81 73 32 78 79 32 77 82 34 82 68 31 78 80 32 78 80 78
90 90 42 97 96 49 96 97 51 96 97 56 97 93 46 96 97 51 96 97 96
50 36 19 75 60 34 70 67 34 69 71 35 72 56 32 70 69 34 66 77 46
70 64 34 92 87 49 91 90 52 90 91 56 92 80 47 91 91 53 90 91 71
403
Figure M.2
Percentage of working of hours with PPD below 10% and 15% for the cell type alternatives (strict set points, zone level).
Meeting room (northwest) Meeting room (southeast) 64 100 81 19 74 22 73 21 66 29 75 21 70 23 Meeting room (southeast) 39 56 51 29 49 32 53 25 43 31 51 26 67 22 Double ofce (southwest) Double ofce (northeast) 53 96 66 62 59 68 57 69 65 60 59 67 54 70 Double ofce (northeast) 43 78 54 71 59 73 61 72 51 57 60 72 59 69 Corner ofce (southwest) Corner ofce (northeast) 39 90 48 100 44 100 41 100 46 87 44 100 33 100 Corner ofce (northeast) 24 90 30 99 34 97 36 100 27 80 35 100 34 100 Single ofce (southwest) Single ofce (northeast) 53 93 66 85 59 87 57 87 66 75 59 87 54 88 Single ofce (northeast) 44 85 55 89 59 87 59 89 52 71 59 89 56 87
1st alt. 2nd alt. 3rd alt. 4th alt. 5th alt. 6th alt. 7th alt.
PPD 10% PPD 15% PPD 10% PPD 15% PPD 10% PPD 15% PPD 10% PPD 15% PPD 10% PPD 15% PPD 10% PPD 15% PPD 10% PPD 15%
37 74 49 90 42 87 46 87 34 82 46 88 44 86
57 80 71 95 65 93 64 93 62 87 66 93 62 93
59 86 72 97 68 97 65 97 67 91 67 97 62 97
56 88 71 100 64 100 61 100 70 88 64 100 57 100
Figure M.3
Percentage of working of hours with PPD below 10% and 15% for the cell type alternatives (normal set points, zone level).
Meeting room (northwest) 40 88 51 98 57 97 58 100 50 82 57 100 59 100 Double ofce (southwest) 47 77 59 92 59 89 62 92 53 80 61 92 68 93 Corner ofce (southwest) Single ofce (southwest) 48 83 60 95 59 94 61 96 53 85 60 96 65 97
1st alt. 2nd alt. 3rd alt. 4th alt. 5th alt. 6th alt. 7th alt.
PPD 10% PPD 15% PPD 10% PPD 15% PPD 10% PPD 15% PPD 10% PPD 15% PPD 10% PPD 15% PPD 10% PPD 15% PPD 10% PPD 15%
24 70 32 85 30 82 33 85 25 75 31 85 42 87
404
Appendix M
405
406
ISSN 1671-8136 ISBN 978-91-85147-23-6

Single and Double Skin Glazed of Ce Buildings

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Single and Double Skin Glazed of Ce Buildings

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Single and Double Skin Glazed Ofce Buildings

Analyses of Energy Use and Indoor Climate

Division of Energy and Building Design